class iii agents: Topics by Science.gov

Sample records for class iii agents

Safety considerations in the pharmacological management of atrial fibrillation.

PubMed

Camm, A John

2008-07-21

The pharmacological management of atrial fibrillation (AF) requires careful consideration from a safety perspective. This article focuses primarily on maintenance therapy using antiarrhythmic drugs (AADs). The foremost safety issue for AADs is the propensity of class IA and III agents to cause torsade de pointes arrhythmias. Class IA drugs, particularly quinidine, can induce torsade de pointes at low or subtherapeutic doses, but higher doses are not necessarily associated with an increased incidence. 'Pure' class III drugs such as dofetilide induce torsade de pointes in a dose-related manner, but some class III agents with more complex actions such as amiodarone have a markedly lower potential to cause this arrhythmia. The risk of torsade de pointes precludes the use of class IA and 'pure' class III agents in patients with left ventricular hypertrophy and bradycardia. Class IC agents may cause sustained monomorphic ventricular tachycardias and are generally precluded in ischaemic and structural heart disease. Advanced heart failure patients may be treated with amiodarone or dofetilide, but most other AADs are unsuitable. The most important extracardiac toxicities occurring with AADs are those of amiodarone. Drug interactions are a significant safety issue in the management of AF, including pharmacokinetic interactions in which plasma levels of the AAD are raised - increasing the risk of proarrhythmia - and concomitant use of drugs that prolong the QT interval. Notwithstanding these considerations, most patients with AF can be considered for rhythm control, provided there is adequate pre-treatment assessment and protocols for initiation, dosing and monitoring are followed with care.
Gadolinium-Based Contrast Agents for MR Cancer Imaging

PubMed Central

Zhou, Zhuxian; Lu, Zheng-Rong

2013-01-01

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is a clinical imaging modality effective for anatomical and functional imaging of diseased soft tissues, including solid tumors. MRI contrast agents have been routinely used for detecting tumor at an early stage. Gadolinium based contrast agents are the most commonly used contrast agents in clinical MRI. There have been significant efforts to design and develop novel Gd(III) contrast agents with high relaxivity, low toxicity and specific tumor binding. The relaxivity of the Gd(III) contrast agents can be increased by proper chemical modification. The toxicity of Gd(III) contrast agents can be reduced by increasing the agents’ thermodynamic and kinetic stability, as well as optimizing their pharmacokinetic properties. The increasing knowledge in the field of cancer genomics and biology provides an opportunity for designing tumor-specific contrast agents. Various new Gd(III) chelates have been designed and evaluated in animal models for more effective cancer MRI. This review outlines the design and development, physicochemical properties, and in vivo properties of several classes of Gd(III)-based MR contrast agents for tumor imaging. PMID:23047730
Antidysrhythmic agents at the turn of the twenty-first century: a current review.

PubMed

Haugh, Kathy Henley

2002-03-01

The use of class IA agents is gradually on the decline, primarily as a result of its unfavorable risk-to-benefit ratio. Lidocaine, a class IB agent, has been widely used in the acute treatment of VT. However, alternate drugs are being considered increasingly as first-line agents in the acute treatment of VT. Class IC drugs are contraindicated in patients with structural cardiac abnormalities and have a limited usefulness in the management of dysrhythmias. Beta-blockers continue to increase their role in cardiology, and subsequently their use in managing dysrhythmias. Class III agents, including amiodarone, sotalol, ibutilide, and dofetilide, are among the most widely used antidysrhythmics. Class IV calcium channel blockers have a limited usefulness in tachydysrhythmias. Digoxin and adenosine have unique antidysrhythmic properties and will likely retain their roles as antidysrhythmic agents. In the wake of the effectiveness of amiodarone, the drug that crosses all classes, some now question the benefit of pure agents that block a single, specific ion channel in the heart. After CAST8 demonstrated that antidysrhythmics can increase mortality while seemingly suppressing dysrhythmias, new drugs will continue to undergo intense scrutiny with regard to their efficacy, safety, and usefulness in treating dysrhythmias.
Surface-active agents from the group of polyoxyethylated glycerol esters of fatty acids. Part III. Surface activity and solubilizing properties of the products of oxyethylation of lard (Adeps suillus, F.P. VIII) in the equilibrium system in relation to lipophilic therapeutic agents (class II and III of BCS).

PubMed

Nachajski, Michał J; Piotrowska, Jowita B; Kołodziejczyk, Michał K; Lukosek, Marek; Zgoda, Marian M

2013-01-01

Research was conducted into the solubilization processes of diclofenac, ibuprofen, ketoprofen and naproxen in equilibrium conditions in the environment of aqueous solutions of oxyethylated lard's fractions (Adeps suillus, Polish Pharmacopoeia VIII). The determined thermodynamic (cmc, deltaGm(0)) and hydrodynamic (R0, R(obs), omega, M(eta)) parameters characterizing the micelle of the solubilizer and the adduct demonstrate that lipophilic therapeutic agents are adsorbed in a palisade structure of the micelle due to a topologically created so-called "lipophilic adsorption pocket". This shows that the hydrophilicity of the micelle and the adsorption layer decreases at the phase boundary, which is confirmed by the calculated values of coefficients A(m) and r x (a). The results obtained indicate the possibility of making use of the class of non-ionic surfactants which are not ksenobiotics for the modification of the profile of solid oral dosage forms with lipophilic therapeutic agents from the II class of Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS).
Antiarrhythmic and proarrhythmic properties of QT-prolonging antianginal drugs.

PubMed

Singh, Bramah N; Wadhani, Nitin

2004-09-01

In recent years there has been a major reorientation of drug therapy for cardiac arrhythmias, its changing role, and above all, a radical change in the class of arrhythmia drugs because of their impact on mortality. The decline in the use of sodium-channel blockers has led to an ex panding use of beta-blockers and simple or complex class III agents for controlling cardiac arrhythmias. Success with these agents in the context of their side effects has spurred the development of compounds with simpler ion-channel blocking properties that have less complex adverse reactions. The resulting so-called pure class III agents, such as dofetilide or ibutilide, were found to have antifibrillatory effects in atrial fibrillation and flutter and in ventricular tachyarrhythmias. Such agents are effective and have diversity, but they have come into therapeutics with a price: the sometimes-fatal torsades de pointes. The drug amiodarone, a complex compound that was synthesized as an antianginal agent, has been an exception in this regard. Its therapeutic use is associated with a negligibly low incidence of torsades de pointes, even though the drug produces significant bradycardia and QT lengthening to 500 to 700 msec. Recent electrophysiologic studies suggest that this paradox is likely due to the differential block of ion channels in endocardium, epicardium, midmyocardial (M) cells, and Purkinje fibers in the ventricular myocardium. There is also clinical evidence suggesting that amiodarone reduces the "torsadogenic" effects of pure class III agents. Ranolazine was also synthesized for the development of antianginal properties that stem from a partial inhibition of fatty acid oxidation; it too has been found to have electrophysioloigic properties. These are somewhat similar to those of amiodarone on ion channels in endocardium, epicardium, M cells, and Purkinje fibers in the ventricular myocardium, but the drug does not prolong the QT interval to the same extent as amiodarone does. Thus, the drug produces modest increases in repolarization as judged by its effects on the action potential duration (APD) without the potential for the development of torsades de pointes. By virtue of its suppressant action on early afterdepolarizations and triggered activity in Purkinje fibers and M cells, the drug appears to have a powerful potential for reducing the torsadogenic proclivity of conventional class III antiarrhythmic compounds. The rationale for the therapeutic niche for amiodarone, and especially in the case of ranolazine, in the prevention of drug-induced torsades de pointes is discussed.
The diversity of antimicrobial resistance genes among staphylococci of animal origin.

PubMed

Wendlandt, Sarah; Feßler, Andrea T; Monecke, Stefan; Ehricht, Ralf; Schwarz, Stefan; Kadlec, Kristina

2013-08-01

Staphylococci of animal origin harbor a wide variety of resistance genes. So far, more than 40 different resistance genes have been identified in staphylococci from animals. This includes genes that confer resistance to virtually all classes of antimicrobial agents approved for use in animals, such as penicillins, cephalosporins, tetracyclines, macrolides, lincosamides, phenicols, aminoglycosides, aminocyclitols, pleuromutilins, and diaminopyrimidines. The gene products of some of these resistance genes confer resistance to only specific members of a class of antimicrobial agents, whereas others confer resistance to the entire class or even to members of different classes of antimicrobial agents. The resistance mechanisms specified by the resistance genes fall into three major categories: (i) enzymatic inactivation, (ii) active efflux, or (iii) protection/modification/replacement of the cellular target sites of the antimicrobial agents. Mobile genetic elements, in particular plasmids and transposons, play a major role as carriers of antimicrobial resistance genes in animal staphylococci. They facilitate the exchange of resistance genes with staphylococci of human origin but also with other Gram-positive bacteria. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier GmbH. All rights reserved.
Class act: safety comparison of approved tyrosine kinase inhibitors for non-small-cell lung carcinoma.

PubMed

Burotto, Mauricio; Ali, Syed Abbas; O'Sullivan Coyne, Geraldine

2015-01-01

The past decade has seen the development and widespread use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs) targeting a mutated EGFR (mEGFR) for the treatment of metastatic NSCLC. We discuss the main properties of the TKIs currently recommended for the treatment of mEGFR NSCLC: gefitinib, erlotinib and afatinib. The mechanism of action, pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics of these drugs, with emphasis on the historical context of their preclinical and clinical development, will be covered, including potential resistance mechanisms to these first-generation TKIs that has driven the trial design for second and third generations of EGFR inhibitors. Six Phase III clinical trials comparing these three TKIs with cisplatin-based chemotherapy upfront for mEGFR NSCLC provide the basis for the comparative safety and toxicity analysis between these agents. Class-related toxicity of these EGFR inhibitors, including life-threatening effects, will be discussed. Toxicity and safety analysis from the Phase III trials of these agents in mEGFR populations suggests that afatinib has more frequent and severe side effects. Given that an efficacy advantage has not yet been demonstrated for afatinib over erlotinib and gefitinib, the consistent class toxicity profile of these agents means that gefitinib and erlotinib are a safer first-line treatment recommendation.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Porta, Miquel; Facultat de Medicina, Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona; CIBER en Epidemiologia y Salud Publica

Background: The relationships between social factors and body concentrations of environmental chemical agents are unknown in many human populations. Some chemical compounds may play an etiopathogenic role in pancreatic cancer. Objective: To analyze the relationships between occupational social class and serum concentrations of seven selected organochlorine compounds (OCs) in exocrine pancreatic cancer: dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (p,p'-DDT), dichlorodiphenyldichloroethene (p,p'-DDE), 3 polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hexachlorobenzene, and {beta}-hexachlorocyclohexane. Methods: Incident cases of exocrine pancreatic cancer were prospectively identified, and interviewed face-to-face during hospital admission (n=135). Serum concentrations of OCs were analyzed by high-resolution gas chromatography with electron-capture detection. Social class was classified according to occupation.more » Results: Multivariate-adjusted concentrations of all seven compounds were higher in occupational social classes IV-V (the less affluent) than in classes I-II; they were higher as well in class III than in classes I-II for four compounds. Concentrations of six OCs were higher in manual workers than in non-manual workers (p<0.05 for PCBs). Social class explained statistically between 3.7% and 5.7% of the variability in concentrations of PCBs, and 2% or less variability in the other OCs. Conclusions: Concentrations of most OCs were higher in the less affluent occupational social classes. In pancreatic cancer the putative causal role of these persistent organic pollutants may not be independent of social class. There is a need to integrate evidence on the contribution of different social processes and environmental chemical exposures to the etiology of pancreatic and other cancers.« less
Pushing the sensitivity envelope of lanthanide-based magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast agents for molecular imaging applications.

PubMed

Aime, Silvio; Castelli, Daniela Delli; Crich, Simonetta Geninatti; Gianolio, Eliana; Terreno, Enzo

2009-07-21

Contrast in magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) arises from changes in the intensity of the proton signal of water between voxels (essentially, the 3D counterpart of pixels). Differences in intervoxel intensity can be significantly enhanced with chemicals that alter the nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) intensity of the imaged spins; this alteration can occur by various mechanisms. Paramagnetic lanthanide(III) complexes are used in two major classes of MRI contrast agent: the well-established class of Gd-based agents and the emerging class of chemical exchange saturation transfer (CEST) agents. A Gd-based complex increases water signal by enhancing the longitudinal relaxation rate of water protons, whereas CEST agents decrease water signal as a consequence of the transfer of saturated magnetization from the exchangeable protons of the agent. In this Account, we survey recent progress in both areas, focusing on how MRI is becoming a more competitive choice among the various molecular imaging methods. Compared with other imaging modalities, MRI is set apart by its superb anatomical resolution; however, its success in molecular imaging suffers because of its intrinsic insensitivity. A relatively high concentration of molecular agents (0.01-0.1 mM) is necessary to produce a local alteration in the water signal intensity. Unfortunately, the most desirable molecules for visualization in molecular imaging are present at much lower concentrations, in the nano- or picomolar range. Therefore, augmenting the sensitivity of MRI agents is key to the development of MR-based molecular imaging applications. In principle, this task can be tackled either by increasing the sensitivity of the reporting units, through the optimization of their structural and dynamic properties, or by setting up proper amplification strategies that allow the accumulation of a huge number of imaging reporters at the site of interest. For Gd-based agents, high sensitivities can be attained by exploiting a range of nanosized carriers (micelles, liposomes, microemulsions, and the like, as well as biological structures such as apoferritin and lipoproteins) properly loaded with Gd-based chelates. Furthermore, the sensitivity of Gd-based agents can be markedly affected either by their interactions with biological structures or by their cellular localization. For CEST agents, a huge sensitivity enhancement has been obtained by using the water molecules contained in the inner cavity of liposomes as the exchangeable source of protons for magnetization transfer. Several "tricks" (for example, the use of multimeric lanthanide(III) shift reagents, changes in the shape of the liposome container, and so forth) have been devised to improve the chemical shift separation between the intraliposomal water and the "bulk" water resonances. Overall, excellent sensitivity enhancements have been obtained for both classes of agents, enabling their use in MR molecular imaging applications.
Contemporary clinical trials in ventricular tachycardia and fibrillation: implications of ESVEM, CASCADE, and CASH for clinical management.

PubMed

Anderson, J L

1995-10-01

Recent clinical trials in patients with ventricular tachycardia (VT) or fibrillation (VF) have occurred in the setting of the disappointing results of postinfarction secondary prevention studies using Class I antiarrhythmics (e.g., CAST). ESVEM addressed in a randomized trial whether electrophysiologic study (EPS) or Holter monitoring (HM) is a more accurate predictor of long-term antiarrhythmic drug efficacy in VT/VF patients (N=486) and what the relative efficacy of various antiarrhythmic agents is for VT/VF. Surprisingly, arrhythmia recurrence rates were not significantly different by the method of determining an efficacy prediction. However, arrhythmia recurrence and mortality were lower (by about 50% at 1 year) in patients treated with sotalol (a mixed Class II/III agent) than with other drugs (Class I). CASCADE evaluated empiric amiodarone versus guided (EPS or HM) standard (Class I) therapy in survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest due to VF. The primary endpoint of cardiac death, resuscitated VF, or syncopal shock (in ICD patients) was reduced by amiodarone compared with conventional therapy (9% vs 23% at 1 year). An interim report of the ongoing CASH study suggested in 230 survivors of cardiac arrest that propafenone (Class IC) provided less effective prophylaxis (approximately 20% 1-year mortality) compared with randomly assigned therapies with amiodarone, metoprolol, or an ICD (approximately 14% mortality rates) and was excluded from further study. These studies have led to a paradigm shift in the approach to antiarrhythmic therapy of VT/VF: drugs with antisympathetic plus Class III (refractoriness prolonging) action (i.e., sotalol, amiodarone) are superior to traditional drugs with Class I( conduction slowing) effects, even when guided by EPS or HM.
A benefit-risk assessment of class III antiarrhythmic agents.

PubMed

Brendorp, Bente; Pedersen, Oledyg; Torp-Pedersen, Christian; Sahebzadah, Naji; Køber, Lars

2002-01-01

With beta-blockers as the exception, increasing doubt is emerging on the value of antiarrhythmic drug therapy following a series of trials that have either shown no mortality benefit or even an excess mortality. Vaughan Williams class I drugs are generally avoided in patients with structural heart disease, and class IV drugs are avoided in heart failure. Unfortunately, arrhythmias are a growing problem due to an increase in the incidence of atrial fibrillation and sudden death. The population is becoming older and more patients survive for a longer time period with congestive heart failure, which again increases the frequency of both supraventricular as well as ventricular arrhythmias. Class III antiarrhythmic drugs act by blocking repolarising currents and thereby prolong the effective refractory period of the myocardium. This is believed to facilitate termination of re-entry tachyarrhythmias. This class of drugs is developed for treatment of both supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias. Amiodarone, sotalol, dofetilide, and ibutilide are examples of class III drugs that are currently available. Amiodarone and sotalol have other antiarrhythmic properties in addition to pure class III action, which differentiates them from the others. However, all have potential serious adverse events. Proarrhythmia, especially torsade de pointes, is a common problem making the benefit-risk ratio of these drugs a key question. Class III drugs have been evaluated in different settings: primary and secondary prevention of ventricular arrhythmias and in treatment of atrial fibrillation or flutter. Based on existing evidence there is no routine indication for antiarrhythmic drug therapy other than beta-blockers in patients at high risk of sudden death. Subgroup analyses of trials with amiodarone and dofetilide suggest that patients with atrial fibrillation may have a mortality reduction with these drugs. However, this needs to be tested in a prospective trial. Similarly, subgroups that will benefit from prophylactic treatment with class III antiarrhythmic drugs may be found based on QT-intervals or - in the future - from genetic testing. Class III drugs are effective in converting atrial fibrillation to sinus rhythm and for the maintenance of sinus rhythm after conversion. This is currently by far the most important indication for this class of drugs. As defined by recent guidelines, amiodarone and dofetilide have their place as second-line therapy except for patients with heart failure where they are first line therapy being the only drugs where the safety has been documented for this group of high risk patients.
Class III antiarrhythmic agents in cardiac failure: lessons from clinical trials with a focus on the Grupo de Estudio de la Sobrevida en la Insuficiencia Cardiaca en Argentina (GESICA).

PubMed

Doval, H C

1999-11-04

The results of previous clinical trials, in a variety of clinical settings, showed that class I agents may consistently increase mortality in sharp contrast to the effects of beta blockers. Attention has therefore shifted to class III compounds for potential beneficial effects on long-term mortality among patients with underlying cardiac disease. Clinical trials with d-sotalol, the dextro isomer (devoid of beta blockade) of sotalol, showed increased mortality in patients with low ejection fraction after myocardial infarction and in those with heart failure; whereas in the case of dofetilide, the impact on mortality was neutral. Because of the complex effects of its actions as an alpha-adrenergic blocker and a class III agent, the impact on mortality of amiodarone in patients with heart failure is of particular interest. A meta-analysis of 13 clinical trials revealed significant reductions in all-cause and cardiac mortality among patients with heart failure or previous myocardial infarction. Among these were 5 controlled clinical trials that investigated the effects of amiodarone on mortality among patients with heart failure. None of these trials was large relative to the beta-blocker trials in the postinfarction patients. However, the larger 2 of the 5 amiodarone trials produced discordant effects on mortality, neutral in one and significantly positive in the other. Some of the differences may be accounted for by the differences in eligibility criteria and baseline characteristics. Future trials that may be undertaken to resolve the discrepancies may need to allow for the newer findings on the effects of concomitant beta blockers, implantable devices, and possibly, spironolactone. All these modalities of treatment have been shown in controlled clinical trials to augment survival in patients with impaired ventricular function or manifest heart failure. Additional trials, some of which are currently in progress, compare amiodarone with implantable devices and other therapeutic interventions, and should help to clarify the optimal management strategy for patients with underlying heart failure.
Pharmacological modulations of cardiac ultra-rapid and slowly activating delayed rectifier currents: potential antiarrhythmic approaches.

PubMed

Islam, Mohammed A

2010-01-01

Despite the emerging new insights into our understandings of the cellular mechanisms underlying cardiac arrhythmia, medical therapy for this disease remains unsatisfactory. Atrial fibrillation (AF), the most prevalent arrhythmia, is responsible for significant morbidity and mortality. On the other hand, ventricular fibrillation results in sudden cardiac deaths in many instances. Prolongation of cardiac action potential (AP) is a proven principle of antiarrhythmic therapy. Class III antiarrhythmic agents prolong AP and QT interval by blocking rapidly activating delayed rectifier current (I(Kr)). However, I(Kr) blocking drugs carry the risk of life-threatening proarrhythmia. Recently, modulation of atrial-selective ultra-rapid delayed rectifier current (I(Kur)), has emerged as a novel therapeutic approach to treat AF. A number of I(Kur) blockers are being evaluated for the treatment of AF. The inhibition of slowly activating delayed rectifier current (I(Ks)) has also been proposed as an effective and safer antiarrhythmic approach because of its distinguishing characteristics that differ in remarkable ways from other selective class III agents. Selective I(Ks) block may prolong AP duration (APD) at rapid rates without leading to proarrhythmia. This article reviews the pathophysiological roles of I(Kur) and I(Ks) in cardiac repolarization and the implications of newly developed I(Kur) and I(Ks) blocking agents as promising antiarrhythmic approaches. Several recent patents pertinent to antiarrhythmic drug development have been discussed. Further research will be required to evaluate the efficacy and safety of these agents in the clinical setting.
Use of trimetasphere metallofullerene MRI contrast agent for the non-invasive longitudinal tracking of stem cells in the lung

PubMed Central

Murphy, Sean V.; Hale, Austin; Reid, Tanya; Olson, John; Kidiyoor, Amritha; Tan, Josh; Zhou, Zhiguo; Jackson, John; Atala, Anthony

2016-01-01

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) is a commonly used, non-invasive imaging technique that provides visualization of soft tissues with high spatial resolution. In both a research and clinical setting, the major challenge has been identifying a non-invasive and safe method for longitudinal tracking of delivered cells in vivo. The labeling and tracking of contrast agent labeled cells using MRI has the potential to fulfill this need. Contrast agents are often used to enhance the image contrast between the tissue of interest and surrounding tissues with MRI. The most commonly used MRI contrast agents contain Gd(III) ions. However, Gd(III) ions are highly toxic in their ionic form, as they tend to accumulate in the liver, spleen, kidney and bones and block calcium channels. Endohedral metallofullerenes such as trimetallic nitride endohedral metallofullerenes (Trimetasphere®) are one unique class of fullerene molecules where a Gd3N cluster is encapsulated inside a C80 carbon cage referred to as Gd3N@C80. These endohedral metallofullerenes have several advantages over small chelated Gd(III) complexes such as increased stability of the Gd(III) ion, minimal toxic effects, high solubility in water and high proton relativity. In this study, we describe the evaluation of gadolinium-based Trimetasphere® positive contrast agent for the in vitro labeling and in vivo tracking of human amniotic fluid-derived stem cells within lung tissue. In addition, we conducted a ‘proof-of-concept’ experiment demonstrating that this methodology can be used to track the homing of stem cells to injured lung tissue and provide longitudinal analysis of cell localization over an extended time course. PMID:26546729
Use of trimetasphere metallofullerene MRI contrast agent for the non-invasive longitudinal tracking of stem cells in the lung.

PubMed

Murphy, Sean V; Hale, Austin; Reid, Tanya; Olson, John; Kidiyoor, Amritha; Tan, Josh; Zhou, Zhiguo; Jackson, John; Atala, Anthony

2016-04-15

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) is a commonly used, non-invasive imaging technique that provides visualization of soft tissues with high spatial resolution. In both a research and clinical setting, the major challenge has been identifying a non-invasive and safe method for longitudinal tracking of delivered cells in vivo. The labeling and tracking of contrast agent labeled cells using MRI has the potential to fulfill this need. Contrast agents are often used to enhance the image contrast between the tissue of interest and surrounding tissues with MRI. The most commonly used MRI contrast agents contain Gd(III) ions. However, Gd(III) ions are highly toxic in their ionic form, as they tend to accumulate in the liver, spleen, kidney and bones and block calcium channels. Endohedral metallofullerenes such as trimetallic nitride endohedral metallofullerenes (Trimetasphere®) are one unique class of fullerene molecules where a Gd3N cluster is encapsulated inside a C80 carbon cage referred to as Gd3N@C80. These endohedral metallofullerenes have several advantages over small chelated Gd(III) complexes such as increased stability of the Gd(III) ion, minimal toxic effects, high solubility in water and high proton relativity. In this study, we describe the evaluation of gadolinium-based Trimetasphere® positive contrast agent for the in vitro labeling and in vivo tracking of human amniotic fluid-derived stem cells within lung tissue. In addition, we conducted a 'proof-of-concept' experiment demonstrating that this methodology can be used to track the homing of stem cells to injured lung tissue and provide longitudinal analysis of cell localization over an extended time course. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Integrin Targeted MR Imaging

PubMed Central

Tan, Mingqian; Lu, Zheng-Rong

2011-01-01

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is a powerful medical diagnostic imaging modality for integrin targeted imaging, which uses the magnetic resonance of tissue water protons to display tissue anatomic structures with high spatial resolution. Contrast agents are often used in MRI to highlight specific regions of the body and make them easier to visualize. There are four main classes of MRI contrast agents based on their different contrast mechanisms, including T1, T2, chemical exchange saturation transfer (CEST) agents, and heteronuclear contrast agents. Integrins are an important family of heterodimeric transmembrane glycoproteins that function as mediators of cell-cell and cell-extracellular matrix interactions. The overexpressed integrins can be used as the molecular targets for designing suitable integrin targeted contrast agents for MR molecular imaging. Integrin targeted contrast agent includes a targeting agent specific to a target integrin, a paramagnetic agent and a linker connecting the targeting agent with the paramagnetic agent. Proper selection of targeting agents is critical for targeted MRI contrast agents to effectively bind to integrins for in vivo imaging. An ideal integrin targeted MR contrast agent should be non-toxic, provide strong contrast enhancement at the target sites and can be completely excreted from the body after MR imaging. An overview of integrin targeted MR contrast agents based on small molecular and macromolecular Gd(III) complexes, lipid nanoparticles and superparamagnetic nanoparticles is provided for MR molecular imaging. By using proper delivery systems for loading sufficient Gd(III) chelates or superparamagnetic nanoparticles, effective molecular imaging of integrins with MRI has been demonstrated in animal models. PMID:21547154
Novel Agents for Multiple Myeloma to Overcome Resistance in Phase III Clinical Trials

PubMed Central

Orlowski, Robert Z.

2013-01-01

The incorporation of novel agents such as bortezomib and lenalidomide into initial therapy for multiple myeloma has improved the response rate of induction regimens. Also, these drugs are being increasingly used in the peri-transplant setting for transplant-eligible patients, and as part of consolidation and/or maintenance after front-line treatment, including in transplant-ineligible patients. Together, these and other strategies have contributed to a prolongation of progression-free and overall survival in myeloma patients, and an increasing proportion are able to sustain a remission for many years. Despite these improvements, however, the vast majority of patients continue to suffer relapses, which suggests a prominent role for either primary, innate drug resistance, or secondary, acquired drug resistance. As a result, there remains a strong need to develop new proteasome inhibitors and immunomodulatory agents, as well as new drug classes, which would be effective in the relapsed and/or refractory setting, and overcome drug resistance. This review will focus on novel drugs that have reached phase III trials, including carfilzomib and pomalidomide, which have recently garnered regulatory approvals. In addition, agents that are in phase II or III, potentially registration-enabling trials will be described as well, to provide an overview of the possible landscape in the relapsed and/or refractory arena over the next five years. PMID:24135408
Cardiovascular drugs inducing QT prolongation: facts and evidence.

PubMed

Taira, Carlos A; Opezzo, Javier A W; Mayer, Marcos A; Höcht, Christian

2010-01-01

Acquired QT syndrome is mainly caused by the administration of drugs that prolong ventricular repolarization. On the other hand, the risk of drug-induced torsades de pointes is increased by numerous predisposing factors, such as genetic predisposition, female sex, hypokalemia and cardiac dysfunction. This adverse reaction is induced by different chemical compounds used for the treatment of a variety of pathologies, including arrhythmias. As it is known, antiarrhythmic agents and other cardiovascular drugs can prolong the QT interval, causing this adverse reaction. Of the 20 most commonly reported drugs, 10 were cardiovascular agents and these appeared in 348 of the reports (46%). Class Ia antiarrhythmic agents have frequently been linked to inducing arrhythmia, including torsades de pointes. Sotalol and amiodarone, class III antiarrhythmics, are known to prolong the QT interval by blocking I(Kr). Due to the severity of events caused by the therapeutic use of these drugs, in this work of revision the cardiovascular drugs that present this property and the factors and evidence will be mentioned.
A Phase I/II adaptive design for heterogeneous groups with application to a stereotactic body radiation therapy trial.

PubMed

Wages, Nolan A; Read, Paul W; Petroni, Gina R

2015-01-01

Dose-finding studies that aim to evaluate the safety of single agents are becoming less common, and advances in clinical research have complicated the paradigm of dose finding in oncology. A class of more complex problems, such as targeted agents, combination therapies and stratification of patients by clinical or genetic characteristics, has created the need to adapt early-phase trial design to the specific type of drug being investigated and the corresponding endpoints. In this article, we describe the implementation of an adaptive design based on a continual reassessment method for heterogeneous groups, modified to coincide with the objectives of a Phase I/II trial of stereotactic body radiation therapy in patients with painful osseous metastatic disease. Operating characteristics of the Institutional Review Board approved design are demonstrated under various possible true scenarios via simulation studies. Copyright © 2015 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
Transcriptional activation of short interspersed elements by DNA-damaging agents.

PubMed

Rudin, C M; Thompson, C B

2001-01-01

Short interspersed elements (SINEs), typified by the human Alu repeat, are RNA polymerase III (pol III)-transcribed sequences that replicate within the genome through an RNA intermediate. Replication of SINEs has been extensive in mammalian evolution: an estimated 5% of the human genome consists of Alu repeats. The mechanisms regulating transcription, reverse transcription, and reinsertion of SINE elements in genomic DNA are poorly understood. Here we report that expression of murine SINE transcripts of both the B1 and B2 classes is strongly upregulated after prolonged exposure to cisplatin, etoposide, or gamma radiation. A similar induction of Alu transcripts in human cells occurs under these conditions. This induction is not due to a general upregulation of pol III activity in either species. Genotoxic treatment of murine cells containing an exogenous human Alu element induced Alu transcription. Concomitant with the increased expression of SINEs, an increase in cellular reverse transcriptase was observed after exposure to these same DNA-damaging agents. These findings suggest that genomic damage may be an important activator of SINEs, and that SINE mobility may contribute to secondary malignancy after exposure to DNA-damaging chemotherapy.

Biological safety cabinetry.

PubMed Central

Kruse, R H; Puckett, W H; Richardson, J H

1991-01-01

The biological safety cabinet is the one piece of laboratory and pharmacy equipment that provides protection for personnel, the product, and the environment. Through the history of laboratory-acquired infections from the earliest published case to the emergence of hepatitis B and AIDS, the need for health care worker protection is described. A brief description with design, construction, function, and production capabilities is provided for class I and class III safety cabinets. The development of the high-efficiency particulate air filter provided the impetus for clean room technology, from which evolved the class II laminar flow biological safety cabinet. The clean room concept was advanced when the horizontal airflow clean bench was manufactured; it became popular in pharmacies for preparing intravenous solutions because the product was protected. However, as with infectious microorganisms and laboratory workers, individual sensitization to antibiotics and the advent of hazardous antineoplastic agents changed the thinking of pharmacists and nurses, and they began to use the class II safety cabinet to prevent adverse personnel reactions to the drugs. How the class II safety cabinet became the mainstay in laboratories and pharmacies is described, and insight is provided into the formulation of National Sanitation Foundation standard number 49 and its revisions. The working operations of a class II cabinet are described, as are the variations of the four types with regard to design, function, air velocity profiles, and the use of toxins. The main certification procedures are explained, with examples of improper or incorrect certifications. The required levels of containment for microorganisms are given. Instructions for decontaminating the class II biological safety cabinet of infectious agents are provided; unfortunately, there is no method for decontaminating the cabinet of antineoplastic agents. Images PMID:2070345
Transfer of Department of Defense Managed Sustainment Programs in Iraq to Department of State Control

DTIC Science & Technology

2013-05-22

responsible for conducting Reception , Staging, Onward movement, and Integration of personnel and equipment, the distribution management of supplies...temperature refrigerated containers or leased refrigerated containers on semi- trailers . Class III Distribution As the DoD executive agent, DLA is...quantitative approach involves the investigation of a human or social problem, and tests the theory based on the collection of variables, numerically
25 CFR 522.10 - Individually owned class II and class III gaming operations other than those operating on...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Individually owned class II and class III gaming... GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.10 Individually owned class II and class III...
Expression of class III beta tubulin in cervical cancer patients administered preoperative radiochemotherapy: correlation with response to treatment and clinical outcome.

PubMed

Ferrandina, Gabriella; Martinelli, Enrica; Zannoni, Gian Franco; Distefano, Mariagrazia; Paglia, Amelia; Ferlini, Cristiano; Scambia, Giovanni

2007-02-01

Alterations of the beta subunit of tubulin have been reported to be predictive of resistance to radiation and antitubulin agents in several solid tumors. The aim of the study was to investigate the clinical role of beta III tubulin expression as prognostic factor for survival and as a predictive parameter of response to preoperative radiochemotherapy in a single institutional series of locally advanced cervical cancer (LACC) patients. The study included 98 LACC patients admitted to the Gynecologic Oncology Unit, Catholic University of Rome and Campobasso between January 1998 and January 2005. Immunohistochemistry was performed by using the polyclonal rabbit anti-beta III tubulin antibody (Covance, Princeton, NJ, USA). The value of 10% immunostained tumor cells was arbitrarily chosen as cut-off value to distinguish cases with high versus low beta III tubulin content. In the whole series, beta III tubulin immunoreaction was detectable in 66/98 cases (67.3%), and the percentage of positively stained cells ranged from 0 to 100% (median=10%). The percentages of cases with high beta III tubulin expression were shown not to be differently distributed according to clinico-pathological characteristics. There was no statistically significant difference in the distribution of cases with high beta III tubulin expression according to clinical and pathological response to treatment. During the follow-up period, recurrence and death of disease occurred in 15 and 13 cases, respectively. There was no difference in disease-free and overall survival in cases with high versus low beta III tubulin expression. The assessment of class III beta tubulin status seems of little usefulness in order to identify LACC patients with poor chance of response to concomitant radiochemotherapy and unfavorable prognosis.
25 CFR 291.5 - Where must the proposal requesting Class III gaming procedures be filed?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Where must the proposal requesting Class III gaming... ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.5 Where must the proposal requesting Class III gaming procedures be filed? Any proposal requesting Class III gaming procedures must be filed with the...
Chelation of Thallium (III) in Rats Using Combined Deferasirox and Deferiprone Therapy.

PubMed

Salehi, Samie; Saljooghi, Amir Sh; Badiee, Somayeh; Moqadam, Mojtaba Mashmool

2017-10-01

Thallium and its compounds are a class of highly toxic chemicals that cause wide-ranging symptoms such as gastrointestinal disturbances; polyneuritis; encephalopathy; tachycardia; skin eruptions; hepatic, renal, cardiac, and neurological toxicities; and have mutagenic and genotoxic effects. The present research aimed to evaluate the efficacy of the chelating agents deferasirox (DFX) and deferiprone (L1) in reducing serum and tissue thallium levels after the administration of thallium (III), according to two different dosing regimens, to several groups of Wistar rats for 60 days. It was hypothesized that the two chelators might be more efficient as a combined therapy than as monotherapies in removing thallium (III) from the rats' organs. The chelators were administered orally as either single or combined therapies for a period of 14 days. Serum and tissue thallium (III) and iron concentrations were determined by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy. Serum and tissue thallium (III) levels were significantly reduced by combined therapy with DFX and L1. Additionally, iron concentrations returned to normal levels and symptoms of toxicity decreased.
25 CFR 291.13 - When do Class III gaming procedures for an Indian tribe become effective?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false When do Class III gaming procedures for an Indian tribe... ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.13 When do Class III gaming procedures for an Indian tribe become effective? Upon approval of Class III gaming procedures for the Indian tribe under either...
25 CFR 291.15 - How long do Class III gaming procedures remain in effect?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false How long do Class III gaming procedures remain in effect... ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.15 How long do Class III gaming procedures remain in effect? Class III gaming procedures remain in effect for the duration specified in the procedures or until...
25 CFR 291.14 - How can Class III gaming procedures approved by the Secretary be amended?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false How can Class III gaming procedures approved by the... ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.14 How can Class III gaming procedures approved by the Secretary be amended? An Indian tribe may ask the Secretary to amend approved Class III gaming...
No meaningful association between suicidal behavior and the use of IL-17A-neutralizing or IL-17RA-blocking agents.

PubMed

Chiricozzi, Andrea; Romanelli, Marco; Saraceno, Rosita; Torres, Tiago

2016-12-01

An emerging class of agents blocking IL-17 signaling represents a very promising therapeutic approach. One of these agents, brodalumab, has been associated with an increased risk of suicide behavior. Areas covered: This review sought to provide an overview strictly focused on suicide behavior signals related to the use of IL-17 agents. Data collection regarding this peculiar safety aspect was primarily based on: (i) a revision of safety outcomes belonging to phase II and phase III trials; (ii) a systematic search using the Pubmed Medline database; and (iii) collecting recent data issued as posters or communications in eminent international meetings. Expert opinion: Whilst secukinumab and ixekizumab were not associated with increased signal of suicidal behavior, being recently approved for the treatment of psoriasis by EMA and FDA, brodalumab raised concern because of suicide behavior cases that led to pause momentarily its development program during pre-marketing stage before obtaining the positive recommendation by an FDA advisory panel for its approval. Indeed, a careful re-evaluation of brodalumab safety profile is being performed and no evidence clarified a significant association or a pathogenic mechanism linking brodalumab treatment to the risk of suicidal behavior, suggesting that cases of suicidal behavior accidentally occurred during brodalumab trials.
New p-methylsulfonamido phenylethylamine analogues as class III antiarrhythmic agents: design, synthesis, biological assay, and 3D-QSAR analysis.

PubMed

Liu, Hong; Ji, Ming; Luo, Xiaomin; Shen, Jianhua; Huang, Xiaoqin; Hua, Weiyi; Jiang, Hualiang; Chen, Kaixian

2002-07-04

Class III antiarrhythmic agents selectively delay the effective refractory period (ERP) and increase the transmembrane action potential duration (APD). Using dofetilide (2) as a template of class III antiarrhythmic agents, we designed and synthesized 16 methylsulfonamido phenylethylamine analogues (4a-d and 5a-l). Pharmacological assay indicated that all of these compounds showed activity for increasing the ERP in isolated animal atrium; among them, the effective concentration of compound 4a is 1.6 x 10(-8) mol/L in increasing ERP by 10 ms, slightly less potent than that of 2, 1.1 x 10(-8) mol/L. Compound 4a also produced a slightly lower change in ERP at 10(-5) M, DeltaERP% = 17.5% (DeltaERP% = 24.0% for dofetilide). On the basis of this bioassay result, these 16 compounds together with dofetilide were investigated by the three-dimensional quantitative structure-activity relationship (3D-QSAR) techniques of comparative molecular field analysis (CoMFA), comparative molecular similarity index analysis (CoMSIA), and the hologram QSAR (HQSAR). The 3D-QSAR models were tested with another 11 compounds (4e-h and 5m-s) that we synthesized later. Results revealed that the CoMFA, CoMSIA, and HQSAR predicted activities for the 11 newly synthesized compounds that have a good correlation with their experimental value, r(2) = 0.943, 0.891, and 0.809 for the three QSAR models, respectively. This indicates that the 3D-QSAR models proved a good predictive ability and could describe the steric, electrostatic, and hydrophobic requirements for recognition forces of the receptor site. On the basis of these results, we designed and synthesized another eight new analogues of methanesulfonamido phenylethyamine (6a-h) according to the clues provided by the 3D-QSAR analyses. Pharmacological assay indicated that the effective concentrations of delaying the ERP by 10 ms of these newly designed compounds correlated well with the 3D-QSAR predicted values. It is remarkable that the percent change of delaying ERP at 10(-5) M compound 6c is much higher than that of dofetilide; the effective concentration of compound 6c is 5.0 x 10(-8)mol/L in increasing the ERP by 10 ms, which is slightly lower than that of 2. The results showed that the 3D-QSAR models are reliable and can be extended to design new antiarrhythmic agents.
25 CFR 522.8 - Publication of class III ordinance and approval.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... Section 522.8 Indians NATIONAL INDIAN GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.8 Publication of class III ordinance and approval. The Chairman shall publish a class III tribal gaming...
Gold(III)-Dithiocarbamato Peptidomimetics in the Forefront of the Targeted Anticancer Therapy: Preclinical Studies against Human Breast Neoplasia

PubMed Central

Nardon, Chiara; Schmitt, Sara M.; Yang, Huanjie; Zuo, Jian

2014-01-01

Since the serendipitous discovery of cisplatin, platinum-based drugs have become well-established antitumor agents, despite the fact that their clinical use is limited by many severe side-effects. In order to both improve the chemotherapeutic index and broaden the therapeutic spectrum of current drugs, our most recent anti-neoplastic agents, Au(III) complexes, were designed as carrier-mediated delivery systems exploiting peptide transporters, which are up-regulated in some cancers. Among all, we focused on two compounds and tested them on human MDA-MB-231 (resistant to cisplatin) breast cancer cell cultures and xenografts, discovering the proteasome as a major target both in vitro and in vivo. 53% inhibition of breast tumor growth in mice was observed after 27 days of treatment at 1.0 mg kg−1 d−1, compared to control. Remarkably, if only the most responsive mice are taken into account, 85% growth inhibition, with some animals showing tumor shrinkage, was observed after 13 days. These results led us to file an international patent, recognizing this class of gold(III) peptidomimetics as suitable candidates for entering phase I clinical trials. PMID:24392119
25 CFR 522.12 - Revocation of class III gaming.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Revocation of class III gaming. 522.12 Section 522.12 Indians NATIONAL INDIAN GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.12 Revocation of class III...
Sotalol: An important new antiarrhythmic.

PubMed

Anderson, J L; Prystowsky, E N

1999-03-01

Sotalol, the most recently approved oral antiarrhythmic drug, has a unique pharmacologic profile. Its electrophysiology is explained by nonselective beta-blocking action as well as class III antiarrhythmic activity (including fast-activating cardiac membrane-delayed rectifier current blockade), which leads to increases in action potential duration and refractory period throughout the heart and in QT interval on the surface electrocardiogram. Its better hemodynamic tolerance than other beta-blockers may be a result of enhanced inotropy associated with class III activity. Sotalol's ability to suppress ventricular ectopy is similar to that of class I agents and better than that of standard beta-blockers. Unlike class I agents, its use in a postinfarction trial was not associated with increased mortality rate. Therapeutically, it has shown superior efficacy for prevention of recurrent ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation, which was the basis for its approval. In a randomized study, the Electrophysiologic Study Versus Electrocardiographic Monitoring (ESVEM) trial, sotalol was associated with an increased in-hospital efficacy prediction rate (by Holter monitor or electrophysiologic study), reduced long-term arrhythmic recurrence rate with superior tolerance, and lower mortality rate than class I ("standard") antiarrhythmic drugs. Sotalol was 1 of 2 drugs selected for comparison with implantable defibrillators in the recent National Institutes of Health Antiarrhythmics versus Implantable Defibrillator (AVID) study. Sotalol appears to be a preferred drug for use with implantable defibrillators; unlike some other agents (eg, amiodarone) it does not elevate and, indeed, may lower defibrillation threshold. Although unapproved for this use, sotalol is active against atrial arrhythmias. It has shown efficacy equivalent to propafenone and quinidine in preventing atrial fibrillation recurrence, but it is better tolerated than quinidine and provides excellent rate control during recurrence. Sotalol's major side effects are related to beta-blockade and the risk of torsades de pointes (acceptably small if appropriate precautions are taken). Unlike several other antiarrhythmics (eg, amiodarone), it has no pharmacokinetic drug-drug interactions, is not metabolized, and is entirely renally excreted. Initial dose is 80 mg twice daily, with gradual titration to 240 to 360 mg/day as needed. The daily dose must be reduced in renal failure. On the basis of favorable clinical trials and practice experience, sotalol has shown a steadily growing impact on the treatment of arrhythmias during its 5 years of market availability, a trend that is likely to continue.
[Positive inotropic and lusitropic effect of RP 62719, a new class III antiarrhythmia agent].

PubMed

Beregi, J P; Escande, D; Coudray, N; Chemla, D; Mestre, M; Péry, N; Lecarpentier, Y

1994-02-01

Antiarrhythmic drugs, especially the Class I family, exert a negative inotropic effect on the myocardium which is particularly undesirable in patients with depressed left ventricular function. Therefore, research has been directed to the development of new, more specific molecules of the Class III family. The authors studies the mechanical effects of RP 62719 on guinea pig left ventricular papillary muscle. This new molecule is a pure Class III antiarrhythmic, known to lengthen the duration of the cardiac action potential by selectively blocking the potassium current iK1 (inward rectifier K+ current). The mechanical parameters were determined during the phases of contraction and relaxation under isotonic and isometric conditions. At 0.2 and 2 microM concentrations, RP 62719 improved cardiac contraction under both isotonic and isometric conditions with an increase of about 30% of Vmax (p < 0.001), the maximum unloaded shortening velocity delta 1 (p < 0.001), the peak isometric active force normalized per cross-sectional area [AF/S (p < 0.001)]. At these two concentrations, a positive lusitropic effect (improved relaxation) was demonstrated by an increase in negative peak of derivative per mm2-dF/s and maximum lengthening velocity VR max (p < 0.01). At higher concentrations (20 microM), the inotropic and lusitropic effects were less marked with a bell-shaped form of the dose-effect curve. This study indicates that RP 62719 has moderate but significant positive inotropic and lusitropic effects. These actions could provide significant therapeutic advantages especially in patients cardiac failure.
25 CFR 522.7 - Disapproval of a class III ordinance.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Disapproval of a class III ordinance. 522.7 Section 522.7 Indians NATIONAL INDIAN GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.7 Disapproval of a class III...
25 CFR 291.3 - When may an Indian tribe ask the Secretary to issue Class III gaming procedures?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... III gaming procedures? 291.3 Section 291.3 Indians BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.3 When may an Indian tribe ask the Secretary to issue Class III gaming procedures? An Indian tribe may ask the Secretary to issue Class III...
Lower incisor dentoalveolar compensation and symphysis dimensions among Class I and III malocclusion patients with different facial vertical skeletal patterns.

PubMed

Molina-Berlanga, Núria; Llopis-Perez, Jaume; Flores-Mir, Carlos; Puigdollers, Andreu

2013-11-01

To compare lower incisor dentoalveolar compensation and mandible symphysis morphology among Class I and Class III malocclusion patients with different facial vertical skeletal patterns. Lower incisor extrusion and inclination, as well as buccal (LA) and lingual (LP) cortex depth, and mandibular symphysis height (LH) were measured in 107 lateral cephalometric x-rays of adult patients without prior orthodontic treatment. In addition, malocclusion type (Class I or III) and facial vertical skeletal pattern were considered. Through a principal component analysis (PCA) related variables were reduced. Simple regression equation and multivariate analyses of variance were also used. Incisor mandibular plane angle (P < .001) and extrusion (P = .03) values showed significant differences between the sagittal malocclusion groups. Variations in the mandibular plane have a negative correlation with LA (Class I P = .03 and Class III P = .01) and a positive correlation with LH (Class I P = .01 and Class III P = .02) in both groups. Within the Class III group, there was a negative correlation between the mandibular plane and LP (P = .02). PCA showed that the tendency toward a long face causes the symphysis to elongate and narrow. In Class III, alveolar narrowing is also found in normal faces. Vertical facial pattern is a significant factor in mandibular symphysis alveolar morphology and lower incisor positioning, both for Class I and Class III patients. Short-faced Class III patients have a widened alveolar bone. However, for long-faced and normal-faced Class III, natural compensation elongates the symphysis and influences lower incisor position.
Components of soft tissue deformations in subjects with untreated angle's Class III malocclusions: thin-plate spline analysis.

PubMed

Singh, G D; McNamara, J A; Lozanoff, S

1998-01-01

While the dynamics of maxillo-mandibular allometry associated with treatment modalities available for the management of Class III malocclusions currently are under investigation, developmental aberration of the soft tissues in untreated Class III malocclusions requires specification. In this study, lateral cephalographs of 124 prepubertal European-American children (71 with untreated Class III malocclusion; 53 with Class I occlusion) were traced, and 12 soft-tissue landmarks digitized. Resultant geometries were scaled to an equivalent size and mean Class III and Class I configurations compared. Procrustes analysis established statistical difference (P < 0.001) between the mean configurations. Comparing the overall untreated Class III and Class I configurations, thin-plate spline (TPS) analysis indicated that both affine and non-affine transformations contribute towards the deformation (total spline) of the averaged Class III soft tissue configuration. For non-affine transformations, partial warp 8 had the highest magnitude, indicating large-scale deformations visualized as a combination of columellar retrusion and lower labial protrusion. In addition, partial warp 5 also had a high magnitude, demonstrating upper labial vertical compression with antero-inferior elongation of the lower labio-mental soft tissue complex. Thus, children with Class III malocclusions demonstrate antero-posterior and vertical deformations of the maxillary soft tissue complex in combination with antero-inferior mandibular soft tissue elongation. This pattern of deformations may represent gene-environment interactions, resulting in Class III malocclusions with characteristic phenotypes, that are amenable to orthodontic and dentofacial orthopedic manipulations.

The Fe(III) and Ga(III) coordination chemistry of 3-(1-hydroxymethylidene) and 3-(1-hydroxydecylidene)-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidine-2,4-dione: Novel tetramic acid degradation products of homoserine lactone bacterial quorum sensing molecules

PubMed Central

Romano, Ariel A.; Hahn, Tobias; Davis, Nicole; Lowery, Colin A.; Struss, Anjali K.; Janda, Kim D.; Böttger, Lars H.; Matzanke, Berthold F.; Carrano, Carl J.

2011-01-01

Bacteria use small diffusible molecules to exchange information in a process called quorum sensing (QS). An important class of quorum sensing molecules used by Gram-negative bacteria is the family of N-acylhomoserine lactones (HSL). It was recently discovered that a degradation product of the QS molecule 3-oxo-C12-homoserine lactone, the tetramic acid 3-(1-hydroxydecylidene)-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidine-2,4-dione, is a potent antibacterial agent, thus implying roles for QS outside of simply communication. Because these tetramic acids also appear to bind iron with appreciable affinity it was suggested that metal binding might contribute to their biological activity. Here, using a variety of spectroscopic tools, we describe the coordination chemistry of both the methylidene and decylidene tetramic acid derivatives with Fe(III) and Ga(III) and discuss the potential biological significance of such metal binding. PMID:22178671
Hyperhidrosis: Anatomy, Pathophysiology and Treatment with Emphasis on the Role of Botulinum Toxins

PubMed Central

Lakraj, Amanda-Amrita D.; Moghimi, Narges; Jabbari, Bahman

2013-01-01

Clinical features, anatomy and physiology of hyperhidrosis are presented with a review of the world literature on treatment. Level of drug efficacy is defined according to the guidelines of the American Academy of Neurology. Topical agents (glycopyrrolate and methylsulfate) are evidence level B (probably effective). Oral agents (oxybutynin and methantheline bromide) are also level B. In a total of 831 patients, 1 class I and 2 class II blinded studies showed level B efficacy of OnabotulinumtoxinA (A/Ona), while 1 class I and 1 class II study also demonstrated level B efficacy of AbobotulinumtoxinA (A/Abo) in axillary hyperhidrosis (AH), collectively depicting Level A evidence (established) for botulinumtoxinA (BoNT-A). In a comparator study, A/Ona and A/Inco toxins demonstrated comparable efficacy in AH. For IncobotulinumtoxinA (A/Inco) no placebo controlled studies exist; thus, efficacy is Level C (possibly effective) based solely on the aforementioned class II comparator study. For RimabotulinumtoxinB (B/Rima), one class III study has suggested Level U efficacy (insufficient data). In palmar hyperhidrosis (PH), there are 3 class II studies for A/Ona and 2 for A/Abo (individually and collectively level B for BoNT-A) and no blinded study for A/Inco (level U). For B/Rima the level of evidence is C (possibly effective) based on 1 class II study. Botulinum toxins (BoNT) provide a long lasting effect of 3–9 months after one injection session. Studies on BoNT-A iontophoresis are emerging (2 class II studies; level B); however, data on duration and frequency of application is inconsistent. PMID:23612753
Oral amiodarone: historical overview and development.

PubMed

Pollak, P T

1998-01-01

To review the historical development of amiodarone and the changing perceptions of the drug, and discuss its electrophysiologic, pharmacologic, and pharmacokinetic properties. Review of relevant literature. In the 1970s and 1980s a plethora of new antiarrhythmic agents, including amiodarone, was introduced. Amiodarone is predominately a class III antiarrhythmic, but also possesses class I, II, and IV effects. By 1977 it was described as the ideal antiarrhythmic agent. However, clinicians underestimated potential difficulties caused by misunderstanding its variable absorption, slow initial response at nonloading dosages, and extended half-life. Elevated dosages also produced frequent adverse effects. Thus, early enthusiasm for the drug's efficacy was gradually replaced by a focus on its toxicity. The 1990s witnessed reacceptance of the agent as more logical initial regimens and lower maintenance dosages decreased adverse effects, and amiodarone emerged as one of the few drugs effective in suppressing and preventing arrhythmias that does not increase mortality. Remaining challenges include delineation of an optimal oral regimen, identification of markers useful in clinical monitoring, and elucidation of the relationship between dose-tissue concentration and response and dose-toxicity associations. Amiodarone is an increasingly valuable component of today's antiarrhythmic therapy.
25 CFR 291.12 - Who will monitor and enforce tribal compliance with the Class III gaming procedures?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... Class III gaming procedures? 291.12 Section 291.12 Indians BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.12 Who will monitor and enforce tribal compliance with the Class III gaming procedures? The Indian tribe and the State may have an agreement...
49 CFR 1150.33 - Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.33 Section 1150.33 Transportation Other Regulations.... 10901 § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III...: § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers...
Management of unstable arrhythmias in cardiogenic shock.

PubMed

Saidi, Abdulfattah; Akoum, Nazem; Bader, Feras

2011-08-01

Atrial and ventricular arrhythmias commonly arise in the setting of cardiogenic shock and often result in hemodynamic deterioration. Causative factors include myocardial ischemia, volume overload, and metabolic disturbances. Correcting these factors plays an important role in managing arrhythmias in this setting. Ventricular arrhythmias are more ominous compared to atrial arrhythmias but both require prompt intervention with electrical shock and anti-arrhythmic drug suppression. Coronary reperfusion is key to improving survival, including reducing the risk of sudden cardiac arrest, in acute myocardial infarction. Case series have also demonstrated the value of intra-aortic balloon pump counter-pulsation in suppressing ventricular arrhythmias in cardiogenic shock. The mechanism of arrhythmia suppression may be due to improved coronary perfusion and afterload reduction. Percutaneous ventricular assist device placement may be effective in this setting; however, data addressing this specific endpoint are lacking. Anti-arrhythmic drug options for ventricular and atrial arrhythmia suppression, in the setting of cardiogenic shock, are relatively limited. Common class I agents are excluded due to the inherent abnormal cardiac structure and function in the setting of cardiogenic shock. Class III drug options include dofetilide and amiodarone. The other Class III agents, sotalol and dronedarone, are excluded due to associated mortality observed in the SWORD and ANDROMEDA trials, respectively. Dofetilide is renally excreted and causes QT interval prolongation. Care should be taken to avoid excessive drug accumulation due to poor kidney perfusion and function. Dofetilide is approved for use for atrial arrhythmias and has not been studied for ventricular arrhythmia suppression. The DIAMOND-CHF trial established its safety in the setting of heart failure. Amiodarone is very effective in suppressing both atrial and ventricular arrhythmias. It is often the drug of choice in heart failure. Its off-label use for atrial arrhythmias is very common. Care should be taken with intravenous amiodarone to avoid hypotension.
Postoperative surgical complications of lymphadenohysterocolpectomy

PubMed Central

Marin, F; Pleşca, M; Bordea, CI; Voinea, SC; Burlănescu, I; Ichim, E; Jianu, CG; Nicolăescu, RR; Teodosie, MP; Maher, K; Blidaru, A

2014-01-01

Rationale The current standard surgical treatment for the cervix and uterine cancer is the radical hysterectomy (lymphadenohysterocolpectomy). This has the risk of intraoperative accidents and postoperative associated morbidity. Objective The purpose of this article is the evaluation and quantification of the associated complications in comparison to the postoperative morbidity which resulted after different types of radical hysterectomy. Methods and results Patients were divided according to the type of surgery performed as follows: for cervical cancer – group A- 37 classic radical hysterectomies Class III Piver - Rutledge -Smith ( PRS ), group B -208 modified radical hysterectomies Class II PRS and for uterine cancer- group C -79 extended hysterectomies with pelvic lymphadenectomy from which 17 patients with paraaortic lymphnode biopsy . All patients performed preoperative radiotherapy and 88 of them associated radiosensitization. Discussion Early complications were intra-abdominal bleeding ( 2.7% Class III PRS vs 0.48% Class II PRS), supra-aponeurotic hematoma ( 5.4% III vs 2.4% II) , dynamic ileus (2.7% III vs 0.96% II) and uro - genital fistulas (5.4% III vs 0.96% II).The late complications were the bladder dysfunction (21.6% III vs 16.35% II) , lower limb lymphedema (13.5% III vs 11.5% II), urethral strictures (10.8% III vs 4.8% II) , incisional hernias ( 8.1% III vs 7.2% II), persistent pelvic pain (18.91% III vs 7.7% II), bowel obstruction (5.4% III vs 1.4% II) and deterioration of sexual function (83.3% III vs 53.8% II). PRS class II radical hysterectomy is associated with fewer complications than PRS class III radical hysterectomy , except for the complications of lymphadenectomy . A new method that might reduce these complications is a selective lymphadenectomy represented by sentinel node biopsy . In conclusion PRS class II radical hysterectomy associated with neoadjuvant radiotherapy is a therapeutic option for the incipient stages of cervical cancer. Abbreviations: PRS- Piver Rutledge-Smith, II- class II, III- class III PMID:24653760
The Effect of Excipients on the Permeability of BCS Class III Compounds and Implications for Biowaivers.

PubMed

Parr, Alan; Hidalgo, Ismael J; Bode, Chris; Brown, William; Yazdanian, Mehran; Gonzalez, Mario A; Sagawa, Kazuko; Miller, Kevin; Jiang, Wenlei; Stippler, Erika S

2016-01-01

Currently, the FDA allows biowaivers for Class I (high solubility and high permeability) and Class III (high solubility and low permeability) compounds of the Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS). Scientific evidence should be provided to support biowaivers for BCS Class I and Class III (high solubility and low permeability) compounds. Data on the effects of excipients on drug permeability are needed to demonstrate that commonly used excipients do not affect the permeability of BCS Class III compounds, which would support the application of biowaivers to Class III compounds. This study was designed to generate such data by assessing the permeability of four BCS Class III compounds and one Class I compound in the presence and absence of five commonly used excipients. The permeability of each of the compounds was assessed, at three to five concentrations, with each excipient in two different models: Caco-2 cell monolayers, and in situ rat intestinal perfusion. No substantial increases in the permeability of any of the compounds were observed in the presence of any of the tested excipients in either of the models, with the exception of disruption of Caco-2 cell monolayer integrity by sodium lauryl sulfate at 0.1 mg/ml and higher. The results suggest that the absorption of these four BCS Class III compounds would not be greatly affected by the tested excipients. This may have implications in supporting biowaivers for BCS Class III compounds in general.
SGLT2 inhibitors to control glycemia in type 2 diabetes mellitus: a new approach to an old problem.

PubMed

Jabbour, Serge A

2014-01-01

Sodium-glucose cotransporter 2 (SGLT2) inhibitors are a new class of antidiabetic agents with a novel insulin-independent mechanism of action. The SGLT2 is a transporter found in the proximal tubule of the kidney and is responsible for approximately 90% of renal glucose reabsorption. The SGLT2 inhibitors reduce reabsorption of glucose in the kidney, resulting in glucose excretion in the urine (50-90 g of ~180 g filtered by the kidneys daily), which in turn lowers plasma glucose levels in people with diabetes. The insulin-independent mechanism of action of SGLT2 inhibitors dictates that they are associated with a very low risk of hypoglycemia and can be used in patients with any degree of β-cell function or insulin sensitivity. Clinical trials have shown that SGLT2 inhibitors are effective at reducing blood glucose levels, body weight, and blood pressure when used as monotherapy or in combination with other antidiabetic agents in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Treatment with SGLT2 inhibitors is generally well tolerated, although these agents have been associated with an increased incidence of genital infections. The SGLT2 inhibitors have become a valuable addition to the armory of drugs used to treat patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus, and several agents within the class are currently under investigation in phase III clinical trials.
Latent Class Analysis of Differential Item Functioning on the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test-III

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Webb, Mi-young Lee; Cohen, Allan S.; Schwanenflugel, Paula J.

2008-01-01

This study investigated the use of latent class analysis for the detection of differences in item functioning on the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test-Third Edition (PPVT-III). A two-class solution for a latent class model appeared to be defined in part by ability because Class 1 was lower in ability than Class 2 on both the PPVT-III and the…
49 CFR 572.146 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

...) Head acceleration—Class 1000 (2) Neck (i) Force—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum... acceleration—Class 1000 (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv...
49 CFR 572.146 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

...) Head acceleration—Class 1000 (2) Neck (i) Force—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum... acceleration—Class 1000 (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv...
49 CFR 572.146 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

...) Head acceleration—Class 1000 (2) Neck (i) Force—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum... acceleration—Class 1000 (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv...
49 CFR 572.146 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

...) Head acceleration—Class 1000 (2) Neck (i) Force—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum... acceleration—Class 1000 (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv...
49 CFR 572.146 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

...) Head acceleration—Class 1000 (2) Neck (i) Force—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum... acceleration—Class 1000 (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv...
Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitors: a promising novel targeted treatment for B cell lymphomas

PubMed Central

Aalipour, Amin; Advani, Ranjana H.

2015-01-01

Summary Constitutive or aberrant signalling of the B cell receptor signalling cascade has been implicated in the propagation and maintenance of a variety of B cell malignancies. Small molecule inhibitors of Bruton tyrosine kinase (BTK), a protein early in this cascade and specifically expressed in B cells, have emerged as a new class of targeted agents. There are several BTK inhibitors, including ONO-WG-307, LFM-A13, dasatinib, CC-292, and PCI-32765 (ibrutinib), in preclinical and/or clinical development of which ibrutinib is currently in phase III trials. Recent clinical data suggest significant activity of ibrutinib as a first in class oral inhibitor of BTK. This review provides an overview of ongoing clinical studies of BTK inhibitors. PMID:24111579
Skeletal, dental and soft tissue changes in Class III patients treated with fixed appliances and lower premolar extractions.

PubMed

Abu Alhaija, Elham S J; Al-Khateeb, Susan N

2011-05-01

Mild Class III malocciusions can be treated by upper incisor proclination and lower incisor retroclination following extraction of the lower first premolars. To compare the skeletal, dental and soft tissue changes in Class III patients treated with fixed appliances, Class III traction and lower first premolar extractions with the changes in a group of untreated Class III patients. The Treatment group consisted of 30 Class III patients (Mean age 13.69 +/- 1.48 years) who were treated by upper and lower fixed appliances, Class III intermaxillary traction and lower first premolar extractions for 2.88 +/- 1.12 years. The Control group consisted of 20 untreated Class III patients (Mean age 13.51 +/- 0.95) matched for age and gender. The T1 to T2 changes in the treated and untreated groups were compared using a paired t-test while differences between the two groups were compared with an independent t-test. During treatment, the upper incisors were proclined about 1 degree and the lower incisors were retroclined 8 degrees. Small, but statistically significant changes in SNB, Wits and the overlying soft tissues accompanied the changes in incisor inclination. At the end of treatment a positive overbite and overjet were achieved. The increase in lower facial height in the Treatment group was comparable with the change in the Control group. A range of mild to moderate Class III malocclusions can be treated by dentoalveolar compensation.
Assessment of Microleakage of a Composite Resin Restoration in Primary Teeth Following Class III Cavity Preparation Using Er, Cr: YSGG laser: An In Vitro Study

PubMed Central

Subramaniam, Priya; Pandey, Annu

2016-01-01

Introduction: Marginal seal integrity is important for a successful adhesive dental restoration. Alterations caused by laser irradiation in the enamel and dentin surface can affect the marginal integrity of adhesive restorations. The aim of this study was to evaluate the microleakage of a composite resin restoration in primary teeth following laser irradiation of enamel and dentin. Methods: Forty freshly extracted sound human primary maxillary and mandibular anterior teeth were used in this study. The teeth were randomly divided into two groups (I and II), with 20 teeth in each. In group I, proximal cavities (Class III) were prepared using an airotor hand –piece and diamond bur. The cavities were etched for 15 seconds with 35% phosphoric acid gel, rinsed with water for 15 seconds, air dried and a bonding agent was applied onto the cavity surfaces and light cured for 20 seconds. The cavities were restored with composite resin and light cured for 40 seconds. In group II, proximal (Class III) cavities were prepared using Erbium, Chromium: Yttrium Scandium Gallium Garnet (Er,Cr:YSGG) (Er,Cr:YSGG) (Biolaseiplus, wave length 2.78 μm). The cavity was then rinsed, air dried and without etching, a bonding agent was applied and light cured for 20 seconds. The cavities were restored in the same manner as that of group I. The treated teeth were mounted on acrylic resin blocks and were subjected to a thermocycling regimen. Following, the teeth were immersed in 2% methylene blue for 24 hours. The teeth were sectioned longitudinally in a bucco-lingual direction using a diamond disc at slow speed. The sections of all the groups were examined under a stereomicroscope for micro-leakage. Results: The mean scores for microleakage in group I was 1.95 ± 1.31 and in group II it was 1.4 ± 1.27. There was no significant difference between the two groups (P = 0.882). Conclusion: No significant difference in microleakage was noticed between the composite resin bonded to lased enamel and dentin and the teeth preparedwith conventional method. PMID:28144438
Treatment Options for Class III Malocclusion in Growing Patients with Emphasis on Maxillary Protraction

PubMed Central

Azamian, Zeinab; Shirban, Farinaz

2016-01-01

It is very difficult to diagnose and treat Class III malocclusion. This type of malocclusion involves a number of cranial base and maxillary and mandibular skeletal and dental compensation components. In Class III malocclusion originating from mandibular prognathism, orthodontic treatment in growing patients is not a good choice and in most cases orthognathic surgery is recommended after the end of growth. Approximately 30–40% of Class III patients exhibit some degree of maxillary deficiency; therefore, devices can be used for maxillary protraction for orthodontic treatment in early mixed dentition. In cases in which dental components are primarily responsible for Class III malocclusion, early therapeutic intervention is recommended. An electronic search was conducted using the Medline database (Entrez PubMed), the Cochrane Collaboration Oral Health Group Database of Clinical Trials, Science Direct, and Scopus. In this review article, we described the treatment options for Class III malocclusion in growing patient with an emphasis on maxillary protraction. It seems that the most important factor for treatment of Class III malocclusion in growing patient is case selection. PMID:27144056
49 CFR 572.137 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

...—Class 1000 (2) Neck: (i) Forces—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180... and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv) Forces—Class 1000 (v...—Class 180 (6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 (n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity...

49 CFR 572.137 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

...—Class 1000 (2) Neck: (i) Forces—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180... and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv) Forces—Class 1000 (v...—Class 180 (6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 (n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity...
49 CFR 572.137 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

...—Class 1000 (2) Neck: (i) Forces—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180... and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv) Forces—Class 1000 (v...—Class 180 (6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 (n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity...
49 CFR 572.137 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

...—Class 1000 (2) Neck: (i) Forces—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180... and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv) Forces—Class 1000 (v...—Class 180 (6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 (n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity...
49 CFR 572.137 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

...—Class 1000 (2) Neck: (i) Forces—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180... and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv) Forces—Class 1000 (v...—Class 180 (6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 (n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity...
Synthesis and characterization of a porphyrazine-Gd(III) MRI contrast agent and in vivo imaging of a breast cancer xenograft model.

PubMed

Trivedi, Evan R; Ma, Zhidong; Waters, Emily A; Macrenaris, Keith W; Subramanian, Rohit; Barrett, Anthony G M; Meade, Thomas J; Hoffman, Brian M

2014-01-01

Porphyrazines (Pz), or tetraazaporphyrins, are being studied for their potential use in detection and treatment of cancer. Here, an amphiphilic Cu-Pz-Gd(III) conjugate has been prepared via azide-alkyne Huisgen cycloaddition or 'click' chemistry between an azide functionalized Pz and alkyne functionalized DOTA-Gd(III) analog for use as an MRI contrast agent. This agent, Cu-Pz-Gd(III), is synthesized in good yield and exhibits solution-phase ionic relaxivity (r1 = 11.5 mM(-1) s(-1)) that is approximately four times higher than that of a clinically used monomeric Gd(III) contrast agent, DOTA-Gd(III). Breast tumor cells (MDA-MB-231) associate with Cu-Pz-Gd(III) in vitro, where significant contrast enhancement (9.336 ± 0.335 contrast-to-noise ratio) is observed in phantom cell pellet MR images. This novel contrast agent was administered in vivo to an orthotopic breast tumor model in athymic nude mice and MR images were collected. The average T1 of tumor regions in mice treated with 50 mg kg(-1) Cu-Pz-Gd(III) decreased relative to saline-treated controls. Furthermore, the decrease in T1 was persistent relative to mice treated with the monomeric Gd(III) contrast agent. An ex vivo biodistribution study confirmed that Cu-Pz-Gd(III) accumulates in the tumors and is rapidly cleared, primarily through the kidneys. Differential accumulation and T1 enhancement by Cu-Pz-Gd(III) in the tumor's core relative to the periphery offer preliminary evidence that this agent would find application in the imaging of necrotic tissue. Copyright © 2014 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
Efficiency of compensatory orthodontic treatment of mild Class III malocclusion with two different bracket systems

PubMed Central

Aragón, Mônica L. C.; Bichara, Lívia M.; Flores-Mir, Carlos; Almeida, Guilherme; Normando, David

2017-01-01

ABSTRACT Objective: The purpose of this study was to assess the efficiency of compensatory orthodontic treatment of patients with mild Class III malocclusion with two preadjusted bracket systems. Method: Fifty-six matched patients consecutively treated for mild Class III malocclusion through compensatory dentoalveolar movements were retrospectively evaluated after analysis of orthodontic records. The sample was divided into two groups according to the brackets used: Group 1 = non-Class III compensated preadjusted brackets, Roth prescription (n = 28); Group 2 = compensated Class III preadjusted brackets, Capelozza III prescription (n = 28). Cephalometric analysis, number of appointments and missed appointments, months using Class III elastics, and bond/band failures were considered. Treatment time, Peer Assessment Rating (PAR) index at the beginning (PAR T1) and end of treatment (PAR T2) were used to calculate treatment efficiency. Comparison was performed using a MANOVA at p< 0.05. Results: Missed appointments, bond or band failures, number of months using the Class III intermaxillary elastics, and cephalometric measurements showed no statistically significant difference (p> 0.05) between groups. Patients treated with Roth brackets had a treatment time 7 months longer (p= 0.01). Significant improvement in the patient’s occlusion (PAR T2-T1) was observed for both groups without difference (p= 0.22). Conclusions: Orthodontic brackets designed for compensation of mild Class III malocclusions appear to be more efficient than non-compensated straight-wire prescription brackets. Treatment time for Class III patients treated with brackets designed for compensation was shorter than with Roth prescription and no difference in the quality of the occlusal outcome was observed. A prospective randomized study is suggested to provide a deeper look into this subject. PMID:29364379
Non-surgical treatment of skeletal class III malocclusion

PubMed Central

Kapadia, Romina M; Shah, Adit P; Diyora, Shamil D; Rathva, Vandana J

2014-01-01

The incidence of skeletal class III malocclusion has a mean of 3% in the Caucasian population, 5% in African-American adolescents and about 14% in the Asian population. In India, the incidence of class III malocclusion is reported to be 3.4%. A patient having class III malocclusion shows findings ranging from edge-to-edge bite to large reverse overjet, with extreme variations of underlying skeletal jaw bases and craniofacial form. This is a case report of a 20-year-old man having skeletal class III malocclusion with concave profile, anterior crossbite and a negative overjet of 3 mm treated non-surgically with extraction of only one lower left first premolar. PMID:24722711
40 CFR 131.35 - Colville Confederated Tribes Indian Reservation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... would be limited to the extent that bacterial infections of eyes, ears, respiratory, or digestive... Creek Class I Coyote Creek Class II Deerhorn Creek Class III Dick Creek Class III Dry Creek Class I...
A Ferredoxin Disulfide Reductase Delivers Electrons to the Methanosarcina barkeri Class III Ribonucleotide Reductase

DOE PAGES

Wei, Yifeng; Li, Bin; Prakash, Divya; ...

2015-11-04

Two subtypes of class III anaerobic ribonucleotide reductases (RNRs) studied so far couple the reduction of ribonucleotides to the oxidation of formate, or the oxidation of NADPH via thioredoxin and thioredoxin reductase. Certain methanogenic archaea contain a phylogenetically distinct third subtype of class III RNR, with distinct active-site residues. Here we report the cloning and recombinant expression of the Methanosarcina barkeri class III RNR and show that the electrons required for ribonucleotide reduction can be delivered by a [4Fe-4S] protein ferredoxin disulfide reductase, and a conserved thioredoxin-like protein NrdH present in the RNR operon. The diversity of class III RNRsmore » reflects the diversity of electron carriers used in anaerobic metabolism« less
Finishing occlusion in Class II or Class III molar relation: therapeutic Class II and III.

PubMed

Nangia, A; Darendeliler, M A

2001-11-01

The most frequent extraction regime consists of the removal of upper and lower premolars. Depending on anchorage requirements, camouflage treatment options, surgical intervention, or the absence of teeth in only one arch, it may become necessary to finalize the occlusion with a one-dental-unit discrepancy between the upper and lower dental arches. Guidelines are presented for finishing occlusions in Class II or Class III molar relation.
Expansion/Facemask Treatment of an Adult Class III Malocclusion.

PubMed

Jackson, Gregory W; Kravitz, Neal D

2014-01-01

The orthodontic treatment of class III malocclusion with a maxillary deficiency is often treated with maxillary protraction with or without expansion. Skeletal and dental changes have been documented which have combined for the protraction of the maxilla and the correction of the class III malocclusion. Concerning the ideal time to treat a developing class III malocclusion, studies have reported that, although early treatment may be the most effective, face mask therapy can provide a viable option for older children as well. But what about young adults? Can the skeletal and dental changes seen in expansion/facemask therapy in children and adolescents be demonstrated in this age group as well, possibly eliminating the need for orthodontic dental camouflage treatment or orthognathic surgery? A case report is presented of an adult class III malocclusion with a Class III skeletal pattern and maxillary retrusion. Treatment was with nonextraction, comprehensive edgewise mechanics with slow maxillary expansion with a bonded expander and protraction facemask.
Comparison of natural head position in different anteroposterior malocclusions.

PubMed

Hedayati, Zohreh; Paknahad, Maryam; Zorriasatine, Farbod

2013-05-01

The facial esthetics after orthodontic treatment and orthognathic surgery may be affected by the patient's natural head position. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the natural head position for the three skeletal classes of malocclusion. Our sample consisted of 102 lateral cephalometric radiographs of patients aged 15 to 18 years; class I (n=32), class II (n=40) and class III (n=30). Nine landmarks of the craniofacial skeleton and three landmarks of the cervical vertebrae were determined. Variables consisted of two angles for cervical posture (OPT/Hor and CVT/Hor), three angles for craniofacial posture (SN/Ver, PNS-ANS/Ver, and ML/Ver ) and five for craniofacial angulation (SN/OPT, SN/CVT, PNS-ANS/OPT, PNS-ANS/CVT, ML/CVT). The data were analyzed statistically using ANOVA and post hoc tests. PNS-ANS/Ver and SN/Ver differed significantly (p<0.05) among the three groups. There were no significant differences between class I and class II malocclusions for the indicator angles of cranial posture except for ML/Ver. The SN/CVT was significantly different for class I compared to class III patients. A head posture camouflaging the underlying skeletal class III was observed in our population. A more forward head posture was observed in skeletal class III participants compared to skeletal class I and II and that class III patients tended to incline their head more ventral compared to class I participants. These findings may have implications for the amount of jaw movements during surgery particularly in patients with a class III malocclusion.
Mechanism of action of Ca2+ sensitizers--update 2001.

PubMed

Endoh, M

2001-09-01

Ca2+ sensitizers act on the central mechanism (Ca2+ binding affinity of troponin C) and/or downstream mechanisms (thin filament regulation of actin and direct action on crossbridge cycling) of cardiac E-C coupling. Ca2+ sensitizers have mechanistic and energetic advantages over the agents that act through the upstream mechanism (intracellular Ca2+ mobilization). Ca2+ sensitizers and the agents that act through cyclic AMP-mediated signaling process have been postulated to belong to different classes, however, recent experimental findings revealed that certain Ca2+ sensitizers, such as levosimendan, OR 1896 and UD-CG 212 Cl, require cyclic AMP-mediated signaling for induction of the Ca2+ sensitizing effect. No clinically available agents act primarily via Ca2+ sensitization, but the positive inotropic effect of pimobendan and levosimendan is partly due to an increase in myofilament Ca2+ sensitivity. These agents are the hybrid of Ca2+ sensitizer and PDE III inhibitor. The extent of contribution of Ca2+ sensitizing effect of these agents to the clinical effectiveness to improve the hemodynamics in patients with heart failure is uncertain. Nevertheless pieces of evidence have been accumulating that these agents with Ca2+ sensitizing effect are clinically more effective than the agents that act purely via the upstream mechanism.
77 FR 50760 - Notice and request for comments

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-08-22

... rehabilitation to Class II and Class III railroad infrastructure damaged by hurricanes, floods, and natural... issued by the President ( http://www.fema.gov/news/disasters.fema#sev1 ). Class II and Class III railroad...
A three-dimensional soft tissue analysis of Class III malocclusion: a case-controlled cross-sectional study.

PubMed

Johal, Ama; Chaggar, Amrit; Zou, Li Fong

2018-03-01

The present study used the optical surface laser scanning technique to compare the facial features of patients aged 8-18 years presenting with Class I and Class III incisor relationship in a case-control design. Subjects with a Class III incisor relationship, aged 8-18 years, were age and gender matched with Class I control and underwent a 3-dimensional (3-D) optical surface scan of the facial soft tissues. Landmark analysis revealed Class III subjects displayed greater mean dimensions compared to the control group most notably between the ages of 8-10 and 17-18 years in both males and females, in respect of antero-posterior (P = 0.01) and vertical (P = 0.006) facial dimensions. Surface-based analysis, revealed the greatest difference in the lower facial region, followed by the mid-face, whilst the upper face remained fairly consistent. Significant detectable differences were found in the surface facial features of developing Class III subjects.
Class III / short line system inventory to determine 286,000 lb (129,844 kg) railcar operational status in Kansas : final report.

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

2017-08-01

The rail industrys recent shift towards larger and heavier railcars has influenced Class III/short line railroad operation and track maintenance costs. Class III railroads earn less than $38.1 million in annual revenue and generally operate first ...
Class III / short line system inventory to determine 286,000 lb (129,844 kg) railcar operational status in Kansas : technical summary.

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

2017-08-01

The rail industrys recent shift towards larger and heavier railcars has influenced Class III/short line railroad operation and track maintenance costs. Class III railroads earn less than $38.1 million in annual revenue and generally operate first ...
49 CFR 1150.34 - Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.34 Section 1150.34 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to....34 Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. The caption summary must...
49 CFR 1150.34 - Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.34 Section 1150.34 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to....34 Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. The caption summary must...
49 CFR 1150.34 - Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.34 Section 1150.34 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to....34 Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. The caption summary must...

49 CFR 1150.34 - Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.34 Section 1150.34 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to....34 Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. The caption summary must...
49 CFR 1150.34 - Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.34 Section 1150.34 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to....34 Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. The caption summary must...
Dronedarone (Sanofi-Synthélabo).

PubMed

Le Grand, B

2001-05-01

Sanofi-Synthelabo (formerly Sanofi) is developing the class III antiarrhythmic agent, dronedarone, for the potential treatment of atrial fibrillation and ventricular tachycardia [157842]. Phase III trials for the treatment of arrhythmia are planned for 2001 [399945]. By December 1998, phase IIb trials for the treatment of cardiac arrhythmia had been initiated [295681,320585], and the compound was shown to have the same efficacy as, and better tolerability than amiodarone [330073]. By 1997, the compound had entered phase IIa trials in Europe [219077,295681]. In November 1997, Sanofi expected to file for marketing in 2001/2 [270242]. ABN Amro predicted sales of FFR 50 million in 2001, rising to FFR 150 million in 2002 [317536]. Lehman Brothers predicted a 20% chance of the compound reaching market, with a launch anticipated in 2003 and potential peak sales of $200 million in 2011 [346267].
Acculturation levels and personalizing orthognathic surgery for the Asian American patient.

PubMed

Sy, A A; Kim, W S; Chen, J; Shen, Y; Tao, C; Lee, J S

2016-10-01

This study was performed to investigate whether the level of acculturation among Asians living in the USA plays a significant role in their opinion of facial profiles. One hundred and ninety-eight Asian American subjects were asked to complete a pre-validated survey to measure their level of acculturation and to evaluate four sets of pictures that displayed a class II male, class II female, class III male, and class III female. Each set consisted of three lateral profile pictures: an initial unaltered photo, a picture simulating a flatter profile (orthodontic camouflage in class II; mandibular setback in class III), and a picture simulating a fuller profile (mandibular advancement in class II; maxillary advancement in class III). For the class II male, subjects who were more acculturated indicated that a flatter profile (orthodontic camouflage) was less attractive. For the class II female, higher acculturated subjects chose expansive treatment (mandibular advancement) as more aesthetic compared to the less acculturated subjects. Each of these scenarios had statistically significant odds ratios. In general, highly acculturated subjects preferred a fuller facial profile, while low acculturated subjects preferred a flatter facial profile appearance, except for the class III female profile, which did not follow this trend. Copyright © 2016 International Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Comparison of temporomandibular joint and ramus morphology between class II and class III cases before and after bi-maxillary osteotomy.

PubMed

Iguchi, Ran; Yoshizawa, Kunio; Moroi, Akinori; Tsutsui, Takamitsu; Hotta, Asami; Hiraide, Ryota; Takayama, Akihiro; Tsunoda, Tatsuya; Saito, Yuki; Sato, Momoko; Baba, Nana; Ueki, Koichiro

2017-12-01

The purpose of this study was to compare changes in temporomandibular joint (TMJ) and ramus morphology between class II and III cases before and after sagittal split ramus osteotomy (SSRO) and Le Fort I osteotomy. The subjects were 39 patients (78 sides) who underwent bi-maxillary surgery. They consisted of 2 groups (18 class II cases and 21 class III cases), and were selected randomly from among patients who underwent surgery between 2012 and 2016. The TMJ disc tissue and joint effusion were assessed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and the TMJ space, condylar height, ramus height, ramus inclination and condylar square were assessed by computed tomography (CT), pre- and post-operatively. The number of joints with anterior disc displacement in class II was significantly higher than that in class III (p < 0.0001). However, there were no significant differences between the two classes regarding ratio of joint symptoms and ratio of joint effusion pre- and post-operatively. Class II was significantly better than class III regarding reduction ratio of condylar height (p < 0.0001) and square (p = 0.0005). The study findings suggest that condylar morphology could change in both class II and III after bi-maxillary surgery. The findings of the numerical analysis also demonstrated that reduction of condylar volume occurred frequently in class II, although TMJ disc position classification did not change significantly, as previously reported. Copyright © 2017 European Association for Cranio-Maxillo-Facial Surgery. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Crown-root morphology of lower incisors in patients with class III malocclusion.

PubMed

Wang, Bo; Shen, Guofang; Fang, Bing; Zhang, Li

2012-07-01

The purpose of this study was to investigate the crown-root morphology of lower incisors in patients with class III malocclusion using cone-beam computed tomography. Cone-beam computed tomography images were analyzed from 53 adult class I patients (group 1), 37 preadolescent class III patients (group 2), and 66 adult class III patients (group 3) comprising 3 divisions (divisions 1, 2, and 3 corresponded to mild, moderate, and severe class III malocclusions). The size and crown-root angulations of lower incisors in different groups and divisions were statistically appraised with group 1 used as the control group. No significant differences were found for the size of lower incisors among different groups and divisions (P > 0.05). Compared with group 1, the crown-root angulations of lower incisors in groups 2 and 3 were significantly larger (P < 0.01), and among 3 divisions, the lower incisors of division 3 rather than divisions 2 and 3 exhibited larger crown-root angulations (P < 0.01). Attention should be paid to the enlarged crown-root angulations of lower incisors in class III patients during orthodontic and orthognathic treatment, especially in severe ones.
Comparison of psychosocial status in treatment-seeking women with class III vs. class I-II obesity.

PubMed

Wadden, Thomas A; Butryn, Meghan L; Sarwer, David B; Fabricatore, Anthony N; Crerand, Canice E; Lipschutz, Patti E; Faulconbridge, Lucy; Raper, Steven; Williams, Noel N

2006-01-01

This study compared the psychosocial status and weight loss expectations of women with extreme (class III) obesity who sought bariatric surgery with those of women with class I-II obesity who enrolled in a research study on behavioral weight control. Before treatment, all participants completed the Beck Depression Inventory-II and the Weight and Lifestyle Inventory. This latter questionnaire assesses several domains including symptoms of depression and low self-esteem, history of psychiatric complications, current stressors, and weight loss expectations. Women with class III obesity, as compared with class I-II, reported significantly more symptoms of depression. Fully 25% of women in the former group appeared to have a significant mood disorder that would benefit from treatment. As compared with women with class I-II obesity, significantly more women with class III obesity also reported a history of psychiatric complications, which included physical and sexual abuse and greater stress related to their physical health and financial/legal matters. Both groups of women had unrealistic weight loss expectations. Those who sought surgery expected to lose 47.6 +/- 9.3% of initial weight, compared with 24.8 +/- 8.7% for those who enrolled in behavioral weight control. These findings suggest that women with extreme obesity who seek bariatric surgery should be screened for psychosocial complications. Those determined to have significant psychiatric distress should be referred for behavioral or pharmacological treatment to alleviate their suffering. Long-term studies are needed to provide definitive guidance concerning the relationship between preoperative psychopathology and the outcome of bariatric surgery.
49 CFR 1150.32 - Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.32 Section 1150.32 Transportation Other Regulations Relating.... 10901 § 1150.32 Procedures and relevant dates—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers...
49 CFR 1150.32 - Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.32 Section 1150.32 Transportation Other Regulations Relating.... 10901 § 1150.32 Procedures and relevant dates—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers...
49 CFR 1150.32 - Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.32 Section 1150.32 Transportation Other Regulations Relating.... 10901 § 1150.32 Procedures and relevant dates—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers...
49 CFR 1150.32 - Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.32 Section 1150.32 Transportation Other Regulations Relating.... 10901 § 1150.32 Procedures and relevant dates—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers...
Method for identifying mutagenic agents which induce large, multilocus deletions in DNA

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Bradley, W.E.C.; Belouchi, A.; Dewyse, P.

1993-07-13

A method of identifying a mutagenic agent is described which includes a large, multilocus deletions in DNA in mammalian cells comprising: (i) exposing a class III heterozygous CHO cell line to a potential mutagenic agent under investigation, and allowing any mutation of the cell line to proceed, said cell line being characterized in that a restriction fragment length variation exists in on mutation it becomes resistant to 2,6-diaminopurine and in that the DNA sequence adjacent to the two alleles of the APRT gene such that the DNA sequence adjacent to one of the two alleles can be digested with themore » enzyme BclI but the DNA sequence variation adjacent to the other of the two alleles cannot be digested with BclI, (ii) isolating induced mutations of the cell line deficient in APRT function, (iii) isolating DNA from the induced mutants, (iv) digesting the isolated DNA with BclI enzyme to produce digested fragments including a 19 kb fragment and any 2 kb fragment, which fragments hybridize with the labeled probe derived from DNA fragment PDI, (v) separating any digested fragments, (vi) transferring the separated fragments of (v) to a solid support, (vii) hybridizing the supported separated fragments with a labeled probe derived from the clone DNA fragment PD 1, (viii) determining fragments having undergone loss of the 2 kb band identified by the probe, as an identification of parent mutants in which the loss occurred, and (ix) evaluating the mutating ability of the potential mutagenic agent.« less
Effectiveness of laparoscopic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass on obese class I type 2 diabetes mellitus patients.

PubMed

Xu, Lu; Yin, Jun; Mikami, Dean J; Portenier, Dana D; Zhou, Xiaojun; Mao, Zhongqi

2015-01-01

Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass (LRYGB) can dramatically improve type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2D) in obese class II and III patients. There is increasing evidence that shows bariatric surgery can also ameliorate T2D in patients with BMI between 30 kg/m(2) and 35 kg/m(2) (obese class I). To compare the effectiveness of LRYGB on T2D in obese class I patients with that of obese class II and III T2D patients. University Hospital, China A prospective study was performed in the authors' center from March 2010 to July 2011. Forty-two consecutive obese patients were included in the study. Anthropometric and metabolism parameters were compared between obese class II and III patients and obese class I patients before and after LRYGB. No patients were lost to follow up. After 36 months, metabolic parameters significantly improved in both groups. Partial remission rates between the 2 groups at each time point (12 months, 24 months, and 36 months) were comparable. Obese class II and III patients had higher complete remission rates at 12 months and 24 months, but no difference was observed at 36 months. Both obese class II and III patients and obese class I T2D patients showed significant improvement in multiple parameters after LRYGB. Obese class II and III patients had a higher complete remission rate than obese class I patients. Standardized remission criteria are needed to make outcomes form different centers comparable. Large prospective studies are needed and long-term outcomes have to be observed to better evaluate effectiveness of LRYGB on obese class I T2D patients. Copyright © 2015 American Society for Bariatric Surgery. All rights reserved.
Linopirdine. A depolarization-activated releaser of transmitters for treatment of dementia.

PubMed

Tam, S W; Zaczek, R

1995-01-01

Linopirdine (DuP 996, AVIVA), currently in Phase III clinical trial for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease, is a representative of a class of novel molecules which enhances the stimulus-evoked but not basal release of several neurotransmitters including ACh, DA, 5-HT and Glu. Linopiridine has been shown to enhance ACh release in the hippocampus in vivo. In addition, linopiridine produces a number of effects including EEG patterns of enhanced vigilance, induction of c-fos expression in cerebral cortex, reduction of the increase of cerebral glucose utilization induced by hypoxia, and improved performance in animal models of learning and memory. The specific action of linopiridine on depolarized neurons but not on basal release suggests that compounds of this class will enhance normal brain activity and not lead to a non-specific activation. Furthermore, the effect of linopiridine on multiple neurotransmitter systems that are deficient in Alzheimer's disease suggests that this class of agents may be more efficacious in the treatment of dementia than therapies aimed at individual neurotransmitters systems.
49 CFR 1150.33 - Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.33 Section 1150.33 Transportation Other Regulations.... 10901 § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III...
49 CFR 1150.33 - Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.33 Section 1150.33 Transportation Other Regulations.... 10901 § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III...
49 CFR 1150.33 - Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.33 Section 1150.33 Transportation Other Regulations.... 10901 § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III...
49 CFR 1150.33 - Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 49 Transportation 8 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.33 Section 1150.33 Transportation Other Regulations.... 10901 § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III...
40 CFR 144.21 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells. 144.21 Section 144.21 Protection of Environment... hydrocarbon storage) and III wells. (a) An existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon... decision; or (9) For Class II wells (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage), five years after...
40 CFR 144.21 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells. 144.21 Section 144.21 Protection of Environment... hydrocarbon storage) and III wells. (a) An existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon... decision; or (9) For Class II wells (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage), five years after...

Development of other microtubule-stabilizer families: the epothilones and their derivatives.

PubMed

Brogdon, Cynthia F; Lee, Francis Y; Canetta, Renzo M

2014-05-01

Chemotherapy is the mainstay of treatment for numerous cancer types, but resistance to chemotherapy remains a major clinical issue and is one of the driving influences underlying the development of new anticancer medications. One of the most important classes of chemotherapy agents is the taxanes, which target the cytoskeleton and spindle apparatus of tumor cells by binding to the microtubules, thereby disrupting key cellular mechanisms, including mitosis. Taxane resistance, however, limits treatment options and creates a major challenge for clinicians. Ongoing research has identified several newer classes of microtubule-targeting chemotherapies that may retain activity despite clinical resistance to taxanes. Among these classes, the epothilones have been studied most extensively in the clinical setting. Like taxanes, epothilones stabilize microtubulin turnover, and they have properties favoring their development as anticancer agents. The most clinically advanced epothilone analog is ixabepilone, which is currently the only approved epothilone derivative. Ixabepilone is indicated for the treatment of metastatic or locally advanced breast cancer in combination with capecitabine after failure of an anthracycline and a taxane, or as monotherapy after failure of an anthracycline, a taxane, and capecitabine. In phase II and III trials, ixabepilone showed efficacy in several patient subgroups and in various stages of breast cancer. Common adverse reactions include peripheral sensory neuropathy and asthenia. This paper will discuss the preclinical and clinical development of epothilones and their derivatives across a variety of cancer types.
[Does elitism of school influence the smoking-related health behaviour among grammar school students?].

PubMed

Józwicki, Wojciech; Gołda, Ryszard; Domaniewska, Jolanta; Skok, Zdzisław; Jarzemski, Piotr; Przybylski, Grzegorz; Domaniewski, Jan

2009-01-01

The aim of the study was connected with smoking health behaviour estimation among public (SZP) and nonpublic (SZN) grammar school students. The analysis of 156 anonymous questionnaires was made. Questionnaires contained questions of parents' education, material situation of family, physical education, social relations with family and peers and positive or negative perception of smoking. In total trial we observed a strong positive correlation between style of smoking or number of smoked cigarettes and positive perception of smoking (r = 0.62 or r = 0.36 respectively). The latter correlated significantly with family presence of smoking (r = 0.18). Percentages of smoking students of SZP and SZN differed and amounted 22% and 18% respectively. Within I/II SZP classes the smoking depended on material position of family (r = 0.28) and positive perception of smoking (r = 0.68). Among students of III SZP classes the dependence on material situation was stronger (r = 0.49), while students of III SZN classes became to perceive smoking more positive (r = 0.82). Social relations of students of I/II SZN classes were inversely proportional to prevalence of smoking in their families. Smoking students of III SZN classes worked out much more variously in comparison with pupils of SZP. The main motivation of smoking within school students was the positive perception of smoking. The differences of smoking prevalence within both types of school probably formed in the families and observed in I/II classes pupils, vanished during the time of III class of studying. Elitism of school do not protect the student from smoking: during the time of III SZN class the smoking receives clearly positive appearance and became established. Probably existing antinicotinic school programs should much more decidedly deliver the negative appearance of health effects of smoking.
Camouflage treatment of skeletal Class III malocclusion with multiloop edgewise arch wire and modified Class III elastics by maxillary mini-implant anchorage.

PubMed

He, Shushu; Gao, Jinhui; Wamalwa, Peter; Wang, Yunji; Zou, Shujuan; Chen, Song

2013-07-01

To evaluate the effect of the multiloop edgewise arch wire (MEAW) technique with maxillary mini-implants in the camouflage treatment of skeletal Class III malocclusion. Twenty patients were treated with the MEAW technique and modified Class III elastics from the maxillary mini-implants. Twenty-four patients were treated with MEAW and long Class III elastics from the upper second molars as control. Lateral cephalometric radiographs were obtained and analyzed before and after treatment, and 1 year after retention. Satisfactory occlusion was established in both groups. Through principal component analysis, it could be concluded the anterior-posterior dental position, skeletal sagittal and vertical position, and upper molar vertical position changed within groups and between groups; vertical lower teeth position and Wits distance changed in the experimental group and between groups. In the experimental group, the lower incisors tipped lingually 2.7 mm and extruded 2.4 mm. The lingual inclination of the lower incisors increased 3.5°. The mandibular first molars tipped distally 9.1° and intruded 0.4 mm. Their cusps moved 3.4 mm distally. In the control group, the upper incisors proclined 3°, and the upper first molar extruded 2 mm. SN-MP increased 1.6° and S-Go/N-ME decreased 1. The MEAW technique combined with modified Class III elastics by maxillary mini-implants can effectively tip the mandibular molars distally without any extrusion and tip the lower incisors lingually with extrusion to camouflage skeletal Class III malocclusions. Clockwise rotation of the mandible and further proclination of upper incisors can be avoided. The MEAW technique and modified Class III elastics provided an appropriate treatment strategy especially for patients with high angle and open bite tendency.
77 FR 37092 - Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-06-20

... Class III railroad infrastructure damaged by hurricanes, floods, and natural disasters that are located... President ( http://www.fema.gov/news/disasters.fema#sev1 ). Class II and Class III railroad infrastructure...
25 CFR 291.7 - What must the Secretary do if it has been determined that the Indian tribe is eligible to request...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... the Indian tribe is eligible to request Class III gaming procedures? 291.7 Section 291.7 Indians BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES... request Class III gaming procedures? (a) If the Secretary determines that the Indian tribe is eligible to...
40 CFR 147.650 - State-administrative program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... CONTROL PROGRAMS Idaho § 147.650 State-administrative program—Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. The UIC program for Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells in the State of Idaho, other than those on Indian lands, is the program administered by the Idaho Department of Water Resources, approved by EPA pursuant to...
The Populus Class III HD ZIP transcription factor POPCORONA affects cell differentiation during secondary growth of woody stems

Treesearch

Juan Du; Eriko Miura; Marcel Robischon; Ciera Martinez; Andrew Groover

2011-01-01

The developmental mechanisms regulating cell differentiation and patterning during the secondary growth of woody tissues are poorly understood. Class III HD ZIP transcription factors are evolutionarily ancient and play fundamental roles in various aspects of plant development. Here we investigate the role of a Class III HD ZIP transcription factor, ...
The early management of Class III malocclusions using protraction headgear.

PubMed

Macey-Dare, L V

2000-12-01

Class III malocclusions affect approximately 3% of Caucasians. Treatment options include; growth modification, dental camouflage and, once growth has ceased, orthognathic surgery. Originally, Class III malocclusions were thought to arise primarily from an overdevelopment of the mandible, but it is now known that maxillary retrusion contributes in up to 60% of cases. Maxillary retrusion is best treated with a combination of protraction headgear and rapid maxillary expansion, preferably before the age of 9 years. This article provides an overview of the management of skeletal Class III cases using protraction headgear with particular guidance for the general dental practitioner on when and how to treat.
Non-surgical Management of Skeletal Class III Malocclusion with Bilateral Posterior Crossbite: A Case Report.

PubMed

Kumari, Lalima; Nayan, Kamal

2016-12-01

A 16-year-old female patient with skeletal Class III malocclusion and bilateral posterior cross bite complaining of difficulty in chewing was treated orthodontically without surgery (camouflage treatment). The treatment comprised of fixed orthodontic treatment with MBT prescription (0.022˝×0.028˝ slot) using quad helix appliance for bilateral expansion of maxillary arch and Class III elastics for occlusal correction. Post-treatment records showed normal overbite and overjet with acceptable occlusion. So with this treatment strategy of expanding the maxillary arch using a quad helix appliance and use of Class III elastics, we achieved a good result with optimal occlusion.
49 CFR 179.500-6 - Heat treatment.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... Liquid Tank Car Tanks and Seamless Steel Tanks (Classes DOT-113 and 107A) § 179.500-6 Heat treatment. (a... normalizing and tempering for Class I, Class II and Class III steel or oil quenching and tempering for Class III steel. Tempering temperatures shall not be less than 1000 °F. Heat treatment of alternate steels...
49 CFR 179.500-6 - Heat treatment.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... Liquid Tank Car Tanks and Seamless Steel Tanks (Classes DOT-113 and 107A) § 179.500-6 Heat treatment. (a... normalizing and tempering for Class I, Class II and Class III steel or oil quenching and tempering for Class III steel. Tempering temperatures shall not be less than 1000 °F. Heat treatment of alternate steels...
49 CFR 179.500-6 - Heat treatment.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... Liquid Tank Car Tanks and Seamless Steel Tanks (Classes DOT-113 and 107A) § 179.500-6 Heat treatment. (a... normalizing and tempering for Class I, Class II and Class III steel or oil quenching and tempering for Class III steel. Tempering temperatures shall not be less than 1000 °F. Heat treatment of alternate steels...
49 CFR 179.500-6 - Heat treatment.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... Liquid Tank Car Tanks and Seamless Steel Tanks (Classes DOT-113 and 107A) § 179.500-6 Heat treatment. (a... normalizing and tempering for Class I, Class II and Class III steel or oil quenching and tempering for Class III steel. Tempering temperatures shall not be less than 1000 °F. Heat treatment of alternate steels...
Use of Yb(III) Centered Near Infra-Red (NIR) Luminescence to Determine the Hydration State of a 3,2-HOPO based MRI-Contrast Agent

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Moore, Evan G.; Seitz, Michael; Raymond, Kenneth N.

It has been more than a decade since the first reports of [Gd(Tren-Me-3,2-HOPO)(H{sub 2}O){sub 2}] as a potential new class of magnetic resonance imaging contrast agent (MRI-CA). The defining feature of these 1-methyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2-one (Me-3,2-HOPO) based compounds has been the use of a hexadentate ligand design, and hence an increase in the number of metal bound water molecules, without sacrificing complex stability compared to the typically octadentate contrast agents used commercially. Since that time, significant advances in the properties of these chelates have been steadily reported, including improvements in relaxivity, incorporation into macromolecular architectures and, recently, the first direct verification ofmore » solution structure using the discovery of Eu(III) centered luminescence with the isomeric 1-hydroxypyridin-2-one (1,2-HOPO) chelate as a sensitizing chromophore. Nonetheless, it has remained frustrating that direct measurements of the inner sphere hydration state, q, using luminescence techniques with the parent Me-3,2-HOPO compounds have remained elusive, even when direct laser excitation of weakly absorbing f-f transitions were employed (eg. for Eu(III) complexes). This failing can likely be traced to the presence of a low lying LMCT state which efficiently quenches metal based emission. Instead, estimates of the q and hence solution structure have relied on the fitting of relaxivity data to the Solomon-Bloembergen-Morgan equations or, where sufficiently soluble in aqueous solution, studies on the temperature dependence of the paramagnetic contribution to the water {sup 17}O NMR transverse relaxation rate. Recently, Beeby et al reported on a qualitative equation to determine inner sphere hydration based on the change in lifetimes for Yb(III) in going from H{sub 2}O to D{sub 2}O solution, and we reasoned that the lower energy accepting state of Yb(III) may lie below the LMCT state which quenches Eu(III) emission, and hence may facilitate sensitized emission from Yb(III). This hypothesis was borne out experimentally, and herein we describe for the first time sensitized luminescence in the Near Infra-Red (NIR) region from a [Yb(Tren-Me-3,2-HOPO)(H{sub 2}O){sub 2}] complex, and hence the direct measurement of q for the archetypical member of this family of compounds.« less
19 CFR Appendix to Part 146 - Guidelines for Determining Producibility and Relative Values for Oil Refinery Zones

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... × .20). Likewise, the class IV crude oil could produce aviation gasoline in an amount up to 8,500 pounds... Class III PF Crude 35,000 24,500 31,850 14,000 31,150 10,150 Class III D Crude 20,000 14,000 18,200 8,000 17,800 5,800 Class III NPF Crude 20,000 14,000 18,200 8,000 17,800 5,800 Feedstock factors are...
19 CFR Appendix to Part 146 - Guidelines for Determining Producibility and Relative Values for Oil Refinery Zones

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

... × .20). Likewise, the class IV crude oil could produce aviation gasoline in an amount up to 8,500 pounds... Class III PF Crude 35,000 24,500 31,850 14,000 31,150 10,150 Class III D Crude 20,000 14,000 18,200 8,000 17,800 5,800 Class III NPF Crude 20,000 14,000 18,200 8,000 17,800 5,800 Feedstock factors are...
Evidence report: Genetic and metabolic testing on children with global developmental delay: report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology and the Practice Committee of the Child Neurology Society.

PubMed

Michelson, D J; Shevell, M I; Sherr, E H; Moeschler, J B; Gropman, A L; Ashwal, S

2011-10-25

To systematically review the evidence concerning the diagnostic yield of genetic and metabolic evaluation of children with global developmental delay or intellectual disability (GDD/ID). Relevant literature was reviewed, abstracted, and classified according to the 4-tiered American Academy of Neurology classification of evidence scheme. In patients with GDD/ID, microarray testing is diagnostic on average in 7.8% (Class III), G-banded karyotyping is abnormal in at least 4% (Class II and III), and subtelomeric fluorescence in situ hybridization is positive in 3.5% (Class I, II, and III). Testing for X-linked ID genes has a yield of up to 42% in males with an appropriate family history (Class III). FMR1 testing shows full expansion in at least 2% of patients with mild to moderate GDD/ID (Class II and III), and MeCP2 testing is diagnostic in 1.5% of females with moderate to severe GDD/ID (Class III). Tests for metabolic disorders have a yield of up to 5%, and tests for congenital disorders of glycosylation and cerebral creatine disorders have yields of up to 2.8% (Class III). Several genetic and metabolic screening tests have been shown to have a better than 1% diagnostic yield in selected populations of children with GDD/ID. These values should be among the many factors considered in planning the laboratory evaluation of such children.
[Morphological analysis of alveolar bone of anterior mandible in high-angle skeletal class II and class III malocclusions assessed with cone-beam computed tomography].

PubMed

Ma, J; Jiang, J H

2018-02-18

To evaluate the difference of features of alveolar bone support under lower anterior teeth between high-angle adults with skeletal class II malocclusions and high-angle adults presenting skeletal class III malocclusions by using cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT). Patients who had taken the images of CBCT were selected from the Peking University School and Hospital of Stomatology between October 2015 and August 2017. The CBCT archives from 62 high-angle adult cases without orthodontic treatment were divided into two groups based on their sagittal jaw relationships: skeletal class II and skeletal class III. vertical bone level (VBL), alveolar bone area (ABA), and the width of alveolar bone were measured respectively at the 2 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm below the cemento-enamel junction (CEJ) level and at the apical level. After that, independent samples t-tests were conducted for statistical comparisons. The ABA of the mandibular alveolar bone in the area of lower anterior teeth was significantly thinner in the patients of skeletal class III than those of skeletal class II, especially in terms of the apical ABA, total ABA on the labial and lingual sides and the ABA at 6 mm below CEJ level on the lingual side (P<0.05). The thickness of the alveolar bone of mandibular anterior teeth was significantly thinner in the subjects of skeletal class III than those of skeletal class II, especially regarding the apical level on the labial and lingual side and at the level of 4 mm, 6 mm below CEJ level on the lingual side (P<0.05). The ABA and the thickness of the alveolar bone of mandibular anterior teeth were significantly thinner in the group of skeletal class III adult patients with high-angle when compared with the sample of high-angle skeletal class II adult cases. We recommend orthodontists to be more cautious in treatment of high-angle skeletal class III patients, especially pay attention to control the torque of lower anterior teeth during forward and backward movement, in case that the apical root might be absorbed or fenestration happen in the area of lower anterior teeth.
Failures in Phase III: Causes and Consequences.

PubMed

Seruga, Bostjan; Ocana, Alberto; Amir, Eitan; Tannock, Ian F

2015-10-15

Phase III randomized controlled trials (RCT) in oncology fail to lead to registration of new therapies more often than RCTs in other medical disciplines. Most RCTs are sponsored by the pharmaceutical industry, which reflects industry's increasing responsibility in cancer drug development. Many preclinical models are unreliable for evaluation of new anticancer agents, and stronger evidence of biologic effect should be required before a new agent enters the clinical development pathway. Whenever possible, early-phase clinical trials should include pharmacodynamic studies to demonstrate that new agents inhibit their molecular targets and demonstrate substantial antitumor activity at tolerated doses in an enriched population of patients. Here, we review recent RCTs and found that these conditions were not met for most of the targeted anticancer agents, which failed in recent RCTs. Many recent phase III RCTs were initiated without sufficient evidence of activity from early-phase clinical trials. Because patients treated within such trials can be harmed, they should not be undertaken. The bar should also be raised when making decisions to proceed from phase II to III and from phase III to marketing approval. Many approved agents showed only better progression-free survival than standard treatment in phase III trials and were not shown to improve survival or its quality. Introduction of value-based pricing of new anticancer agents would dissuade the continued development of agents with borderline activity in early-phase clinical trials. When collaborating with industry, oncologists should be more critical and better advocates for cancer patients. ©2015 American Association for Cancer Research.
Modeling the chelation of As(III) in lewisite by dithiols using density functional theory and solvent-assisted proton exchange.

PubMed

Harper, Lenora K; Bayse, Craig A

2015-12-01

Dithiols such as British anti-lewisite (BAL, rac-2,3-dimercaptopropanol) are an important class of antidotes for the blister agent lewisite (trans-2-chlorovinyldichloroarsine) and, more generally, are chelating agents for arsenic and other toxic metals. The reaction of the vicinal thiols of BAL with lewisite through the chelation of the As(III) center has been modeled using density functional theory (DFT) and solvent-assisted proton exchange (SAPE), a microsolvation method that uses a network of water molecules to mimic the role of bulk solvent in models of aqueous phase chemical reactions. The small activation barriers for the stepwise SN2-type nucleophilic attack of BAL on lewisite (0.7-4.9kcal/mol) are consistent with the favorable leaving group properties of the chloride and the affinity of As(III) for soft sulfur nucleophiles. Small, but insignificant, differences in activation barriers were found for the initial attack of the primary versus secondary thiol of BAL and the R vs S enantiomer. An examination of the relative stability of various dithiol-lewisite complexes shows that ethanedithiols like BAL form the most favorable chelation complexes because the angles formed in five-membered ring are most consistent with the hybridization of As(III). More obtuse S-As-S angles are required for larger chelate rings, but internal As⋯N or As⋯O interactions can enhance the stability of moderate-sized rings. The low barriers for lewisite detoxification by BAL and the greater stability of the chelation complexes of small dithiols are consistent with the rapid reversal of toxicity demonstrated in previously reported animal models. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

TGF-{beta}-stimulated aberrant expression of class III {beta}-tubulin via the ERK signaling pathway in cultured retinal pigment epithelial cells

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Chung, Eun Jee; Chun, Ji Na; Jung, Sun-Ah

2011-11-18

Highlights: Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer TGF-{beta} induces aberrant expression of {beta}III in RPE cells via the ERK pathway. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer TGF-{beta} increases O-GlcNAc modification of {beta}III in RPE cells. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer Mature RPE cells have the capacity to express a neuron-associated gene by TGF-{beta}. -- Abstract: The class III {beta}-tubulin isotype ({beta}{sub III}) is expressed exclusively by neurons within the normal human retina and is not present in normal retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) cells in situ or in the early phase of primary cultures. However, aberrant expression of class III {beta}-tubulin has been observed in passaged RPE cells and RPE cells with dedifferentiated morphology inmore » pathologic epiretinal membranes from idiopathic macular pucker, proliferative vitreoretinopathy (PVR) and proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR). Transforming growth factor-{beta} (TGF-{beta}) has been implicated in dedifferentiation of RPE cells and has a critical role in the development of proliferative vitreoretinal diseases. Here, we investigated the potential effects of TGF-{beta} on the aberrant expression of class III {beta}-tubulin and the intracellular signaling pathway mediating these changes. TGF-{beta}-induced aberrant expression and O-linked-{beta}-N-acetylglucosamine (O-GlcNac) modification of class III {beta}-tubulin in cultured RPE cells as determined using Western blotting, RT-PCR and immunocytochemistry. TGF-{beta} also stimulated phosphorylation of ERK. TGF-{beta}-induced aberrant expression of class III {beta}-tubulin was significantly reduced by pretreatment with U0126, an inhibitor of ERK phosphorylation. Our findings indicate that TGF-{beta} stimulated aberrant expression of class III {beta}-tubulin via activation of the ERK signaling pathway. These data demonstrate that mature RPE cells have the capacity to express a neuron-associated gene in response to TGF-{beta} stimulation and provide useful information towards understanding the pathogenesis of proliferative vitreoretinal diseases.« less
Assessment: transcranial Doppler ultrasonography: report of the Therapeutics and Technology Assessment Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology.

PubMed

Sloan, M A; Alexandrov, A V; Tegeler, C H; Spencer, M P; Caplan, L R; Feldmann, E; Wechsler, L R; Newell, D W; Gomez, C R; Babikian, V L; Lefkowitz, D; Goldman, R S; Armon, C; Hsu, C Y; Goodin, D S

2004-05-11

To review the use of transcranial Doppler ultrasonography (TCD) and transcranial color-coded sonography (TCCS) for diagnosis. The authors searched the literature for evidence of 1) if TCD provides useful information in specific clinical settings; 2) if using this information improves clinical decision making, as reflected by improved patient outcomes; and 3) if TCD is preferable to other diagnostic tests in these clinical situations. TCD is of established value in the screening of children aged 2 to 16 years with sickle cell disease for stroke risk (Type A, Class I) and the detection and monitoring of angiographic vasospasm after spontaneous subarachnoid hemorrhage (Type A, Class I to II). TCD and TCCS provide important information and may have value for detection of intracranial steno-occlusive disease (Type B, Class II to III), vasomotor reactivity testing (Type B, Class II to III), detection of cerebral circulatory arrest/brain death (Type A, Class II), monitoring carotid endarterectomy (Type B, Class II to III), monitoring cerebral thrombolysis (Type B, Class II to III), and monitoring coronary artery bypass graft operations (Type B to C, Class II to III). Contrast-enhanced TCD/TCCS can also provide useful information in right-to-left cardiac/extracardiac shunts (Type A, Class II), intracranial occlusive disease (Type B, Class II to IV), and hemorrhagic cerebrovascular disease (Type B, Class II to IV), although other techniques may be preferable in these settings.
Benzyl and Methyl Fatty Hydroxamic Acids Based on Palm Kernel Oil as Chelating Agent for Liquid-Liquid Iron(III) Extraction

PubMed Central

Haron, Md Jelas; Jahangirian, Hossein; Silong, Sidik; Yusof, Nor Azah; Kassim, Anuar; Rafiee-Moghaddam, Roshanak; Mahdavi, Behnam; Peyda, Mazyar; Abdollahi, Yadollah; Amin, Jamileh

2012-01-01

Liquid-liquid iron(III) extraction was investigated using benzyl fatty hydroxamic acids (BFHAs) and methyl fatty hydroxamic acids (MFHAs) as chelating agents through the formation of iron(III) methyl fatty hydroxamate (Fe-MFHs) or iron(III) benzyl fatty hydroxamate (Fe-BFHs) in the organic phase. The results obtained under optimized conditions, showed that the chelating agents in hexane extract iron(III) at pH 1.9 were realized effectively with a high percentage of extraction (97.2% and 98.1% for MFHAs and BFHAs, respectively). The presence of a large amount of Mg(II), Ni(II), Al(III), Mn(II) and Co(II) ions did affect the iron(III) extraction. Finally stripping studies for recovering iron(III) from organic phase (Fe-MFHs or Fe-BFHs dissolved in hexane) were carried out at various concentrations of HCl, HNO3 and H2SO4. The results showed that the desired acid for recovery of iron(III) was 5 M HCl and quantitative recovery of iron(III) was achieved from Fe(III)-MFHs and Fe(III)-BFHs solutions in hexane containing 5 mg/L of Fe(III). PMID:22408444
40 CFR 147.2200 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... the in situ combustion of coal are regulated by the Rail Road Commission of Texas under a separate UIC... program for Class I, III, IV, and V wells in the State of Texas, except for those wells on Indian lands... (SDWA). Notice of the original approval for Class I, III, IV, and V wells was published in the Federal...
40 CFR 147.2200 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... the in situ combustion of coal are regulated by the Rail Road Commission of Texas under a separate UIC... program for Class I, III, IV, and V wells in the State of Texas, except for those wells on Indian lands... (SDWA). Notice of the original approval for Class I, III, IV, and V wells was published in the Federal...
Prevalence of class-I, class-II and class-III obesity in Australian adults between 1995 and 2011-12.

PubMed

Keating, Catherine; Backholer, Kathryn; Gearon, Emma; Stevenson, Christopher; Swinburn, Boyd; Moodie, Marj; Carter, Rob; Peeters, Anna

2015-01-01

To compare the prevalence of class-I, II and III obesity in Australian adults between 1995, 2007-08 and 2011-12. Prevalence data for adults (aged 18+ years) were sourced from customised data from the nationally representative National Nutrition Survey (1995), the National Health Survey (2007-08), and the Australian Health Survey (2011-12) conducted by the Australian Bureau of Statistics. Obesity classifications were based on measured height and weight (class-I body mass index: 30.0-34.9 kg/m(2), class-II: 35.0-39.9 kg/m(2) and class-III: ≥ 40.0 kg/m(2)). Severe obesity was defined as class-II or class-III obesity. Between 1995 and 2011-12, the prevalence of obesity (all classes combined) increased from 19.1% to 27.2%. During this 17 year period, relative increases in class I, II and III obesity were 1.3, 1.7 and 2.2-fold respectively. In 2011-12, the prevalence of class I, II and III obesity was 19.4, 5.9 and 2.0 per cent respectively in men, and 16.1, 6.9 and 4.2 per cent respectively in women. One in every ten people was severely obese, increasing from one in twenty in 1995, and women were disproportionally represented in this population. Obesity prevalence increased with increasing levels of area-level socioeconomic disadvantage, particularly for the more severely obese classes. Severe obesity affected 6.2% and 13.4% in the least and most disadvantaged quintiles respectively. Over the last two decades, there have been substantial increases in the prevalence of obesity, particularly the more severe levels of obesity. This study highlights high risk groups who warrant targeted weight gain prevention interventions. Copyright © 2015 Asia Oceania Association for the Study of Obesity. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Modified Angle's Classification for Primary Dentition.

PubMed

Chandranee, Kaushik Narendra; Chandranee, Narendra Jayantilal; Nagpal, Devendra; Lamba, Gagandeep; Choudhari, Purva; Hotwani, Kavita

2017-01-01

This study aims to propose a modification of Angle's classification for primary dentition and to assess its applicability in children from Central India, Nagpur. Modification in Angle's classification has been proposed for application in primary dentition. Small roman numbers i/ii/iii are used for primary dentition notation to represent Angle's Class I/II/III molar relationships as in permanent dentition, respectively. To assess applicability of modified Angle's classification a cross-sectional preschool 2000 children population from central India; 3-6 years of age residing in Nagpur metropolitan city of Maharashtra state were selected randomly as per the inclusion and exclusion criteria. Majority 93.35% children were found to have bilateral Class i followed by 2.5% bilateral Class ii and 0.2% bilateral half cusp Class iii molar relationships as per the modified Angle's classification for primary dentition. About 3.75% children had various combinations of Class ii relationships and 0.2% children were having Class iii subdivision relationship. Modification of Angle's classification for application in primary dentition has been proposed. A cross-sectional investigation using new classification revealed various 6.25% Class ii and 0.4% Class iii molar relationships cases in preschool children population in a metropolitan city of Nagpur. Application of the modified Angle's classification to other population groups is warranted to validate its routine application in clinical pediatric dentistry.
Positive inotropic effects of RP 62719, a new pure class III antiarrhythmic agent, on guinea pig myocardium.

PubMed

Beregi, J P; Escande, D; Coudray, N; Mery, P; Mestre, M; Chemla, D; Lecarpentier, Y

1992-12-01

The mechanical effects of RP 62719 [(-)1-[-2-(3,4-dihydro-2H-1- benzopyran-4-yl)ethyl]-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-piperidine] were tested in vitro on guinea pig left ventricular papillary muscle. RP 62719 is a novel pure class III antiarrhythmic agent known to prolong the cardiac action potential duration by selectively blocking the inward rectifying K+ current. Mechanical parameters were determined from contraction and relaxation phases under isotonic and isometric conditions. At a concentration of 0.02 microM, RP 62719 did not produce significant effects on inotropy or lusitropy. At 0.2 and 2 microM, the drug improved contraction under both heavy and low loading conditions, as evidenced by a 30% increase in maximum unloaded shortening velocity (Vmax, P < .001), peak amplitude of shortening (delta L, P < .001), peak isometric active force normalized per cross-sectional area (AF/s, P < .001) and positive peak of the force derivative per mm2 (+dF/s, P < .001). At the same concentrations, positive lusitropic effects were evidenced by an increase in maximum lengthening velocity (maxVr) and negative peak of force derivative per mm2 (-dF/s, P < .001). At a higher concentration (20 microM), effects of RP 62719 on inotropy and lusitropy were less marked, thus accounting for the bell-shaped form of the dose-response curve. An increase in the extracellular Ca++ concentration from 2.5 to 3.75 mM improved inotropy to a similar extent (+30-50%) as did 2 microM RP 62719. However, lusitropy and mechanical coupling between contraction and relaxation were not modified in the same proportion under RP 62719 and under 3.75 mM Ca++.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)
A meta-analysis of phase III randomized controlled trials with novel oral anticoagulants in atrial fibrillation: comparisons between direct thrombin inhibitors vs. factor Xa inhibitors and different dosing regimens.

PubMed

Providência, Rui; Grove, Erik Lerkevang; Husted, Steen; Barra, Sérgio; Boveda, Serge; Morais, João

2014-12-01

Previous studies evaluating the ability of novel oral anticoagulants (NOAC) to prevent thromboembolism in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation (AF) have identified differences between the efficacy and safety of the drugs tested. Whether these differences reflect differences in direct thrombin or Xa inhibition, different dosing regimens or specific aspects of each agent or trial has not yet been explored. A search was performed on MEDLINE, EMBASE and COCHRANE, and ongoing studies were tracked on clinicaltrials.gov. Phase III randomized controlled trials of direct thrombin inhibitors (DTI) and factor Xa inhibitors (FXaI) vs. warfarin in patients with AF were eligible. Data were pooled using random-effects, according to the Mantel-Haenszel model. Sensitivity analyses were performed on DTI, FXaI, once-daily and twice-daily regimens. Seven studies were pooled, including a total of 80,290 patients. Both DTI and FXaI outperformed warfarin regarding stroke or systemic embolism, intracranial bleeding, total and cardiovascular mortality. No significant differences were found between DTI and FXaI or between once-daily and twice-daily regimens. Some drugs performed worse than warfarin regarding some secondary endpoints, including: edoxaban 30 mg bid on ischaemic stroke, dabigatran on acute myocardial infarction, dabigatran 150 mg bid and rivaroxaban 20mgod on gastrointestinal bleeding. Our pooled data do not support the hypothesis of a significant class-effect of DTI or FXaI, nor the benefit of once-daily vs. twice-daily dosing in the setting of AF, reinforcing that the choice of NOAC should be adapted to the specific patient and focused on the agent itself, rather than the pharmacological class or dosing regimen.
Review of phase III trial data on IL-23 inhibitors tildrakizumab and guselkumab for psoriasis.

PubMed

Amin, M; Darji, K; No, D J; Wu, J J

2017-10-01

The development of monoclonal antibodies targeting IL-12 and IL-23 has enhanced the therapeutic options available for psoriasis patients. Recent research suggests that IL-23 alone plays a role in the pathogenesis of psoriasis. The objective was to review the phase III clinical trial data for the anti-IL-23 agents to evaluate the safety and efficacy profile of each agent. We reviewed the results of the phase III clinical trials for the anti-IL-23 agents tildrakizumab and guselkumab. The results of phase III trials on risankizumab have not yet been reported. By week 12, the proportion of patients reaching Psoriasis Area and Severity Index (PASI 75) was >60% among the most efficacious dose of each agent. The percentage of patients achieving PASI 90 at week 16 was the primary endpoint for the phase III trials for guselkumab, which was above 70%. The safety profiles of the agents were comparable, with the most commonly reported adverse events of nasopharyngitis and upper respiratory tract infections. The anti-IL-23 agents demonstrated a rapid clinical improvement that is similar or superior to the improvement seen with currently marketed IL-17 inhibitors with a favourable short-term safety profile. The results of the phase III trials support the notion that IL-23 is a potential target in psoriasis treatment. © 2017 European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Wei, Yifeng; Li, Bin; Prakash, Divya

Two subtypes of class III anaerobic ribonucleotide reductases (RNRs) studied so far couple the reduction of ribonucleotides to the oxidation of formate, or the oxidation of NADPH via thioredoxin and thioredoxin reductase. Certain methanogenic archaea contain a phylogenetically distinct third subtype of class III RNR, with distinct active-site residues. Here we report the cloning and recombinant expression of the Methanosarcina barkeri class III RNR and show that the electrons required for ribonucleotide reduction can be delivered by a [4Fe-4S] protein ferredoxin disulfide reductase, and a conserved thioredoxin-like protein NrdH present in the RNR operon. The diversity of class III RNRsmore » reflects the diversity of electron carriers used in anaerobic metabolism« less
Evaluation of the appropriateness and outcome of in-hospital telemetry monitoring.

PubMed

Fålun, Nina; Nordrehaug, Jan Erik; Hoff, Per Ivar; Langørgen, Jørund; Moons, Philip; Norekvål, Tone M

2013-10-15

The American Heart Association classifies monitored patients into 3 categories. The aims of this study were to (1) investigate how patients are assigned according to the American Heart Association classification, (2) determine the number and type of arrhythmic events experienced by these patients, and (3) describe subsequent changes in management. A prospective observational study design was used. All patients assigned to telemetry during a 3-month period were consecutively enrolled in our study. Data were collected 24/7. Only arrhythmias that might require a change in management were recorded. Monitor watchers at the central monitoring station completed a standard data sheet assessing 64 variables. These data, as well as medical records, were reviewed by the investigator. Overall, 1,194 patients were included. Eighteen percent of the patients were assigned to American Heart Association class I (monitoring indicated), 71% to class II (monitoring may be of benefit), and 11% to class III (monitoring not indicated). The overall arrhythmia event rate was 33%. Forty-three percent of class I patients, 28% of class II patients, and 47% of class III patients experienced arrhythmia events. Change in management occurred in 25% of class I patients, 14% of class II patients, and 29% of class III patients. Although the number of class III indications should have been reduced, nearly 1/2 of class III patients experienced arrhythmia events and 1/3 of them received management changes. This outcome challenges existing guidelines. In conclusion, most patients in this study were monitored appropriately, according to class I and II indications. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
78 FR 37998 - Electronic One Touch Bingo System

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-06-25

... decision regarding the classification of server based electronic bingo system games that can be played... Class II or Class III game. DATES: The agency must receive comments on or before August 26, 2013... from the regulated community regarding the status of one touch bingo as a Class II or a Class III game...
Health effects of hawthorn.

PubMed

Dahmer, Stephen; Scott, Emilie

2010-02-15

Hawthorn medicinal extract has long been a favored herbal remedy in Europe. The active components of this slow-acting cardiotonic agent are thought to be flavonoids and oligomeric procyanidins. The most studied hawthorn extracts are WS 1442 and LI 132. Reviews of placebo- controlled trials have reported both subjective and objective improvement in patients with mild forms of heart failure (New York Heart Association classes I through III). Other studies of hawthorn in patients with heart failure have revealed improvement in clinical symptoms, pressure-heart rate product, left ventricular ejection fraction, and patients' subjective sense of well-being. However, there is no evidence of a notable reduction in mortality or sudden death. Hawthorn is well tolerated; the most common adverse effects are vertigo and dizziness. Theoretic interactions exist with antiarrhythmics, antihypertensives, digoxin, and antihyperlipidemic agents. Proven conventional therapies for heart failure are still recommended until the safety and effectiveness of hawthorn has been proven in long-term studies.
76 FR 71600 - Renewal of Agency Information Collection for Class III Tribal-State Gaming Compact Process...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2011-11-18

... Process. The information collection is currently authorized by OMB Control Number 1076-0172, which expires... guarantee that we will be able to do so. III. Data OMB Control Number: 1076-0172. Title: Class III Tribal...
New preparation based on coproporphyrin III for photoluminescence diagnostics and photodynamic therapy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Belousova, I. M.; Dobrun, M. V.; Galebskaya, L. V.; Gorelov, S. I.; Kislyakov, I. M.; Kolbasov, S. E.; Kris'ko, A. V.; Kris'ko, T. K.; Malkov, M. A.; Murav'eva, T. D.; Petrishchev, N. N.

2011-03-01

We resume a complex study of a new Coproporphyrin III preparation obtained in vitro via microbiological synthesis in environment of a cultural medium of Arthrobacter globiformis with gaining of the coproporphyrin III tetrapotash salt sterilized aqueous solution with 94.5% purity. The main impurities have porphyrinic nature. The absorption spectrum shows that the preparation has multiple excitation bands in visible region with most pronounced maxima at 501 nm, 535 nm, and 556 nm, and a weak one at 606 nm. The most effective spectral range of its electronic states excitation can serve the region of a Soret band with maximum at 404 nm. Comparative luminescent and photosensitizing properties of Coproporphyrin III and Fotoditazin preparations have been studied. Luminescence and singlet oxygen quantum yields have been determined to be 0.03 and 0.37 (Coproporphyrin III) and 0.05 and 0.6 (Fotoditazin) correspondingly. A reduction of the quantum yields values at an introduction of a biological additive into aqueous solutions of the given preparations has been found. Preclinical trials of the preparation are performed. It is shown that Coproporphyrin III toxicity value is LD50 = 2400 +/- 120 mg/kg, that allows to rank this preparation to the (V) class of almost nontoxical medicinal agents. It is shown that the preparation Coproporphyrin III has no teratogenic and allergenic properties and does not damage erythrocytes and thrombocytes. Absence of an influence of the preparation on the blood flow speed has been established. The results obtained thereby testify the absence of contra-indications for clinical tests of the Coproporphyrin III preparation on indicators of sharp toxicity.
Effect of Class III bone anchor treatment on airway.

PubMed

Nguyen, Tung; De Clerck, Hugo; Wilson, Michael; Golden, Brent

2015-07-01

To compare airway volumes and minimum cross-section area changes of Class III patients treated with bone-anchored maxillary protraction (BAMP) versus untreated Class III controls. Twenty-eight consecutive skeletal Class III patients between the ages of 10 and 14 years (mean age, 11.9 years) were treated using Class III intermaxillary elastics and bilateral miniplates (two in the infra-zygomatic crests of the maxilla and two in the anterior mandible). The subjects had cone beam computed tomographs (CBCTs) taken before initial loading (T1) and 1 year out (T2). Twenty-eight untreated Class III patients (mean age, 12.4 years) had CBCTs taken and cephalograms generated. The airway volumes and minimum cross-sectional area measurements were performed using Dolphin Imaging 11.7 3D software. The superior border of the airway was defined by a plane that passes through the posterior nasal spine and basion, while the inferior border included the base of the epiglottis to the lower border of C3. From T1 to T2, airway volume from BAMP-treated subjects showed a statistically significant increase (1499.64 mm(3)). The area in the most constricted section of the airway (choke point) increased slightly (15.44 mm(2)). The airway volume of BAMP patients at T2 was 14136.61 mm(3), compared with 14432.98 mm(3) in untreated Class III subjects. Intraexaminer correlation coefficients values and 95% confidence interval values were all greater than .90, showing a high degree of reliability of the measurements. BAMP treatment did not hinder the development of the oropharynx.
Camouflage treatment of skeletal class III malocclusion with asymmetry using a bone-borne rapid maxillary expander.

PubMed

Seo, Yu-Jin; Chung, Kyu-Rhim; Kim, Seong-Hun; Nelson, Gerald

2015-03-01

This case report presents the successful use of palatal mini-implants for rapid maxillary expansion and mandibular distalization in a skeletal Class III malocclusion. The patient was a 13-year-old girl with the chief complaint of facial asymmetry and a protruded chin. Camouflage orthodontic treatment was chosen, acknowledging the possibility of need for orthognathic surgery after completion of her growth. A bone-borne rapid expander (BBRME) was used to correct the transverse discrepancy and was then used as indirect anchorage for distalization of the lower dentition with Class III elastics. As a result, a Class I occlusion with favorable inclination of the upper teeth was achieved without any adverse effects. The total treatment period was 25 months. Therefore, BBRME can be considered an alternative treatment in skeletal Class III malocclusion.
New treatment options for lower respiratory tract infections.

PubMed

Kocsis, Bela; Szabo, Dora

2017-09-01

Community-acquired pneumonia (CAP) and acute exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (AECOPD) are among the most frequent lower respiratory tract infections (LRTIs). They represent an increased morbidity and mortality rate in adults. Areas covered: This review describes recent advances regarding solithromycin, zabofloxacin and delafoxacin antibacterial agents that have been recently developed for treatment of CAP and in AECOPD. All of them have been introduced into phase III clinical trials. We will be summarising chemical structures, pharmacokinetics, antibacterial efficacy and toxicity of these agents. The manuscript has been prepared based on available scientific publications. Expert opinion: Novel agents of known antimicrobial classes have been developed that demonstrate treatment options in CAP and in AECOPD. Antimicrobials discussed in this review showed bactericide effect against major respiratory tract pathogens. Each has multiple targets in bacteria, thus enabling them for more potency, even against strains exhibiting resistance to commonly used antibiotics. Solithromycin, delafloxacin and zabofloxcian demonstrate broad-spectrum antibacterial activity together with other beneficial features like intracellular accumulation, anti-inflammatory effect and inhibition of biofilm production. These agents showed moderately severe or mild adverse events and demonstrated favourable tissue penetration. These features can make solithromycin, zabofloxacin and delafloxacin treatment options in LRTIs.
Systemic therapy after first-line docetaxel in metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer.

PubMed

Beardsley, Emma K; Chi, Kim N

2008-09-01

There is an urgent need for systemic treatment options for patients with castration-resistant prostate cancer who have progressed after receiving first-line docetaxel chemotherapy. The purpose of this article is to review recent developments in this area. Retreatment with docetaxel has been employed with evidence of activity in selected populations. Mitoxantrone, the previous first-line standard based on its palliative effect, has also been used with clinical responses observed; however, the symptom benefit in this setting has not been established. Several classes of cytotoxic agents have been tested including platinum agents (satraplatin), epothilones (ixabepilone and patupilone) and taxanes (XRP-6258). A number of targeted therapies have also been clinically evaluated including inhibitors of cytoprotective chaperones (OGX-011) and the vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (sorafenib, sunitinib, and cediranib). An area generating great interest has been the development of agents that target the androgen receptor axis more effectively (MDV3100 and abiraterone) with encouraging early phase trial results. There is no accepted standard systemic treatment for patients with castration resistant prostate cancer and progressive disease after docetaxel. Novel agents are in phase II and III clinical testing in this setting.

Class III obesity is a risk factor for the development of acute-on-chronic liver failure in patients with decompensated cirrhosis.

PubMed

Sundaram, Vinay; Jalan, Rajiv; Ahn, Joseph C; Charlton, Michael R; Goldberg, David S; Karvellas, Constantine J; Noureddin, Mazen; Wong, Robert J

2018-04-28

Acute-on-chronic liver failure (ACLF) is a syndrome of systemic inflammation and organ failures. Obesity, also characterized by chronic inflammation, is a risk factor among patients with cirrhosis for decompensation, infection, and mortality. Our aim was to test the hypothesis that obesity predisposes patients with decompensated cirrhosis to the development of ACLF. We examined the United Network for Organ Sharing (UNOS) database, from 2005-2016, characterizing patients at wait-listing as non-obese (body mass index [BMI] <30), obese class I-II (BMI 30-39.9) and obese class III (BMI ≥40). ACLF was determined based on the CANONIC study definition. We used Cox proportional hazards regression to assess the association between obesity and ACLF development at liver transplantation (LT). We confirmed our findings using the Nationwide Inpatient Sample (NIS), years 2009-2013, using validated diagnostic coding algorithms to identify obesity, hepatic decompensation and ACLF. Logistic regression evaluated the association between obesity and ACLF occurrence. Among 387,884 patient records with decompensated cirrhosis, 116,704 (30.1%) were identified as having ACLF in both databases. Multivariable modeling from the UNOS database revealed class III obesity to be an independent risk factor for ACLF at LT (hazard ratio 1.24; 95% CI 1.09-1.41; p <0.001). This finding was confirmed using the NIS (odds ratio 1.30; 95% CI 1.25-1.35; p <0.001). Regarding specific organ failures, analysis of both registries demonstrated patients with class I-II and class III obesity had a greater prevalence of renal failure. Class III obesity is a newly identified risk factor for ACLF development in patients with decompensated cirrhosis. Obese patients have a particularly high prevalence of renal failure as a component of ACLF. These findings have important implications regarding stratifying risk and preventing the occurrence of ACLF. In this study, we identify that among patients with decompensated cirrhosis, class III obesity (severe/morbid obesity) is a modifiable risk factor for the development of acute-on-chronic liver failure (ACLF). We further demonstrate that regarding the specific organ failures associated with ACLF, renal failure is significantly more prevalent in obese patients, particularly those with class III obesity. These findings underscore the importance of weight management in cirrhosis, to reduce the risk of ACLF. Patients with class III obesity should be monitored closely for the development of renal failure. Copyright © 2018 European Association for the Study of the Liver. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Maternal and neonatal outcomes among obese women with weight gain below the new Institute of Medicine recommendations.

PubMed

Blomberg, Marie

2011-05-01

To estimate whether weight loss or low gestational weight gain in class I-III obese women is associated with adverse maternal and neonatal outcomes compared with gestational weight gain within the new Institute of Medicine recommendations. This was a population-based cohort study, which included 32,991 obesity class I, 10,068 obesity class II, and 3,536 obesity class III women who were divided into four gestational weight gain categories. Women with low (0-4.9 kg) or no gestational weight gain were compared with women gaining the recommended 5-9 kg concerning obstetric and neonatal outcome after suitable adjustments. Women in obesity class III who lost weight during pregnancy had a decreased risk of cesarean delivery (24.4%; odds ratio [OR] 0.77, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.60-0.99), large-for-gestational-age births (11.2%, OR 0.64, 95% CI 0.46-0.90), and no significantly increased risk for pre-eclampsia, excessive bleeding during delivery, instrumental delivery, low Apgar score, or fetal distress compared with obese (class III) women gaining within the Institute of Medicine recommendations. There was an increased risk for small for gestational age, 3.7% (OR 2.34, 95% CI 1.15-4.76) among women in obesity class III losing weight, but there was no significantly increased risk of small for gestational age in the same group with low weight gain. Obese women (class II and III) who lose weight during pregnancy seem to have a decreased or unaffected risk for cesarean delivery, large for gestational age, pre-eclampsia, excessive postpartum bleeding, instrumental delivery, low Apgar score, and fetal distress. The twofold increased risk of small for gestational age in obesity class III and weight loss (3.7%) is slightly above the overall prevalence of small-for-gestational-age births in Sweden (3.6%).
Maxillary canine-first premolar bilateral transposition in a Class III patient: A case report.

PubMed

Potrubacz, Maciej Iancu; Tepedino, Michele; Chimenti, Claudio

2016-05-01

Tooth transposition is a rare dental anomaly that often represents a challenge for the clinician. The case of a girl with skeletal Class III malocclusion and concomitant maxillary canine-first premolar bilateral transposition, followed from 7 to 17 years of age, is presented. After a first phase of treatment aimed at resolving the Class III malocclusion, the transposition was maintained and the case finalized with a multibracket appliance.
Camouflage treatment of skeletal Class III malocclusion with conventional orthodontic therapy.

PubMed

Park, Jae Hyun; Yu, Joseph; Bullen, Ryan

2017-04-01

Nonextraction camouflage treatment along with Class III elastics was used to treat a 39-year-old woman with a skeletal Class III pattern and a low mandibular plane angle and short lower anterior facial height. The total active treatment time was 26 months. Her occlusion, smile esthetics, and soft tissue profile were significantly improved after treatment. Copyright © 2017 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Thin-plate spline analysis of the cranial base in subjects with Class III malocclusion.

PubMed

Singh, G D; McNamara, J A; Lozanoff, S

1997-08-01

The role of the cranial base in the emergence of Class III malocclusion is not fully understood. This study determines deformations that contribute to a Class III cranial base morphology, employing thin-plate spline analysis on lateral cephalographs. A total of 73 children of European-American descent aged between 5 and 11 years of age with Class III malocclusion were compared with an equivalent group of subjects with a normal, untreated, Class I molar occlusion. The cephalographs were traced, checked and subdivided into seven age- and sex-matched groups. Thirteen points on the cranial base were identified and digitized. The datasets were scaled to an equivalent size, and statistical analysis indicated significant differences between average Class I and Class III cranial base morphologies for each group. Thin-plate spline analysis indicated that both affine (uniform) and non-affine transformations contribute toward the total spline for each average cranial base morphology at each age group analysed. For non-affine transformations, Partial warps 10, 8 and 7 had high magnitudes, indicating large-scale deformations affecting Bolton point, basion, pterygo-maxillare, Ricketts' point and articulare. In contrast, high eigenvalues associated with Partial warps 1-3, indicating localized shape changes, were found at tuberculum sellae, sella, and the frontonasomaxillary suture. It is concluded that large spatial-scale deformations affect the occipital complex of the cranial base and sphenoidal region, in combination with localized distortions at the frontonasal suture. These deformations may contribute to reduced orthocephalization or deficient flattening of the cranial base antero-posteriorly that, in turn, leads to the formation of a Class III malocclusion.
Alteration of Occlusal Plane in Orthognathic Surgery: Clinical Features to Help Treatment Planning on Class III Patients

PubMed Central

Costa, Tony Eduardo; Barbosa, Saulo de Matos; Pereira, Rodrigo Alvitos; Chaves Netto, Henrique Duque de Miranda

2018-01-01

Dentofacial deformities (DFD) presenting mainly as Class III malocclusions that require orthognathic surgery as a part of definitive treatment. Class III patients can have obvious signs such as increasing the chin projection and chin throat length, nasolabial folds, reverse overjet, and lack of upper lip support. However, Class III patients can present different facial patterns depending on the angulation of occlusal plane (OP), and only bite correction does not always lead to the improvement of the facial esthetic. We described two Class III patients with different clinical features and inclination of OP and had undergone different treatment planning based on 6 clinical features: (I) facial type; (II) upper incisor display at rest; (III) dental and gingival display on smile; (IV) soft tissue support; (V) chin projection; and (VI) lower lip projection. These patients were submitted to orthognathic surgery with different treatment plannings: a clockwise rotation and counterclockwise rotation of OP according to their facial features. The clinical features and OP inclination helped to define treatment planning by clockwise and counterclockwise rotations of the maxillomandibular complex, and two patients undergone to bimaxillary orthognathic surgery showed harmonic outcomes and stables after 2 years of follow-up. PMID:29854480
Modified Angle's Classification for Primary Dentition

PubMed Central

Chandranee, Kaushik Narendra; Chandranee, Narendra Jayantilal; Nagpal, Devendra; Lamba, Gagandeep; Choudhari, Purva; Hotwani, Kavita

2017-01-01

Aim: This study aims to propose a modification of Angle's classification for primary dentition and to assess its applicability in children from Central India, Nagpur. Methods: Modification in Angle's classification has been proposed for application in primary dentition. Small roman numbers i/ii/iii are used for primary dentition notation to represent Angle's Class I/II/III molar relationships as in permanent dentition, respectively. To assess applicability of modified Angle's classification a cross-sectional preschool 2000 children population from central India; 3–6 years of age residing in Nagpur metropolitan city of Maharashtra state were selected randomly as per the inclusion and exclusion criteria. Results: Majority 93.35% children were found to have bilateral Class i followed by 2.5% bilateral Class ii and 0.2% bilateral half cusp Class iii molar relationships as per the modified Angle's classification for primary dentition. About 3.75% children had various combinations of Class ii relationships and 0.2% children were having Class iii subdivision relationship. Conclusions: Modification of Angle's classification for application in primary dentition has been proposed. A cross-sectional investigation using new classification revealed various 6.25% Class ii and 0.4% Class iii molar relationships cases in preschool children population in a metropolitan city of Nagpur. Application of the modified Angle's classification to other population groups is warranted to validate its routine application in clinical pediatric dentistry. PMID:29326514
Cardiac Amyloid Load: A Prognostic and Predictive Biomarker in Patients With Light-Chain Amyloidosis.

PubMed

Kristen, Arnt V; Brokbals, Eva; Aus dem Siepen, Fabian; Bauer, Ralf; Hein, Selina; Aurich, Matthias; Riffel, Johannes; Behrens, Hans-Michael; Krüger, Sandra; Schirmacher, Peter; Katus, Hugo A; Röcken, Christoph

2016-07-05

Cardiac amyloid load has not been analyzed for its effect on mortality in patients with amyloid light-chain (AL) cardiac amyloidosis. This study retrospectively compared histological amyloid load with common clinical predictors of mortality. This study assessed 216 patients with histologically confirmed cardiac amyloidosis at a single center with electrocardiography, echocardiography, and laboratory testing. AL amyloid deposits were usually distributed in a reticular/pericellular pattern, whereas transthyretin amyloid (ATTR) more commonly showed patchy deposits. Median amyloid load was 30.5%; no amyloid load was above 70%. During follow-up (median 19.1 months), 112 patients died. Chemotherapy had a significant effect on overall survival in AL amyloidosis (16.2 months vs. 1.4 months; p = 0.003). Patients with <20% AL amyloid load who responded to chemotherapy showed significantly better survival than nonresponders. According to univariate analysis, predictors of survival in AL amyloidosis included sex, Karnofsky index, New York Heart Association (NYHA) functional class, diastolic blood pressure, estimated glomerular filtration rate, N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide, mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists, low voltage, ineligibility for chemotherapy, response to chemotherapy, and amyloid load. Independent predictors of mortality by multivariate analysis included NYHA functional class (III vs. II), estimated glomerular filtration rate, responders to chemotherapy, and amyloid load. In ATTR amyloidosis, survival correlated with NYHA functional class, diastolic blood pressure, and use of diuretic agents. Following Cox regression analysis, NYHA functional class (III vs. II; p < 0.05) remained the only independent predictor of patient survival in ATTR amyloidosis. Early identification of subjects with AL amyloid is essential given that in late-stage disease with extensive amyloid load, our data suggested that outcomes are not affected by administration of chemotherapy. Copyright © 2016 American College of Cardiology Foundation. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Recent developments in antibiotic agents for the treatment of complicated intra-abdominal infections.

PubMed

Lin, Shang-Yi; Huang, Chung-Hao; Ko, Wen-Chien; Chen, Yen-Hsu; Hsueh, Po-Ren

2016-01-01

Treatment of complicated intra-abdominal infections (cIAIs) is becoming increasingly difficult because of the widespread emergence of multidrug-resistant organisms. In this review, we discuss the effectiveness of several new antibiotics for the treatment of cIAIs, including new β-lactamase inhibitor combinations (BLICs) and tetracycline-class drugs, recently developed aminoglycosides and quinolones, and novel lipoglycopeptides and oxazolidinones. Of the new BLICs, ceftolozane/tazobactam is associated with adequate clinical cure rates in patients with cIAIs. Currently, two new β-lactamase inhibitors, namely avibactam and MK-7655, are under development for clinical use in the treatment of cIAIs. Eravacycline, a novel, fully synthetic tetracycline-class drug, has been shown in Phase II and III clinical trials to be more potent than tigecycline against a significant number of multidrug-resistant organisms causing cIAIs. Plazomicin, a next-generation aminoglycoside, is a promising agent for treatment of cIAIs due to multidrug-resistant pathogens. Of the recently developed quinolones, delafloxacin and finafloxacin have been shown to be effective against pathogens that survive and multiply in mildly acidic environments, although further clinical studies examining their clinical utility in the treatment of cIAIs are warranted. Oritavancin, a new semisynthetic lipoglycopeptide agent, has been demonstrated to be a potent antibiotic in the treatment of cIAIs due to drug-resistant Gram-positive organisms. Several other new antibiotics in development also show promise and will hopefully broaden the possibilities for treatment of complicated intra-abdominal infections due to MDR pathogens.
Role of Humic-Bound Iron as an Electron Transfer Agent in Dissimilatory Fe(III) Reduction

PubMed Central

Lovley, Derek R.; Blunt-Harris, Elizabeth L.

1999-01-01

The dissimilatory Fe(III) reducer Geobacter metallireducens reduced Fe(III) bound in humic substances, but the concentrations of Fe(III) in a wide range of highly purified humic substances were too low to account for a significant portion of the electron-accepting capacities of the humic substances. Furthermore, once reduced, the iron in humic substances could not transfer electrons to Fe(III) oxide. These results suggest that other electron-accepting moieties in humic substances, such as quinones, are the important electron-accepting and shuttling agents under Fe(III)-reducing conditions. PMID:10473447
Assessment of the changes in quality of life of patients with class II and III deformities during and after orthodontic-surgical treatment.

PubMed

Baherimoghaddam, T; Tabrizi, R; Naseri, N; Pouzesh, A; Oshagh, M; Torkan, S

2016-04-01

The aim of this longitudinal study was to assess and compare the oral health-related quality of life (OHRQoL) of patients with class II and III deformities during and after orthodontic-surgical treatment. Thirty class III and 28 class II patients were evaluated at baseline (T0), just prior to surgery (T1), at 6 months after surgery (T2), and at 12 months after debonding (T3). OHRQoL was assessed using the Oral Health Impact Profile (OHIP-14). Friedman two-way analysis of variance and the Wilcoxon signed-rank test were performed to compare the relative changes in OHRQoL during treatment. Significant changes in the overall OHIP-14 scores were observed during and after orthodontic-surgical treatment in both groups. During the pre-surgical stage, psychological discomfort and psychological disability decreased in class III patients, and class II patients experienced a significant deterioration in psychological discomfort during the same period. Six months after surgery, patients in both groups showed improvements in psychological discomfort, social disability, and handicap. Physical disability and functional limitation showed further improvement at 12 months after debonding in class II patients. This study reaffirms that orthodontic-surgical treatment has a significant effect on the OHRQoL of class III and class II patients. Copyright © 2015 International Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
The effects of forehead and neck position on esthetics of class I, II and III profiles.

PubMed

Salehi, Parisa; Oshagh, Morteza; Aleyasin, Zeinab S; Pakshir, Hamid Reza

2014-01-01

All parts of the face, other than jaw relationships, should be considered in orthodontic treatment planning. The role of forehead and neck in facial esthetics is well known; however, the majority of conventional facial analysis methods have not considered them. Neck and forehead may confer mutual effects on equilibrium and on esthetics of other facial components, and may change the overall convexity/concavity view of the profile. Therefore, the aim of this study was to assess the effect of anteroposterior position of the forehead and neck on the esthetics of skeletal class I, II and III jaw relationships using profile silhouettes. Class II and III jaw relationships were constructed on the silhouette of a class I normal profile by altering the mandibular position. Retruded, normal and protruded positions were also applied for the forehead and neck. Three hundred Iranian laypeople (150 men, 150 women) scored the esthetics of profile silhouettes from 1 to 7. Half of the participants were told to consider the profiles as a man, and the other half were told to consider them as a woman. Data were analyzed using non-parametric methods. Class I jaw relation was found to be the most beautiful profile followed by class II and III respectively. Esthetics of different positions of the neck and forehead were significantly different (P < 0.05). In subjects with a normal neck and forehead position, and those with a retruded neck, the best esthetic relationship was class I, and the worst was class III. For protruded foreheads, the best jaw relationship was class II for females and class I for males, and the worst was class III for both. In a retruded forehead position, the most preferred jaw relationship was class I, and the worst was class II. For profiles with a protruded neck, the best esthetics was found to be in class III jaw relationship, and the worst was in class II. There was a small difference in scoring for male and female profiles (P < 0.05); there were also small differences in scoring trends of men and women (P < 0.05). This study showed that the anteroposterior position of the forehead and neck affects the esthetics of jaw relationships in profile view. In laypeople's opinions, in a normal profile, the overall appearance is more important compared to the independent position of the neck and forehead; however, having jaw abnormalities, the neck plays an important independent role. The preferred jaw relation for profiles with each forehead or neck position was introduced.
25 CFR 290.11 - May an Indian tribe distribute per capita payments from net gaming revenues derived from either...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false May an Indian tribe distribute per capita payments from net gaming revenues derived from either Class II or Class III gaming without a tribal revenue... net gaming revenues derived from either Class II or Class III gaming without a tribal revenue...
Skeletal Class III and anterior open bite treatment with different retention protocols: a report of three cases.

PubMed

Farret, Milton Meri Benitez; Farret, Marcel Marchiori; Farret, Alessandro Marchiori

2012-09-01

The treatment of skeletal class III and anterior open bite can be unstable and orthodontists frequently observe relapse. Here, we report on the management of three patients with skeletal class III profiles and open bites treated by orthodontic camouflage. Each received a retention protocol involving the use of two separate appliances during the night and day accompanied by myofunctional therapy. Long-term follow-up revealed a stable outcome.
Strategies to finish orthodontic treatment with a Class III molar relationship: three patient reports.

PubMed

Farret, Milton M B; Farret, Marcel M; Farret, Alessandro M

2009-01-01

The purpose of this article is to review treatment concepts for patients with congenitally missing teeth in the mandible, for patients in whom teeth in only the mandibular arch were extracted, or for patients with Class III camouflage treatment. The therapy result in these situations is a Class III molar relationship. With this type of intercuspation, esthetic and functional aspects must be observed. © 2009 BY QUINTESSENCE PUBLISHING CO, INC.
Developmental Role and Auxin Responsiveness of Class III Homeodomain Leucine Zipper Gene Family Members in Rice1[C][W][OA

PubMed Central

Itoh, Jun-Ichi; Hibara, Ken-Ichiro; Sato, Yutaka; Nagato, Yasuo

2008-01-01

Members of the Class III homeodomain leucine zipper (Class III HD-Zip) gene family are central regulators of crucial aspects of plant development. To better understand the roles of five Class III HD-Zip genes in rice (Oryza sativa) development, we investigated their expression patterns, ectopic expression phenotypes, and auxin responsiveness. Four genes, OSHB1 to OSHB4, were expressed in a localized domain of the shoot apical meristem (SAM), the adaxial cells of leaf primordia, the leaf margins, and the xylem tissue of vascular bundles. In contrast, expression of OSHB5 was observed only in phloem tissue. Plants ectopically expressing microRNA166-resistant versions of the OSHB3 gene exhibited severe defects, including the ectopic production of leaf margins, shoots, and radialized leaves. The treatment of seedlings with auxin quickly induced ectopic OSHB3 expression in the entire region of the SAM, but not in other tissues. Furthermore, this ectopic expression of OSHB3 was correlated with leaf initiation defects. Our findings suggest that rice Class III HD-Zip genes have conserved functions with their homologs in Arabidopsis (Arabidopsis thaliana), but have also acquired specific developmental roles in grasses or monocots. In addition, some Class III HD-Zip genes may regulate the leaf initiation process in the SAM in an auxin-dependent manner. PMID:18567825
[Study on the difference of corresponding age at cervical vertebral maturation stages among different skeletal malocclusions].

PubMed

Zuo, Changyan; Cong, Chao; Wang, Shihui; Gu, Yan

2015-10-01

To compare the difference of corresponding age at cervical vertebral maturation (CVM) stages among different skeletal malocclusions and provide clinic guideline on optimal treatment timing for skeletal malocclusion. Based on ANB angle, 2 575 cephalograms collected from Department of Orthodontics, Peking University School and Hospital of Stomatology from May, 2006 to November, 2014 were classified into skeletal Class I (ANB 0°~5°, 1 317 subjects), Class II (ANB > 5°, 685 subjects) and Class III (ANB < 0°, 573 subjects) groups. CVM stages were evaluated with the modified version of CVM method. Independent sample t test was performed to analyze the difference of age at different CVM stages among various skeletal groups. Significant gender difference of age was found at CS3 to CS6 for skeletal Class I group (P < 0.05), at CS5 and CS6 for skeletal Class II group (P < 0.05), and at CS3 and CS5 for skeletal Class III group (P < 0.05). At CS3 stage, the average age of male in skeletal Class II and skeletal Class III groups was (11.6 ± 1.5) years old and (10.3 ± 1.9) years old, respectively; the average age of females in those two groups was (11.7 ± 1.3) years old and (9.3 ± 1.5) years old, respectively, and significant difference was found in both comparisons (P < 0.05). Compared average age at CS5 and CS6 between skeletal Class II and skeletal Class III groups [the ages of male was (15.1 ± 1.7) and (16.8 ± 1.6) years old, the ages of male was (14.6 ± 1.2) and (15.7 ± 2.5) years old], significant difference was also found (P < 0.05). Significant gender differences were found when evaluated CVM stage and age in skeletal Class I, II and III groups. Significant differences of age at different CVM stage was noted when skeletal Class II was compared with skeletal Class III groups.
Surface-Active Agents for Isolation of the Core Component of Avian Myeloblastosis Virus 1

PubMed Central

Stromberg, Kurt

1972-01-01

Sixty-one surface-active agents were evaluated in a procedure designed to assess their ability to remove the envelope from the core component of avian myeloblastosis virus (AMV). The procedure consisted of centrifugation of intact AMV through a series of sucrose gradients each containing an upper layer of agent at one of eight concentrations between 0.01 and 10%. The effectiveness of an agent in producing AMV cores was indicated by (i) the appearance of light-scattering bands in the region of core buoyant density in gradient tubes; (ii) the range of surfactant concentration over which these bands appeared; and (iii) an electron microscopy assessment by the negative-staining technique of the relative proportion of core to non-core material in each of these bands. Six nonionic surfactants were selected by this screening method for comparison in regard to recovery of core protein and endogenous ribonucleic acid (RNA)-dependent deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) polymerase activity, as well as further morphologic evaluation by electron microscopy. The nonionic surfactants of the polyoxyethylene alcohol class (particularly, Sterox SL) were most effective. Nonionic surfactants of the polyoxyethylene alkylphenol class (particularly, Nonidet P-40) were also effective. Sterox SL and Nonidet P-40 each gave a more than fivefold increase in specific activity of endogenous RNA-dependent DNA polymerase, and each gave a low recovery of core protein. Sterox SL did not interfere to the extent that Nonidet P-40 did in procedures which involved spectrophotometric assay at 260 nm. The use of Sterox SL resulted in the least envelope contamination of core preparations by electron microscopy examination, the most recovery of protein and endogenous RNA-dependent DNA polymerase activity, and a core buoyant density in sucrose of 1.27 g/ml. Images PMID:4112071
Occlusal status in Asian male adults: prevalence and ethnic variation.

PubMed

Soh, Jen; Sandham, Andrew; Chan, Yiong Huak

2005-09-01

The purpose of this study was to determine the occlusal status in young Asian male adults of three ethnic groups. Study models of a sample of male army recruits (N = 339, age 17-22 years) with no history of orthodontic treatment were assessed. The ethnic proportions of the sample were Chinese 76.1% (n = 258), Malay 17.7% (n = 60), and Indian 6.2% (n = 21). British Standard Institute (BSI) and Angle's classification were used to determine incisor and molar relationships, respectively. Chi-square test or Fisher's Exact test was performed to compare the occlusal traits between ethnic groups. The distribution of incisor relationships of the total sample consisted of Class I = 48.1%, Class II/1 = 26.3%, Class II/2 = 3.2%, and Class III = 22.4%. Right Angle's molar relationships were 49.9%, 24.5%, and 24.2% whereas left Angle's molar relationships were 53.1%, 25.1%, and 21.2% for Class I, II, and III, respectively. Comparison between ethnic groups found that Indian subjects were more likely to have Class II/1 malocclusions and clinically missing permanent teeth (P < .05). The study found that the overall prevalence of malocclusion (BSI) was Class I, Class II/1, Class III, and Class II/2 in descending order of proportions. Angle's Class I molar was most prevalent followed by Class II and Class III relations. A significant difference in occlusal status between the ethnic groups was found regarding incisor relationship and missing permanent teeth (P < .05).
Differentiation of functional constipation and constipation predominant irritable bowel syndrome based on Rome III criteria: a population-based study.

PubMed

Koloski, N A; Jones, M; Young, M; Talley, N J

2015-05-01

While the Rome III classification recognises functional constipation (FC) and constipation predominant IBS (IBS-C) as distinct disorders, recent evidence has suggested that these disorders are difficult to separate in clinical practice. To identify whether clinical and lifestyle factors differentiate Rome III-defined IBS-C from FC based on gastrointestinal symptoms and lifestyle characteristics. 3260 people randomly selected from the Australian population returned a postal survey. FC and IBS-C were defined according to Rome III. The first model used logistic regression to differentiate IBS-C from FC based on lifestyle, quality-of-life and psychological characteristics. The second approach was data-driven employing latent class analysis (LCA) to identify naturally occurring clusters in the data considering all symptoms involved in the Rome III criteria for IBS-C and FC. We found n = 206 (6.5%; 95% CI 5.7-7.4%) people met strict Rome III FC whereas n = 109 (3.5%; 95% CI 2.8-4.1%) met strict Rome III IBS-C. The case-control approach indicated that FC patients reported an older age at onset of constipation, were less likely to exercise, had higher mental QoL and less health care seeking than IBS-C. LCA yielded one latent class that was predominantly (75%) FC, while the other class was approximately half IBS-C and half FC. The FC-dominated latent class had clearly lower levels of symptoms used to classify IBS (pain-related symptoms) and was more likely to be male (P = 0.046) but was otherwise similar in distribution of lifestyle factors to the mixed class. The latent class analysis approach suggests a differentiation based more on symptom severity rather than the Rome III view. © 2015 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

25 CFR 522.6 - Approval requirements for class III ordinances.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... Section 522.6 Indians NATIONAL INDIAN GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.6 Approval...) The tribe shall have the sole proprietary interest in and responsibility for the conduct of any gaming...
[New aspects of the molecular effect of anti-arrhythmia agents].

PubMed

Honerjäger, P

1990-04-01

Excitation propagation is mediated by the brief opening of voltage-dependent Na-channels in the plasma membranes of cells of the conduction system and working myocardium. The refractory period is a function of the re-availability of the Na-channel for renewed opening. Most antiarrhythmic agents block cardiac Na-channels and, consequently, affect the desired refractory period prolongation. At the same time, however, dependent on the concentration and the substance, they slow conduction; an effect which can facilitate reentry excitation in the injured heart. The Na-channel blocking drugs, class I antiarrhythmic agents, are distinguished from the beta-receptor blockers, class II, repolarizing prolonging drugs, class III, and the cardiac Ca-channel blocking drugs (class IV) (Table 1). MOLECULAR STRUCTURE OF THE CARDIAC NA-CHANNEL: Voltage-dependent Na-channels which have been structurally elucidated to date are glycoprotein macromolecules of about 2000 amino acids with a molecular weight of about 260,000. Beginning at the amino terminal, four consecutive homologous domains can be differentiated which are composed of six transmembranous segments each. The terminal portion of the chain as well as the connecting segments between the domains appear intracellular. There are important relationships between the molecular structure and the function of the Na-channel (Figure 1). On comparison of the primary structures of neuronal and cardiac Na-channels, domains I to IV as well as the connecting segment between domains III and IV, are nearly identical. Homology in all of the remaining molecular regions, in contrast, is less than 70%. These segments as well as the differing structure of the four S5-S6 connecting chains may be responsible for the varying functional response of the cardiac Na-channels. MOLECULAR SITE OF ACTION OF ANTIARRHYTHMIC AGENTS AT THE CARDIAC NA-CHANNEL: Since most antiarrhythmic agents are weak bases with pK values between 7.5 and 9.5, in the physiologic range of pH, they are present in part in the protonated, positively-charged form, in part as uncharged free base. It is assumed that the Na-channel of nerve and skeletal muscle has one receptor for local anesthetics at which both the protonated and the uncharged molecular forms bind. The receptor is thought to be located on the inner wall of the ion pore about half of the distance between the intracellular and the extracellular channel opening. The uncharged form of the Na-channel blocker penetrates directly from the lipid phase of the surrounding cell membrane, the protonated form only from the intracellular space during the short opening of the channel at the beginning of the action potential. Through binding on the receptor, the Na-channel is blocked. Dissociation of the molecular forms takes place in the same manner. The peptide region on which antiarrhythmic drugs bind, however, has not been identified. By means of the patch-clamp technique, it has been shown that on extracellular application of the quaternary lidocaine derivative QX-314 there is a rapid and marked reduction of Na-flux in cardiac Purkinje fibers in contrast to the effects at neuronal and skeletal muscle Na-channels. Intracellular application similarly leads to blockade but only in the course of repetitive depolarizations indicating that the cardiac Na-channel may have a second binding site for local anesthetics at the extracellular side.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 400 WORDS)
Camouflage treatment for class III malocclusion combined with traction of an impacted maxillary central incisor.

PubMed

Closs, Luciane Quadrado; Mundstock, Karina Santos; Ribeiro, Darlene Santos; Reston, Eduardo Galia; Silva, Aurelício Novaes

2010-01-01

This case report describes the treatment of a patient with an unerupted maxillary left central incisor, class III malocclusion with crossbite of the maxillary posterior teeth and lateral open bite. Treatment consisted of rapid maxillary expansion followed by anterior space opening, maxillary protraction and traction of the unerupted teeth with a light force system. Favorable results were obtained in terms of correcting incisor position and class III malocclusion. The results achieved remained stable throughout a 4-year retention period.
[Work and health status of workers of shoe manufacturing industries].

PubMed

Mironov, A I; Kirillov, V F; Bul'bulian, M A; Golubeva, A P; Kraeva, G K; Kuznetsova, A I; Nikolaeva, G M

2001-01-01

According to work conditions, severity and intensity, the main shoe-making occupations are assigned to III class of I-II jeopardy grade. If new technology applied, the work is assigned to I-II jeopardy class, being optimal--allowable. Increased mortality with liver cancer and lympholeucosis was revealed among workers contacting chloroprene.
The Bacillus subtilis ywjI (glpX) gene encodes a class II fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase, functionally equivalent to the class III Fbp enzyme.

PubMed

Jules, Matthieu; Le Chat, Ludovic; Aymerich, Stéphane; Le Coq, Dominique

2009-05-01

We present here experimental evidence that the Bacillus subtilis ywjI gene encodes a class II fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase, functionally equivalent to the fbp-encoded class III enzyme, and constitutes with the upstream gene, murAB, an operon transcribed at the same level under glycolytic or gluconeogenic conditions.
The Bacillus subtilis ywjI (glpX) Gene Encodes a Class II Fructose-1,6-Bisphosphatase, Functionally Equivalent to the Class III Fbp Enzyme▿

PubMed Central

Jules, Matthieu; Le Chat, Ludovic; Aymerich, Stéphane; Le Coq, Dominique

2009-01-01

We present here experimental evidence that the Bacillus subtilis ywjI gene encodes a class II fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase, functionally equivalent to the fbp-encoded class III enzyme, and constitutes with the upstream gene, murAB, an operon transcribed at the same level under glycolytic or gluconeogenic conditions. PMID:19270101
Prevalence of vulvovaginitis and relation to physical findings in girls assessed for suspected child sexual abuse.

PubMed

Rahman, Gisel; Ocampo, Dolores; Rubinstein, Anahí; Risso, Paula

2015-10-01

The presence of sexually transmitted infections (STIs) in patients with suspected sexual abuse is uncommon in the field of pediatrics. To establish the prevalence of anogenital findings and their relation to the presence of STIs in girls referred for suspected child sexual abuse. Retrospective study conducted between January 1st, 2003 and December 31st, 2013. Physical findings and detection of STIs in girls with suspected child sexual abuse were analyzed. One thousand thirty-four patients were included. Their median age was 7.9 years old. Anogenital findings were classified as class I (normal):38.4%, class II (nonspecific):38.1%, class III (specific):19.9% and class IV (definitive):3.6%. STIs were observed in 42 patients (4.1%). A relation was established between STIs and the classification of physical findings: 10 (class II: 9; class III: 1) Neisseria gonorrhoeae, 17 (class I: 2; class II: 8; class III: 7) Chlamydia trachomatis, 15 (class I: 2; class II: 10; class III: 3) Trichomonas vaginalis. Statistically significant differences for Trichomonas vaginalis (p= 0.01) and Neisseria gonorrhoeae (p < 0.0001) were observed, with predominance of nonspecific clinical signs. Both nonspecific and specific findings were similarly observed for Chlamydia trachomatis (p= 0.03). Most cases of girls with suspected child sexual abuse had normal or nonspecific anogenital findings. The prevalence of STIs in these girls is low. Trichomonas vaginalis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae were related to nonspecific findings, while both nonspecific and specific findings were observed for Chlamydia trachomatis.
Spline analysis of the mandible in human subjects with class III malocclusion.

PubMed

Singh, G D; McNamara, J A; Lozanoff, S

1997-05-01

This study determines deformations that contribute to a Class III mandibular morphology, employing thin-plate spline (TPS) analysis. A total of 133 lateral cephalographs of prepubertal children of European-American descent with either a Class I molar occlusion or a Class III malocclusion were compared. The cephalographs were traced and checked, and eight homologous landmarks on the mandible were identified and digitized. The datasets were scaled to an equivalent size and subjected to statistical analyses. These tests indicated significant differences between average Class I and Class III mandibular morphologies. When the sample was subdivided into seven age and sex-matched groups statistical differences were maintained for each group. TPS analysis indicated that both affine (uniform) and non-affine transformations contribute towards the total spline, and towards the average mandibular morphology at each age group. For non-affine transformations, partial warp 5 had the highest magnitude, indicating large-scale deformations of the mandibular configuration between articulare and pogonion. In contrast, partial warp 1 indicated localized shape changes in the mandibular symphyseal region. It is concluded that large spatial-scale deformations affect the body of the mandible, in combination with localized distortions further anteriorly. These deformations may represent a developmental elongation of the mandibular corpus antero-posteriorly that, allied with symphyseal changes, leads to the appearance of a Class III prognathic mandibular profile.
Prediction of future uniform milk prices in Florida federal milk marketing order 6 from milk futures markets.

PubMed

De Vries, A; Feleke, S

2008-12-01

This study assessed the accuracy of 3 methods that predict the uniform milk price in Federal Milk Marketing Order 6 (Florida). Predictions were made for 1 to 12 mo into the future. Data were from January 2003 to May 2007. The CURRENT method assumed that future uniform milk prices were equal to the last announced uniform milk price. The F+BASIS and F+UTIL methods were based on the milk futures markets because the futures prices reflect the market's expectation of the class III and class IV cash prices that are announced monthly by USDA. The F+BASIS method added an exponentially weighted moving average of the difference between the class III cash price and the historical uniform milk price (also known as basis) to the class III futures price. The F+UTIL method used the class III and class IV futures prices, the most recently announced butter price, and historical utilizations to predict the skim milk prices, butterfat prices, and utilizations in all 4 classes. Predictions of future utilizations were made with a Holt-Winters smoothing method. Federal Milk Marketing Order 6 had high class I utilization (85 +/- 4.8%). Mean and standard deviation of the class III and class IV cash prices were $13.39 +/- 2.40/cwt (1 cwt = 45.36 kg) and $12.06 +/- 1.80/cwt, respectively. The actual uniform price in Tampa, Florida, was $16.62 +/- 2.16/cwt. The basis was $3.23 +/- 1.23/cwt. The F+BASIS and F+UTIL predictions were generally too low during the period considered because the class III cash prices were greater than the corresponding class III futures prices. For the 1- to 6-mo-ahead predictions, the root of the mean squared prediction errors from the F+BASIS method were $1.12, $1.20, $1.55, $1.91, $2.16, and $2.34/cwt, respectively. The root of the mean squared prediction errors ranged from $2.50 to $2.73/cwt for predictions up to 12 mo ahead. Results from the F+UTIL method were similar. The accuracies of the F+BASIS and F+UTIL methods for all 12 fore-cast horizons were not significantly different. Application of the modified Mariano-Diebold tests showed that no method included all the information contained in the other methods. In conclusion, both F+BASIS and F+UTIL methods tended to more accurately predict the future uniform milk prices than the CURRENT method, but prediction errors could be substantial even a few months into the future. The majority of the prediction error was caused by the inefficiency of the futures markets to predict the class III cash prices.
T1-Weighted MR imaging of liver tumor by gadolinium-encapsulated glycol chitosan nanoparticles without non-specific toxicity in normal tissues

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Na, Jin Hee; Lee, Sangmin; Koo, Heebeom; Han, Hyounkoo; Lee, Kyung Eun; Han, Seung Jin; Choi, Seung Hong; Kim, Hyuncheol; Lee, Seulki; Kwon, Ick Chan; Choi, Kuiwon; Kim, Kwangmeyung

2016-05-01

Herein, we have synthesized Gd(iii)-encapsulated glycol chitosan nanoparticles (Gd(iii)-CNPs) for tumor-targeted T1-weighted magnetic resonance (MR) imaging. The T1 contrast agent, Gd(iii), was successfully encapsulated into 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-1,4,7,10-tetraacetic acid (DOTA)-modified CNPs to form stable Gd(iii)-encapsulated CNPs (Gd(iii)-CNPs) with an average particle size of approximately 280 nm. The stable nanoparticle structure of Gd(iii)-CNPs is beneficial for liver tumor accumulation by the enhanced permeation and retention (EPR) effect. Moreover, the amine groups on the surface of Gd(iii)-CNPs could be protonated and could induce fast cellular uptake at acidic pH in tumor tissue. To assay the tumor-targeting ability of Cy5.5-labeled Gd(iii)-CNPs, near-infrared fluorescence (NIRF) imaging and MR imaging were used in a liver tumor model as well as a subcutaneous tumor model. Cy5.5-labeled Gd(iii)-CNPs generated highly intense fluorescence and T1 MR signals in tumor tissues after intravenous injection, while DOTAREM®, the commercialized control MR contrast agent, showed very low tumor-targeting efficiency on MR images. Furthermore, damaged tissues were found in the livers and kidneys of mice injected with DOTAREM®, but there were no obvious adverse effects with Gd(iii)-CNPs. Taken together, these results demonstrate the superiority of Gd(iii)-CNPs as a tumor-targeting T1 MR agent.Herein, we have synthesized Gd(iii)-encapsulated glycol chitosan nanoparticles (Gd(iii)-CNPs) for tumor-targeted T1-weighted magnetic resonance (MR) imaging. The T1 contrast agent, Gd(iii), was successfully encapsulated into 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-1,4,7,10-tetraacetic acid (DOTA)-modified CNPs to form stable Gd(iii)-encapsulated CNPs (Gd(iii)-CNPs) with an average particle size of approximately 280 nm. The stable nanoparticle structure of Gd(iii)-CNPs is beneficial for liver tumor accumulation by the enhanced permeation and retention (EPR) effect. Moreover, the amine groups on the surface of Gd(iii)-CNPs could be protonated and could induce fast cellular uptake at acidic pH in tumor tissue. To assay the tumor-targeting ability of Cy5.5-labeled Gd(iii)-CNPs, near-infrared fluorescence (NIRF) imaging and MR imaging were used in a liver tumor model as well as a subcutaneous tumor model. Cy5.5-labeled Gd(iii)-CNPs generated highly intense fluorescence and T1 MR signals in tumor tissues after intravenous injection, while DOTAREM®, the commercialized control MR contrast agent, showed very low tumor-targeting efficiency on MR images. Furthermore, damaged tissues were found in the livers and kidneys of mice injected with DOTAREM®, but there were no obvious adverse effects with Gd(iii)-CNPs. Taken together, these results demonstrate the superiority of Gd(iii)-CNPs as a tumor-targeting T1 MR agent. Electronic supplementary information (ESI) available. See DOI: 10.1039/c5nr06673e
Streptococcus sanguinis class Ib ribonucleotide reductase: high activity with both iron and manganese cofactors and structural insights.

PubMed

Makhlynets, Olga; Boal, Amie K; Rhodes, Delacy V; Kitten, Todd; Rosenzweig, Amy C; Stubbe, JoAnne

2014-02-28

Streptococcus sanguinis is a causative agent of infective endocarditis. Deletion of SsaB, a manganese transporter, drastically reduces S. sanguinis virulence. Many pathogenic organisms require class Ib ribonucleotide reductase (RNR) to catalyze the conversion of nucleotides to deoxynucleotides under aerobic conditions, and recent studies demonstrate that this enzyme uses a dimanganese-tyrosyl radical (Mn(III)2-Y(•)) cofactor in vivo. The proteins required for S. sanguinis ribonucleotide reduction (NrdE and NrdF, α and β subunits of RNR; NrdH and TrxR, a glutaredoxin-like thioredoxin and a thioredoxin reductase; and NrdI, a flavodoxin essential for assembly of the RNR metallo-cofactor) have been identified and characterized. Apo-NrdF with Fe(II) and O2 can self-assemble a diferric-tyrosyl radical (Fe(III)2-Y(•)) cofactor (1.2 Y(•)/β2) and with the help of NrdI can assemble a Mn(III)2-Y(•) cofactor (0.9 Y(•)/β2). The activity of RNR with its endogenous reductants, NrdH and TrxR, is 5,000 and 1,500 units/mg for the Mn- and Fe-NrdFs (Fe-loaded NrdF), respectively. X-ray structures of S. sanguinis NrdIox and Mn(II)2-NrdF are reported and provide a possible rationale for the weak affinity (2.9 μM) between them. These streptococcal proteins form a structurally distinct subclass relative to other Ib proteins with unique features likely important in cluster assembly, including a long and negatively charged loop near the NrdI flavin and a bulky residue (Thr) at a constriction in the oxidant channel to the NrdI interface. These studies set the stage for identifying the active form of S. sanguinis class Ib RNR in an animal model for infective endocarditis and establishing whether the manganese requirement for pathogenesis is associated with RNR.
Streptococcus sanguinis Class Ib Ribonucleotide Reductase

PubMed Central

Makhlynets, Olga; Boal, Amie K.; Rhodes, DeLacy V.; Kitten, Todd; Rosenzweig, Amy C.; Stubbe, JoAnne

2014-01-01

Streptococcus sanguinis is a causative agent of infective endocarditis. Deletion of SsaB, a manganese transporter, drastically reduces S. sanguinis virulence. Many pathogenic organisms require class Ib ribonucleotide reductase (RNR) to catalyze the conversion of nucleotides to deoxynucleotides under aerobic conditions, and recent studies demonstrate that this enzyme uses a dimanganese-tyrosyl radical (MnIII2-Y•) cofactor in vivo. The proteins required for S. sanguinis ribonucleotide reduction (NrdE and NrdF, α and β subunits of RNR; NrdH and TrxR, a glutaredoxin-like thioredoxin and a thioredoxin reductase; and NrdI, a flavodoxin essential for assembly of the RNR metallo-cofactor) have been identified and characterized. Apo-NrdF with FeII and O2 can self-assemble a diferric-tyrosyl radical (FeIII2-Y•) cofactor (1.2 Y•/β2) and with the help of NrdI can assemble a MnIII2-Y• cofactor (0.9 Y•/β2). The activity of RNR with its endogenous reductants, NrdH and TrxR, is 5,000 and 1,500 units/mg for the Mn- and Fe-NrdFs (Fe-loaded NrdF), respectively. X-ray structures of S. sanguinis NrdIox and MnII2-NrdF are reported and provide a possible rationale for the weak affinity (2.9 μm) between them. These streptococcal proteins form a structurally distinct subclass relative to other Ib proteins with unique features likely important in cluster assembly, including a long and negatively charged loop near the NrdI flavin and a bulky residue (Thr) at a constriction in the oxidant channel to the NrdI interface. These studies set the stage for identifying the active form of S. sanguinis class Ib RNR in an animal model for infective endocarditis and establishing whether the manganese requirement for pathogenesis is associated with RNR. PMID:24381172
Patient selection for whole brain radiotherapy (WBRT) in a large lung cancer cohort: Impact of a new Dutch guideline on brain metastases.

PubMed

Hendriks, Lizza E L; Troost, Esther G C; Steward, Allan; Bootsma, Gerben P; De Jaeger, Katrien; van den Borne, Ben E E M; Dingemans, Anne-Marie C

2014-07-01

Median survival after diagnosis of brain metastases is, depending on the Recursive Partitioning Analysis (RPA) classes, 7.1 (class I) to 2.3 months (class III). In 2011 the Dutch guideline on brain metastases was revised, advising to withhold whole brain radiotherapy (WBRT) in RPA class III. In this large retrospective study, we evaluated the guideline's use in daily practice. Data of 428 lung cancer patients undergoing WBRT for brain metastases (2004-2012) referred from three Dutch hospitals were retrospectively analyzed. Details on Karnofsky performance score (KPS), age, control of primary tumor, extracranial metastases, histology, and survival after diagnosis of brain metastases were collected. RPA class was determined using the first four items. In total 327 patients had non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) and 101 small cell lung cancer (SCLC). For NSCLC, 6.1%, 71.9%, and 16.2% were classified as RPA I, II, and III, respectively, and 5.8% could not be classified. For SCLC this was 8.9%, 66.3%, 14.9%, and 9.9%, respectively. Before the revised guideline was implemented, 11.3-21.3% of WBRT patients were annually classified as RPA III. In the year thereafter, this was 13.0% (p = 0.646). Median survival (95% CI) for NSCLC RPA class I, II, and III was 11.4 (9.9-12.9), 4.0 (3.4-4.7), and 1.7 (1.3-2.0) months, respectively. For SCLC this was 7.9 (4.1-11.7), 4.7 (3.3-6.1), and 1.7 (1.5-1.8) months. Although it is advised to withhold WBRT in RPA class III patients, in daily practice 11.3-21.3% of WBRT-treated patients were classified as RPA III. The new guideline did not result in a decrease. Reasons for referral of RPA III patients despite a low KPS were not found. Despite WBRT, survival of RPA III patients remains poor and this poor outcome should be stressed in practice guidelines. Therefore, better awareness amongst physicians would prevent some patients from being treated unnecessarily.
Regulation of Bacteriophage T5 Development by ColI Factors

PubMed Central

Moyer, R. W.; Fu, A. S.; Szabo, C.

1972-01-01

The I-type colicinogenic factor ColIb transforms Escherichia coli from a permissive to a nonpermissive host for bacteriophage T5 reproduction by preventing complete expression of the phage genome. T5-infected ColIb+ cells synthesize only class I (early) phage protein and ribonucleic acid (RNA). Neither phage-specific class II proteins [associated with viral deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) replication] nor class III proteins (phage structural components) are formed due to the failure of the infected ColIb+ cells to synthesize class II or class III phage-specific messenger RNA. Comparable studies with T5-infected cells colicinogenic for the related ColIa factor revealed no decrease in the yield of progeny phage although the presence of the ColIa factor leads to a significant reduction in the amount of phage-directed class III protein synthesis. Images PMID:4554465
Soft tissue thin-plate spline analysis of pre-pubertal Korean and European-Americans with untreated Angle's Class III malocclusions.

PubMed

Singh, G D; McNamara, J A; Lozanoff, S

1999-01-01

The purpose of this study was to assess soft tissue facial matrices in subjects of diverse ethnic origins with underlying dentoskeletal malocclusions. Pre-treatment lateral cephalographs of 71 Korean and 70 European-American children aged between 5 and 11 years with Angle's Class III malocclusions were traced, and 12 homologous, soft tissue landmarks digitized. Comparing mean Korean and European-American Class III soft tissue profiles, Procrustes analysis established statistical difference (P < 0.001) between the configurations, and this difference was also true at all seven age groups tested (P < 0.001). Comparing the overall European-American and Korean transformation, thin-plate spline analysis indicated that both affine and non-affine transformations contribute towards the total spline (deformation) of the averaged Class III soft tissue configurations. For non-affine transformations, partial warp (PW) 8 had the highest magnitude, indicating large-scale deformations visualized as labio-mental protrusion, predominantly. In addition, PW9, PW4, and PW5 also had high magnitudes, demonstrating labio-mental vertical compression and antero-posterior compression of the lower labio-mental soft tissues. Thus, Korean children with Class III malocclusions demonstrate antero-posterior and vertical deformations of the labio-mental soft tissue complex with respect to their European-American counterparts. Morphological heterogeneity of the soft tissue integument in subjects of diverse ethnic origin may obscure the underlying skeletal morphology, but the soft tissue integument appears to have minimal ontogenetic association with Class III malocclusions.
The Effect of Chin-cup Therapy in Class III Malocclusion: A Systematic Review

PubMed Central

Mousoulea, Sophia; Tsolakis, Ioannis; Ferdianakis, Efstratios; Tsolakis, Apostolos I.

2016-01-01

Background: The treatment of Class III malocclusion has been challenging for orthodontists. Among a plethora of treatment modalities, the chin-cup is considered a traditional appliance for early orthopedic intervention. Objective: The present study aims to investigate the current scientific evidence regarding the effectiveness of chin-cup therapy in Class III malocclusion of prognathic growing patients. Method: A systematic review of the literature was conducted using PubMed/Medline and the Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials from January 1954 to October 2015. Articles were selected based on established inclusion/ exclusion criteria. Results: The search strategy resulted in 3285 articles.14 studies were selected for the final analysis. They were all CCTs, 13 of retrospective and 1 of prospective design. Methodological quality was evaluated by a risk of bias assessment, as suggested by the Cochrane Risk of Bias Assessment Tool for Non-Randomized Studies on Interventions. The reported evidence presented favorable short-term outcomes both in hard and soft tissues improving the Class III profile, as well as desirable dento-alveolar changes, positively affecting the Class III malocclusion. Conclusion: There is considerable agreement between studies that chin-cup therapy can be considered for the short-term treatment of growing patients with Class III malocclusion, as indicated by favorable changes both in the hard and soft tissues. The existence of considerable risk of bias in all selected studies and the unclear long-term effectiveness of chin-cup therapy highlight the need for further investigation to draw reliable conclusions. PMID:28077971
Self-esteem in adolescents with Angle Class I, II and III malocclusion in a Peruvian sample.

PubMed

Florián-Vargas, Karla; Honores, Marcos J Carruitero; Bernabé, Eduardo; Flores-Mir, Carlos

2016-01-01

To compare self-esteem scores in 12 to 16-year-old adolescents with different Angle malocclusion types in a Peruvian sample. A cross-sectional study was conducted in a sample of 276 adolescents (159, 52 and 65 with Angle Class I, II and III malocclusions, respectively) from Trujillo, Peru. Participants were asked to complete the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale (RSES) and were also clinically examined, so as to have Angle malocclusion classification determined. Analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) was used to compare RSES scores among adolescents with Class I, II and III malocclusions, with participants' demographic factors being controlled. Mean RSES scores for adolescents with Class I, II and III malocclusions were 20.47 ± 3.96, 21.96 ± 3.27 and 21.26 ± 4.81, respectively. The ANCOVA test showed that adolescents with Class II malocclusion had a significantly higher RSES score than those with Class I malocclusion, but there were no differences between other malocclusion groups. Supplemental analysis suggested that only those with Class II, Division 2 malocclusion might have greater self-esteem when compared to adolescents with Class I malocclusion. This study shows that, in general, self-esteem did not vary according to adolescents' malocclusion in the sample studied. Surprisingly, only adolescents with Class II malocclusion, particularly Class II, Division 2, reported better self-esteem than those with Class I malocclusion. A more detailed analysis assessing the impact of anterior occlusal features should be conducted.
Treatment burden in patients with at least one class IV or V CFTR mutation.

PubMed

Dewulf, Jonas; Vermeulen, François; Wanyama, Simeon; Thomas, Muriel; Proesmans, Marijke; Dupont, Lieven; De Boeck, Kris

2015-12-01

CFTR mutations are grouped according to disease-causing mechanism. Several studies demonstrated that patients having at least one mutation of class IV/V, present with a milder phenotype, but little is known about their relative treatment burden. We compared treatment burden between patients with two class I, II, or III mutations and patients with at least one mutation of class IV/V in the 2010 database of the Belgian CF Registry. We calculated a "Treatment Burden Index" (TBI) by assigning long term therapies to categories low, medium and high intensity, for differential weighing in the total score. There were 779 patients with two known class I/II/III mutations and 94 patients with at least one class IV/V mutation. Compared to class I/II/III, class IV/V patients had a lower median number of clinic visits (4 vs. 5; P < 0.001), a lower risk of hospitalization (24.7% vs. 50.8%; P < 0.001) and intravenous antibiotic treatment (23.5% vs. 46.0%; P < 0.001) and a lower median TBI (6 vs. 9; P < 0.001). These differences remained significant when only class IV/V patients with pancreatic insufficiency (n = 31) were considered. This study clearly demonstrates the significantly lower treatment burden in patients with CF and at least one class IV/V mutation compared to patients with two class I/II/III mutations and contributes to providing better individual counseling at time of diagnosis. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
40 CFR 147.1953 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1953 Section 147.1953 Protection of... enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure...
40 CFR 147.1953 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1953 Section 147.1953 Protection of... enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure...

Variations in tooth size and arch dimensions in Malay schoolchildren.

PubMed

Hussein, Khalid W; Rajion, Zainul A; Hassan, Rozita; Noor, Siti Noor Fazliah Mohd

2009-11-01

To compare the mesio-distal tooth sizes and dental arch dimensions in Malay boys and girls with Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusions. The dental casts of 150 subjects (78 boys, 72 girls), between 12 and 16 years of age, with Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusions were used. Each group consisted of 50 subjects. An electronic digital caliper was used to measure the mesio-distal tooth sizes of the upper and lower permanent teeth (first molar to first molar), the intercanine and intermolar widths. The arch lengths and arch perimeters were measured with AutoCAD software (Autodesk Inc., San Rafael, CA, U.S.A.). The mesio-distal dimensions of the upper lateral incisors and canines in the Class I malocclusion group were significantly smaller than the corresponding teeth in the Class III and Class II groups, respectively. The lower canines and first molars were significantly smaller in the Class I group than the corresponding teeth in the Class II group. The lower intercanine width was significantly smaller in the Class II group as compared with the Class I group, and the upper intermolar width was significantly larger in Class III group as compared with the Class II group. There were no significant differences in the arch perimeters or arch lengths. The boys had significantly wider teeth than the girls, except for the left lower second premolar. The boys also had larger upper and lower intermolar widths and lower intercanine width than the girls. Small, but statistically significant, differences in tooth sizes are not necessarily accompanied by significant arch width, arch length or arch perimeter differences. Generally, boys have wider teeth, larger lower intercanine width and upper and lower intermolar widths than girls.
Sensitizing Tb(III) and Eu(III) emission with triarylboron functionalized 1,3-diketonato ligands.

PubMed

Smith, Larissa F; Blight, Barry A; Park, Hee-Jun; Wang, Suning

2014-08-04

Four BMes2Ar (Mes = mesityl, Ar = phenyl or duryl) functionalized 1,3-diketonato ligands have been investigated for use in selective sensitization of Tb(III) and Eu(III) emission. These ligands have the general formula of [R1C(O)CR2C(O)R3](-) (R1 = Ph, R2 = H, R3 = p-Ph-BMes2, L1; R1 = R3 = p-Ph-BMes2, R2 = H, L2; R1 = R3 = Me, R2 = p-Ph-BMes2, L3; R1 = R3 = Me, R2 = p-duryl-BMes2, L4) and belong to class I (L1 and L2) and class II (L3 and L4), respectively. In class I, the boron unit is conjugated with the phenyl linker and the diketone backbone, while in class II, the boron unit, the linker unit, and the diketone unit are nonconjugated with a mutually orthogonal arrangement. To understand the impact of the location of the BMes2Ar unit on the electronic properties of the 1,3-diketone molecules and their ability in activating lanthanide emission, the difluoroboron chelate compounds (1-BF2 to 4-BF2) of ligands L1-L4 were synthesized and examined. The class I ligands were effective in activating Eu(III) emission, while the class II ligands were effective in activating Tb(III) emission. Four Ln(III) complexes, 1Eu, 2Eu, 3Tb, and 4Tb, based on the L1-L4 ligands, respectively, were prepared and examined. The emission quantum efficiency of 1Eu and 2Eu is low (Φ(Eu) ≤ 0.01 in THF, 0.07-0.13 in the solid state), but can be greatly enhanced by the addition of fluoride ions. In contrast, the complex 4Tb has a moderate emission efficiency (Φ(Tb) = 0.14 in THF, 0.47 in the solid state) and experiences a distinct emission quenching upon the addition of fluoride. The selective sensitization of Eu(III) and Tb(III) by L1-L4 and the distinct luminescent response of their Ln(III) complexes toward fluoride ions are caused by the distinct intraligand charge transfer transitions of the two different classes of ligands involving the BMes2 unit.
Toward the identification of the cardiac cGMP inhibited-phosphodiesterase catalytic site

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fossa, Paola; Boggia, Raffaella; Mosti, Luisa

1998-07-01

Cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterases (PDEs) comprise a complex group of enzymes; five major PDE families or classes with distinctive properties have been identified. Among these a great deal of interest has recently been focused on the so called cGMP-inhibited low Km cAMP phosphodiesterase (cGI PDE) or PDE III. A number of positive inotropic agents, including the well-known milrinone, display a specific inhibition of PDE III as primary mechanism of action. Recent studies have been carried out to develop a pharmacophore model of the PDE III active site. We therefore performed molecular modelling and 3D-SAR studies so as to better define structural requirements for potent and selective enzymatic inhibition. The DISCO (DIStance COmparison) strategy has been applied on a set of compounds taken from literature and a milrinone analogue previously synthesized by us, all of which are characterized by a marked inotropic effect but with varying degrees of enzyme selectivity. A common pharmacophoric model was derived, validated and considered as starting point to perform a 3D-SAR study using the GRID force field and PCA (Principal Component Analysis) with the aim of rationally designing more selective inhibitors. This paper presents the results of this theoretical approach.
Short-term and long-term treatment outcomes with Class III activator

PubMed Central

Ryu, Hyo-kyung; Chong, Hyun-Jeong; An, Ki-Yong

2015-01-01

Objective The purpose of this retrospective study was to investigate short-term and long-term skeletodental outcomes of Class III activator treatment. Methods A Class III activator treatment group (AG) comprised of 22 patients (9 boys, 13 girls) was compared with a Class III control group (CG) comprised of 17 patients (6 boys, 11 girls). The total treatment period was divided into three stages; the initial stage (T1), the post-activator treatment or post-mandibular growth peak stage (T2), and the long-term follow-up stage (T3). Cephalometric changes were evaluated statistically via the Mann-Whitney U-test and the Friedman test. Results The AG exhibited significant increases in the SNA angle, ANB angle, Wits appraisal, A point-N perpendicular, Convexity of A point, and proclination of the maxillary incisors, from T1 to T2. In the long-term follow-up (T1-T3), the AG exhibited significantly greater increases in the ANB angle, Wits appraisal, and Convexity of A point than the CG. Conclusions Favorable skeletal outcomes induced during the Class III activator treatment period were generally maintained until the long-term follow-up period of the post-mandibular growth peak stage. PMID:26445717
Tumor shrinkage and objective response rates: gold standard for oncology efficacy screening trials, or an outdated end point?

PubMed

Bradbury, Penelope; Seymour, Lesley

2009-01-01

Phase II clinical trials have long been used to screen new cancer therapeutics for antitumor activity ("efficacy") worthy of further evaluation. Traditionally, the primary end point used in these screening trials has been objective response rate (RR), with the desired rate being arbitrarily set by the researchers before initiation of the trial. For cytotoxic agents, especially in common tumor types, response has been a reasonably robust and validated surrogate of benefit. Phase II trials with response as an end point have a modest sample size (15-40 patients) and are completed rapidly allowing early decisions regarding future development of a given agent. More recently, a number of new agents have proven successful in pivotal phase III studies, despite a low or very modest RR demonstrated in early clinical trials. Researchers have postulated that these novel agents, as a class, may not induce significant regression of tumors, and that the use of RR as an end point for phase II studies will result in false negative results, and point out that not all available data is used in making the decision. Others have pointed out that even novel agents have proven unsuccessful in pivotal trials if objective responses are not demonstrated in early clinical trials. We review here the historical and current information regarding objective tumor response.
Ortho-surgical management of skeletal Class III malocclusion

PubMed Central

Gupta, Rahul Kumar; Tikku, Tripti; Khanna, Rohit; Gupta, Hemant; Srivastava, Kamna; Verma, Sneh Lata

2015-01-01

Class III malocclusions are considered to be one of the most difficult problems to treat. Establishment of the treatment plan is based on the efficacy and thoughtful application by the clinician and easy acceptance by the patient. We are presenting a case report of an adult male patient with skeletal Class III malocclusion who was treated by orthosurgical approach in Department of Orthodontics in collaboration with Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. The treatment was complete with a positive overbite and acceptable occlusion and satisfactory facial esthetics using a combination approach. PMID:26668466
Minimizing shrinkage of interdental papilla height when treating multiple Miller Class III gingival recession defects.

PubMed

Mahn, Douglas H

2015-04-01

Miller Class III and IV gingival recession defects have interdental bone and soft-tissue loss that limit root coverage. Given the importance of the interdental papilla, protecting the integrity of this structure would seem prudent. Tunnel techniques have been successfully used to protect the interdental papilla. This article discusses the results of two cases in which multiple Miller Class III gingival recession defects were treated using tunnel-grafting techniques and an acellular dermal matrix. In both cases, root coverage was achieved while protecting the interdental papilla height.
Anteroposterior condylar position: a comparative study between subjects with normal occlusion and patients with Class I, Class II Division 1, and Class III malocclusions.

PubMed

Fraga, Marcelo Reis; Rodrigues, Andréia Fialho; Ribeiro, Luiz Claudio; Campos, Marcio José da Silva; Vitral, Robert Willer Farinazzo

2013-10-29

The present study aimed to determine and compare the anteroposterior position of the condyle in the mandibular fossa between groups of asymptomatic subjects with normal occlusion and asymptomatic subjects with Class I, Class II Division 1, and Class III malocclusions. Thirty persons with normal occlusion, 30 with Class I malocclusion, 30 with Class II Division 1, and 30 with Class III had computed tomography scans of their temporomandibular joints. The anterior joint space/posterior joint space (AJS/PJS) ratio was determined for the right and left joints. The paired t test was used to analyze the AJS/PJS ratio between both sides for each group. The ANOVA test was applied to verify the differences between the groups for the measurements of the right and left sides. In case the ANOVA test confirmed significance, the Dunnett's t test was performed to compare the groups of malocclusion with that of normal occlusion. The paired t test between the AJS/PJS relationships in the right and left sides showed the following p values: Class I (0.168), Class II Division 1 (0.662), Class III (0.991), and normal occlusion (0.390). The ANOVA test showed a p value of 0.445 for the comparisons of the right side and 0.040 for the left side. The Dunnett's t test demonstrated a statistically significant difference between the Class II group and the normal occlusion group (p value of 0.026) in the joints of the left side. Bilateral symmetry and lack of condyle centralization were common characteristics among all groups. The greatest condylar decentralization was observed in the Class II group, whereas the least condylar decentralization was found in the normal occlusion group.
How much incisor decompensation is achieved prior to orthognathic surgery?

PubMed

McNeil, Calum; McIntyre, Grant T; Laverick, Sean

2014-07-01

To quantify incisor decompensation in preparation for orthognathic surgery. Pre-treatment and pre-surgery lateral cephalograms for 86 patients who had combined orthodontic and orthognathic treatment were digitised using OPAL 2.1 [http://www.opalimage.co.uk]. To assess intra-observer reproducibility, 25 images were re-digitised one month later. Random and systematic error were assessed using the Dahlberg formula and a two-sample t-test, respectively. Differences in the proportions of cases where the maxillary (1100 +/- 60) or mandibular (900 +/- 60) incisors were fully decomensated were assessed using a Chi-square test (p<0.05). Mann-Whitney U tests were used to identify if there were any differences in the amount of net decompensation for maxillary and mandibular incisors between the Class II combined and Class III groups (p<0.05). Random and systematic error were less than 0.5 degrees and p<0.05, respectively. A greater proportion of cases had decompensated mandibular incisors (80%) than maxillary incisors (62%) and this difference was statistically significant (p=0.029). The amount of maxillary incisor decompensation in the Class II and Class III groups did not statistically differ (p=0.45) whereas the mandibular incisors in the Class III group underwent statistically significantly greater decompensation (p=0.02). Mandibular incisors were decompensated for a greater proportion of cases than maxillary incisors in preparation for orthognathic surgery. There was no difference in the amount of maxillary incisor decompensation between Class II and Class III cases. There was a greater net decompensation for mandibular incisors in Class III cases when compared to Class II cases. Key words:Decompensation, orthognathic, pre-surgical orthodontics, surgical-orthodontic.
40 CFR 147.2650 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... CONTROL PROGRAMS Puerto Rico § 147.2650 State-administered program—Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. The Underground Injection Control Program for all classes of wells in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, other than those on Indian lands, is the program administered by Puerto Rico's Environmental Quality Board (EQB...
40 CFR 147.2650 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... CONTROL PROGRAMS Puerto Rico § 147.2650 State-administered program—Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. The Underground Injection Control Program for all classes of wells in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, other than those on Indian lands, is the program administered by Puerto Rico's Environmental Quality Board (EQB...
40 CFR 147.2650 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... CONTROL PROGRAMS Puerto Rico § 147.2650 State-administered program—Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. The Underground Injection Control Program for all classes of wells in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, other than those on Indian lands, is the program administered by Puerto Rico's Environmental Quality Board (EQB...
Localisation of deformations of the midfacial complex in subjects with class III malocclusions employing thin-plate spline analysis

PubMed Central

SINGH, G. D.; McNAMARA JR, J. A.; LOZANOFF, S.

1997-01-01

This study determines deformations of the midface that contribute to a class III appearance, employing thin-plate spline analysis. A total of 135 lateral cephalographs of prepubertal children of European-American descent with either class III malocclusions or a class I molar occlusion were compared. The cephalographs were traced and checked, and 7 homologous landmarks of the midface were identified and digitised. The data sets were scaled to an equivalent size and subjected to Procrustes analysis. These statistical tests indicated significant differences (P<0.05) between the averaged class I and class III morphologies. Thin-plate spline analysis indicated that both affine and nonaffine transformations contribute towards the total spline for the averaged midfacial configuration. For nonaffine transformations, partial warp 3 had the highest magnitude, indicating the large scale deformations of the midfacial configuration. These deformations affected the palatal landmarks, and were associated with compression of the midfacial complex in the anteroposterior plane predominantly. Partial warp 4 produced some vertical compression of the posterior aspect of the midfacial complex whereas partial warps 1 and 2 indicated localised shape changes of the maxillary alveolus region. Large spatial-scale deformations therefore affect the midfacial complex in an anteroposterior axis, in combination with vertical compression and localised distortions. These deformations may represent a developmental diminution of the palatal complex anteroposteriorly that, allied with vertical shortening of midfacial height posteriorly, results in class III malocclusions with a retrusive midfacial profile. PMID:9449078
Localisation of deformations of the midfacial complex in subjects with class III malocclusions employing thin-plate spline analysis.

PubMed

Singh, G D; McNamara, J A; Lozanoff, S

1997-11-01

This study determines deformations of the midface that contribute to a class III appearance, employing thinplate spline analysis. A total of 135 lateral cephalographs of prepubertal children of European-American descent with either class III malocclusions or a class I molar occlusion were compared. The cephalographs were traced and checked, and 7 homologous landmarks of the midface were identified and digitised. The data sets were scaled to an equivalent size and subjected to Procrustes analysis. These statistical tests indicated significant differences (P < 0.05) between the averaged class I and class III morphologies. Thinplate spline analysis indicated that both affine and nonaffine transformations contribute towards the total spline for the averaged midfacial configuration. For nonaffine transformations, partial warp 3 had the highest magnitude, indicating the large scale deformations of the midfacial configuration. These deformations affected the palatal landmarks, and were associated with compression of the midfacial complex in the anteroposterior plane predominantly. Partial warp 4 produced some vertical compression of the posterior aspect of the midfacial complex whereas partial warps 1 and 2 indicated localised shape changes of the maxillary alveolus region. large spatial-scale deformations therefore affect the midfacial complex in an anteroposterior axis, in combination with vertical compression and localised distortions. These deformations may represent a developmental diminution of the palatal complex anteroposteriorly that, allied with vertical shortening of midfacial height posteriorly, results in class III malocclusions with a retrusive midfacial profile.
Ehrlichia secretes Etf-1 to induce autophagy and capture nutrients for its growth through RAB5 and class III phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase

PubMed Central

Lin, Mingqun; Liu, Hongyan; Xiong, Qingming; Niu, Hua; Cheng, Zhihui; Yamamoto, Akitsugu; Rikihisa, Yasuko

2016-01-01

Ehrlichia chaffeensis is an obligatory intracellular bacterium that causes a potentially fatal emerging zoonosis, human monocytic ehrlichiosis. E. chaffeensis has a limited capacity for biosynthesis and metabolism and thus depends mostly on host-synthesized nutrients for growth. Although the host cell cytoplasm is rich with these nutrients, as E. chaffeensis is confined within the early endosome-like membrane-bound compartment, only host nutrients that enter the compartment can be used by this bacterium. How this occurs is unknown. We found that ehrlichial replication depended on autophagy induction involving class III phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PtdIns3K) activity, BECN1 (Beclin 1), and ATG5 (autophagy-related 5). Ehrlichia acquired host cell preincorporated amino acids in a class III PtdIns3K-dependent manner and ehrlichial growth was enhanced by treatment with rapamycin, an autophagy inducer. Moreover, ATG5 and RAB5A/B/C were routed to ehrlichial inclusions. RAB5A/B/C siRNA knockdown, or overexpression of a RAB5-specific GTPase-activating protein or dominant-negative RAB5A inhibited ehrlichial infection, indicating the critical role of GTP-bound RAB5 during infection. Both native and ectopically expressed ehrlichial type IV secretion effector protein, Etf-1, bound RAB5 and the autophagy-initiating class III PtdIns3K complex, PIK3C3/VPS34, and BECN1, and homed to ehrlichial inclusions. Ectopically expressed Etf-1 activated class III PtdIns3K as in E. chaffeensis infection and induced autophagosome formation, cleared an aggregation-prone mutant huntingtin protein in a class III PtdIns3K-dependent manner, and enhanced ehrlichial proliferation. These data support the notion that E. chaffeensis secretes Etf-1 to induce autophagy to repurpose the host cytoplasm and capture nutrients for its growth through RAB5 and class III PtdIns3K, while avoiding autolysosomal killing. PMID:27541856
Ehrlichia secretes Etf-1 to induce autophagy and capture nutrients for its growth through RAB5 and class III phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase.

PubMed

Lin, Mingqun; Liu, Hongyan; Xiong, Qingming; Niu, Hua; Cheng, Zhihui; Yamamoto, Akitsugu; Rikihisa, Yasuko

2016-11-01

Ehrlichia chaffeensis is an obligatory intracellular bacterium that causes a potentially fatal emerging zoonosis, human monocytic ehrlichiosis. E. chaffeensis has a limited capacity for biosynthesis and metabolism and thus depends mostly on host-synthesized nutrients for growth. Although the host cell cytoplasm is rich with these nutrients, as E. chaffeensis is confined within the early endosome-like membrane-bound compartment, only host nutrients that enter the compartment can be used by this bacterium. How this occurs is unknown. We found that ehrlichial replication depended on autophagy induction involving class III phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PtdIns3K) activity, BECN1 (Beclin 1), and ATG5 (autophagy-related 5). Ehrlichia acquired host cell preincorporated amino acids in a class III PtdIns3K-dependent manner and ehrlichial growth was enhanced by treatment with rapamycin, an autophagy inducer. Moreover, ATG5 and RAB5A/B/C were routed to ehrlichial inclusions. RAB5A/B/C siRNA knockdown, or overexpression of a RAB5-specific GTPase-activating protein or dominant-negative RAB5A inhibited ehrlichial infection, indicating the critical role of GTP-bound RAB5 during infection. Both native and ectopically expressed ehrlichial type IV secretion effector protein, Etf-1, bound RAB5 and the autophagy-initiating class III PtdIns3K complex, PIK3C3/VPS34, and BECN1, and homed to ehrlichial inclusions. Ectopically expressed Etf-1 activated class III PtdIns3K as in E. chaffeensis infection and induced autophagosome formation, cleared an aggregation-prone mutant huntingtin protein in a class III PtdIns3K-dependent manner, and enhanced ehrlichial proliferation. These data support the notion that E. chaffeensis secretes Etf-1 to induce autophagy to repurpose the host cytoplasm and capture nutrients for its growth through RAB5 and class III PtdIns3K, while avoiding autolysosomal killing.
Synthesis, Characterization, and Handling of Eu(II)-Containing Complexes for Molecular Imaging Applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Basal, Lina A.; Allen, Matthew J.

2018-03-01

Considerable research effort has focused on the in vivo use of responsive imaging probes that change imaging properties upon reacting with oxygen because hypoxia is relevant to diagnosing, treating, and monitoring diseases. One promising class of compounds for oxygen-responsive imaging is Eu(II)-containing complexes because the Eu(II/III) redox couple enables imaging with multiple modalities including magnetic resonance and photoacoustic imaging. The use of Eu(II) requires care in handling to avoid unintended oxidation during synthesis and characterization. This review describes recent advances in the field of imaging agents based on discrete Eu(II)-containing complexes with specific focus on the synthesis, characterization, and handling of aqueous Eu(II)-containing complexes.
40 CFR 147.903 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.903 Section 147.903 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.1653 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1653 Section 147.1653 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.303 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.303 Section 147.303 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...

40 CFR 147.2153 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.2153 Section 147.2153 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.103 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.103 Section 147.103 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.903 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.903 Section 147.903 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.303 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.303 Section 147.303 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.253 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.253 Section 147.253 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.1353 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1353 Section 147.1353 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.1453 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1453 Section 147.1453 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.1153 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1153 Section 147.1153 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.1353 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1353 Section 147.1353 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.253 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.253 Section 147.253 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.103 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.103 Section 147.103 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.1653 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1653 Section 147.1653 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.1153 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1153 Section 147.1153 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.1453 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1453 Section 147.1453 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
40 CFR 147.2153 - Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.2153 Section 147.2153 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Staphylococcal antimicrobial peptides: relevant properties and potential biotechnological applications.

PubMed

Bastos, M C F; Ceotto, H; Coelho, M L V; Nascimento, J S

2009-01-01

Bacteriocins are bacterial antimicrobial peptides with bactericidal activity against other bacteria. Staphylococcins are bacteriocins produced by staphylococci, which are Gram-positive bacteria with medical and veterinary importance. Most bacteriocins produced by staphylococci are either lantibiotics (e.g., Pep5, epidermin, epilancin K7, epicidin 280, staphylococcin C55/BacR1, and nukacin ISK-1) or class II bacteriocins (e.g., aureocins A70 and 53). Only one staphylococcin belonging to class III, lysostaphin, has been described so far. Production of staphylococcins is a self-protection mechanism that helps staphylococci to survive in their natural habitats. However, since these substances generally have a broad spectrum of activity, inhibiting several human and animal pathogens, they have potential biotechnological applications either as food preservatives or therapeutic agents. Due to the increasing consumer awareness of the risks derived not only from food-borne pathogens, but also from the artificial chemical preservatives used to control them, the interest in the discovery of natural food preservatives has increased considerably. The emergence and dissemination of antibiotic resistance among human and animal pathogens and their association with the use of antibiotics constitute a serious problem worldwide requiring effective measures for controlling their spread. Staphylococcins may be used, solely or in combination with other chemical agents, to avoid food contamination or spoilage and to prevent or treat bacterial infectious diseases. The use of combinations of antimicrobials is common in the clinical setting and expands the spectrum of organisms that can be targeted, prevents the emergence of resistant organisms, decreases toxicity by allowing lower doses of both agents and can result in synergistic inhibition.
The taccalonolides: microtubule stabilizers that circumvent clinically relevant taxane resistance mechanisms.

PubMed

Risinger, April L; Jackson, Evelyn M; Polin, Lisa A; Helms, Gregory L; LeBoeuf, Desiree A; Joe, Patrick A; Hopper-Borge, Elizabeth; Ludueña, Richard F; Kruh, Gary D; Mooberry, Susan L

2008-11-01

The taccalonolides are a class of structurally and mechanistically distinct microtubule-stabilizing agents isolated from Tacca chantrieri. A crucial feature of the taxane family of microtubule stabilizers is their susceptibility to cellular resistance mechanisms including overexpression of P-glycoprotein (Pgp), multidrug resistance protein 7 (MRP7), and the betaIII isotype of tubulin. The ability of four taccalonolides, A, E, B, and N, to circumvent these multidrug resistance mechanisms was studied. Taccalonolides A, E, B, and N were effective in vitro against cell lines that overexpress Pgp and MRP7. In addition, taccalonolides A and E were highly active in vivo against a doxorubicin- and paclitaxel-resistant Pgp-expressing tumor, Mam17/ADR. An isogenic HeLa-derived cell line that expresses the betaIII isotype of tubulin was generated to evaluate the effect of betaIII-tubulin on drug sensitivity. When compared with parental HeLa cells, the betaIII-tubulin-overexpressing cell line was less sensitive to paclitaxel, docetaxel, epothilone B, and vinblastine. In striking contrast, the betaIII-tubulin-overexpressing cell line showed greater sensitivity to all four taccalonolides. These data cumulatively suggest that the taccalonolides have advantages over the taxanes in their ability to circumvent multiple drug resistance mechanisms. The ability of the taccalonolides to overcome clinically relevant mechanisms of drug resistance in vitro and in vivo confirms that the taccalonolides represent a valuable addition to the family of microtubule-stabilizing compounds with clinical potential.
Cloning of the Arabidopsis and Rice Formaldehyde Dehydrogenase Genes: Implications for the Origin of Plant Adh Enzymes

PubMed Central

Dolferus, R.; Osterman, J. C.; Peacock, W. J.; Dennis, E. S.

1997-01-01

This article reports the cloning of the genes encoding the Arabidopsis and rice class III ADH enzymes, members of the alcohol dehydrogenase or medium chain reductase/dehydrogenase superfamily of proteins with glutathione-dependent formaldehyde dehydrogenase activity (GSH-FDH). Both genes contain eight introns in exactly the same positions, and these positions are conserved in plant ethanol-active Adh genes (class P). These data provide further evidence that plant class P genes have evolved from class III genes by gene duplication and acquisition of new substrate specificities. The position of introns and similarities in the nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of the different classes of ADH enzymes in plants and humans suggest that plant and animal class III enzymes diverged before they duplicated to give rise to plant and animal ethanol-active ADH enzymes. Plant class P ADH enzymes have gained substrate specificities and evolved promoters with different expression properties, in keeping with their metabolic function as part of the alcohol fermentation pathway. PMID:9215914
Guide to preemption of state-law claims against Class III PMA medical devices.

PubMed

Whitney, Daniel W

2010-01-01

There is a perception that the express preemption holding of the Supreme Court in Riegel v. Medtronic, 552 U.S. 312(2008), immunizes medical device manufacturers from common law personal injury actions involving Class III devices that received FDA clearance under a premarket approval application (PMA). In the aftermath of Riegel, many lawsuits involving Class III PMA devices have been dismissed by district courts applying the new heightened pleading standard of Bell Atlantic Corp. v. Twombly, 550 U.S. 544 (2007). Other lawsuits involving Class III PMA devices premised on fraud-on-FDA have been dismissed based on the implied preemption holding of the Supreme Court in Buckman v. Plaintiffs' Legal Comm., 531 U.S. 341 (2001). When these decisions are carefully analyzed together with Medtronic, Inc. v. Lohr, 518 U.S. 470 (1996), which found no preemption regarding a Class III device receiving FDA clearance through the 510(k) mechanism, it is apparent that the preemption defense does not apply universally to Class III PMA devices. The overall methodology for framing a non-preempted claim is to first identify conduct which violated the PMA or other specific requirements related to safety or efficacy. If such conduct can also be stated in terms of a breach of a parallel common law duty (e.g, failure to warn under strict liability or negligence, manufacturing defect or breach of warranty), then it would appear the claim is not preempted. Alternatively, regardless of a specific violation, common law remedies are not preempted by general CGMP requirements.
Tooth size discrepancies in Class II division 1 and Class III malocclusion requiring surgical-orthodontic or orthodontic treatment.

PubMed

McSwiney, Timothy P; Millett, Declan T; McIntyre, Grant T; Barry, Mark K; Cronin, Michael S

2014-06-01

To compare mean anterior (AR) and mean overall (OR) tooth size ratios, prevalence of clinically significant tooth size discrepancies (TSDs) and correlation between AR and OR in subjects with Class II division 1 and Class III malocclusion treated by surgical-orthodontic or orthodontic means. Retrospective, cross-sectional. State-funded and private clinics. From pre-treatment cohorts of 770 surgical and 610 non-surgical subjects, Class II division 1 and Class III malocclusion groups were identified with 60 surgical and 60 non-surgical subjects, comprising 30 males and 30 females, in each. AR and OR were calculated by landmarking digital models. Differences in AR and OR and their relationship were analysed using two-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) and a correlation coefficient, respectively. The proportions of the surgical and non-surgical groups with a TSD were assessed using logistic regression. Intra-examiner reproducibility involved re-landmarking 30 randomly selected image sets and differences in ARs and ORs were compared using a paired t-test. Random error was assessed using the intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC). Analyses were performed using SAS (SAS Institute Inc., Cary, NC, USA) at the 5% level of significance. There were no statistically significant differences associated with the measurement of either the mean AR (P = 0·913) or the mean OR (P = 0·874). ICC values were very high (AR = 0·95; OR = 0·90). Differences existed between both Class II and Class III surgical (AR: P<0·001; OR: P<0·001) and non-surgical groups (AR: P = 0·012; OR: P = 0·003). The AR and OR relationship was strong (correlation coefficient = 0·72). The highest percentage of clinically significant TSDs was seen in the AR of both Class II and Class III surgical groups (23·3%). In the cohort examined: AR and OR differed significantly for malocclusion groups. The prevalence of clinically significant TSDs did not differ significantly between surgical and non-surgical groups although the highest percentage of clinically significant TSDs was recorded for AR in Class II and Class III surgical cases. AR and OR were closely related. © 2014 British Orthodontic Society.

Assessing Angle's malocclusion among cleft lip and/or palate patients in Jammu.

PubMed

Gupta, Akshay; Gupta, Anur; Bhardwaj, Amit; Vikram, S; Gomathi, Ajeetha; Singh, Karanprakash

2016-04-01

The study was conducted to examine the patients with abnormalities of cleft lip and/or palate and its association with different types of malocclusion. This descriptive study was done among 168 patients with abnormalities of cleft lip and/or palate. Angle's classification of malocclusion was applied for assessment of occlusion as Class I, Class II, and Class III. The types of oral clefts classification such as cleft lip unilateral and cleft lip bilateral, cleft palate (CP), unilateral cleft lip with palate (UCLP) and bilateral cleft lip with palate (BCLP) was considered. Chi-square test was applied to analyze the data at P < 0.05. The study showed different categories of clefts patients as cleft lip (81), CP (31), and both cleft lip and palate (53). The occurrence of unilateral cleft lip (44) was maximum among the sample followed by UCLP (39), and bilateral cleft lip (31). Maximum subjects with Class II (10.7%) and Class III (4.9%) malocclusion were seen with unilateral cleft lip deformities. None of the patients with UCLP had Class III malocclusion. Cleft lip was the most commonly observed deformity and high frequency of Class II and III malocclusion was evident. Therefore, patients with such abnormalities should be screened timely.
25 CFR 291.6 - What must the Secretary do upon receiving a proposal?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.6 What must the Secretary do upon receiving a proposal? Upon receipt of a proposal requesting Class III gaming procedures, the Secretary must: (a) Within 15 days, notify...
Lysine Deacetylase Inhibitors in Parasites: Past, Present, and Future Perspectives.

PubMed

Hailu, Gebremedhin S; Robaa, Dina; Forgione, Mariantonietta; Sippl, Wolfgang; Rotili, Dante; Mai, Antonello

2017-06-22

Current therapies for human parasite infections rely on a few drugs, most of which have severe side effects, and their helpfulness is being seriously compromised by the drug resistance problem. Globally, this is pushing discovery research of antiparasitic drugs toward new agents endowed with new mechanisms of action. By using a "drug repurposing" strategy, histone deacetylase inhibitors (HDACi), which are presently clinically approved for cancer use, are now under investigation for various parasite infections. Because parasitic Zn 2+ - and NAD + -dependent HDACs play crucial roles in the modulation of parasite gene expression and many of them are pro-survival for several parasites under various conditions, they are now emerging as novel potential antiparasitic targets. This Perspective summarizes the state of knowledge of HDACi (both class I/II HDACi and sirtuin inhibitors) targeted to the main human parasitic diseases (schistosomiasis, malaria, trypanosomiasis, leishmaniasis, and toxoplasmosis) and provides visions into the main issues that challenge their development as antiparasitic agents.
Dacarbazine in melanoma: from a chemotherapeutic drug to an immunomodulating agent.

PubMed

Ugurel, Selma; Paschen, Annette; Becker, Jürgen C

2013-02-01

Chemotherapeutic drugs are clinically used to treat cancer because of their cytotoxic activities against tumor cells. Recently, however, evidence is accumulating-including the report of Hervieu et al. (2012) in the current issue of The Journal of Investigative Dermatology-indicating that at least some of these drugs have broader activities and that they should also be considered immunomodulatory agents. Indeed, Hervieu demonstrates that dacarbazine (DTIC) exerts immunostimulatory effects by inducing local activation of natural killer (NK) and T cells, suggesting that upon treatment with DTIC, the tumor participates in the initiation of an immune response: (i) DTIC treatment elicits the expression of ligands of the immunoreceptor NKG2D on melanoma cells; (ii) engagement of the ligands by NKG2D on NK cells leads to their activation, allowing enhanced tumor-cell killing and the release of IFN-γ; and (iii) IFN-γ in turn upregulates major histocompatibility complex class I expression on tumor cells, which favors their recognition by cytotoxic CD8+ T lymphocytes (CTLs).
Oxoiron(IV) complexes as synthons for the assembly of heterobimetallic centers such as the Fe/Mn active site of Class Ic ribonucleotide reductases.

PubMed

Zhou, Ang; Crossland, Patrick M; Draksharapu, Apparao; Jasniewski, Andrew J; Kleespies, Scott T; Que, Lawrence

2018-01-01

Nonheme oxoiron(IV) complexes can serve as synthons for generating heterobimetallic oxo-bridged dimetal complexes by reaction with divalent metal complexes. The formation of Fe III -O-Cr III and Fe III -O-Mn III complexes is described herein. The latter complexes may serve as models for the Fe III -X-Mn III active sites of an emerging class of Fe/Mn enzymes represented by the Class 1c ribonucleotide reductase from Chlamydia trachomatis and the R2-like ligand-binding oxidase (R2lox) found in Mycobacterium tuberculosis. These synthetic complexes have been characterized by UV-Vis, resonance Raman, and X-ray absorption spectroscopy, as well as electrospray mass spectrometry. The Fe III -O-Cr III complexes exhibit a three-band UV-Vis pattern that differs from the simpler features associated with Fe III -O-Fe III complexes. The positions of these features are modulated by the nature of the supporting polydentate ligand on the iron center, and their bands intensify dramatically in two examples upon the binding of an axial cyanate or thiocyanate ligand trans to the oxo bridge. In contrast, the Fe III -O-Mn III complexes resemble Fe III -O-Fe III complexes more closely. Resonance Raman characterization of the Fe III -O-M III complexes reveals an 18 O-sensitive vibration in the range of 760-890 cm -1 . This feature has been assigned to the asymmetric Fe III -O-M III stretching mode and correlates reasonably with the Fe-O bond distance determined by EXAFS analysis. The likely binding of an acetate as a bridging ligand to the Fe III -O-Mn III complex 12 lays the foundation for further efforts to model the heterobimetallic active sites of Fe/Mn enzymes.
Evaluation of the operator protection factors offered by positive pressure air suits against airborne microbiological challenge.

PubMed

Steward, Jackie A; Lever, Mark S

2012-08-01

Laboratories throughout the world that perform work with Risk Group 4 Pathogens generally adopt one of two approaches within BSL-4 environments: either the use of positive pressure air-fed suits or using Class III microbiological safety cabinets and isolators for animal work. Within the UK at present, all laboratories working with Risk Group 4 agents adopt the use of Class III microbiological safety cabinet lines and isolators. Operator protection factors for the use of microbiological safety cabinets and isolators are available however; there is limited published data on the operator protection factors afforded by the use of positive pressure suits. This study evaluated the operator protection factors provided by positive pressure air suits against a realistic airborne microbiological challenge. The suits were tested, both intact and with their integrity compromised, on an animated mannequin within a stainless steel exposure chamber. The suits gave operator protection in all tests with an intact suit and with a cut in the leg. When compromised by a cut in the glove, a very small ingress of the challenge was seen as far as the wrist. This is likely to be due to the low airflow in the gloves of the suit. In all cases no microbiological penetration of the respiratory tract was observed. These data provide evidence on which to base safety protocols for use of positive pressure suits within high containment laboratories.
40 CFR Figure C-2 to Subpart C of... - Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 2.5 Candidate...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-2 Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53...
40 CFR Figure C-2 to Subpart C of... - Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 2.5 Candidate...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-2 Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53...
49 CFR 572.127 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

...) Forces—Class 1000; (ii) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). (3) Thorax: (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class...
49 CFR 572.127 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

...) Forces—Class 1000; (ii) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). (3) Thorax: (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class...
49 CFR 572.127 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

...) Forces—Class 1000; (ii) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). (3) Thorax: (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class...
49 CFR 572.127 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

...) Forces—Class 1000; (ii) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). (3) Thorax: (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class...
49 CFR 572.127 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

...) Forces—Class 1000; (ii) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). (3) Thorax: (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class...
The New Class of Layered Iii-Vi Diluted Magnetic Semiconductors and Their Magnetic MEASUREMENTS*

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pekarek, T. M.; Maymi, C.; Watson, E.; Fuller, C. L.; Garner, J. L.; Crooker, B. C.; Miotkowski, I.; Ramdas, A. K.

2002-03-01

A new class of diluted magnetic semiconductors (DMS) based on III-VI semiconductor hosts has been studied. To date three III-VI DMS systems have been investigated (Ga1-xMnxS, Ga1-xMnxSe, and Ga1-xFexSe). Magnetization measurements on all three systems will be presented. Recent theoretical calculations (based on a Hamiltonian including crystal-field, spin-orbit, spin-spin, and Zeeman terms) have been made for Ga1-xMnxS showing excellent agreement with the experimental data. This establishes Ga1-xMnxS as the first III-VI DMS to be understood both experimentally and theoretically. This new class of III-VI DMS complements the more extensive work on II-VI DMS and III-V DMS. *Support: Research Corporation Cottrell College Science Awards CC4719, CC4845, and CC4668, FL Space Grant Consortium, NHMFL, Purdue Academic Reimbursement Grant, and NSF No. DMR-99-72196, DMR-99-75887, DMR-01-02699, and ECS-01-29853.
Genomic localization of the human gene encoding Dr1, a negative modulator of transcription of class II and class III genes.

PubMed

Purrello, M; Di Pietro, C; Rapisarda, A; Viola, A; Corsaro, C; Motta, S; Grzeschik, K H; Sichel, G

1996-01-01

Dr1 is a nuclear protein of 19 kDa that exists in the nucleoplasm as a homotetramer. By binding to TBP (the DNA-binding subunit of TFIID, and also a subunit of SL1 and TFIIIB), the protein blocks class II and class III preinitiation complex assembly, thus repressing the activity of the corresponding promoters. Since transcription of class I genes is unaffected by Dr1. it has been proposed that the protein may coordinate the expression of class I, class II and class III genes. By somatic cell genetics and fluorescence in situ hybridization, we have localized the gene (DR1), present in the genome of higher eukaryotes as a single copy, to human chromosome region 1p21-->p13. The nucleotide sequence conservation of the coding segment of the gene, as determined by Noah's ark blot analysis, and its ubiquitous transcription suggest that Dr1 has an important biological role, which could be related to the negative control of cell proliferation.
Cell-permeable Ln(III) chelate-functionalized InP quantum dots as multimodal imaging agents.

PubMed

Stasiuk, Graeme J; Tamang, Sudarsan; Imbert, Daniel; Poillot, Cathy; Giardiello, Marco; Tisseyre, Céline; Barbier, Emmanuel L; Fries, Pascal Henry; de Waard, Michel; Reiss, Peter; Mazzanti, Marinella

2011-10-25

Quantum dots (QDs) are ideal scaffolds for the development of multimodal imaging agents, but their application in clinical diagnostics is limited by the toxicity of classical CdSe QDs. A new bimodal MRI/optical nanosized contrast agent with high gadolinium payload has been prepared through direct covalent attachment of up to 80 Gd(III) chelates on fluorescent nontoxic InP/ZnS QDs. It shows a high relaxivity of 900 mM(-1) s(-1) (13 mM(-1 )s(-1) per Gd ion) at 35 MHz (0.81 T) and 298 K, while the bright luminescence of the QDs is preserved. Eu(III) and Tb(III) chelates were also successfully grafted to the InP/ZnS QDs. The absence of energy transfer between the QD and lanthanide emitting centers results in a multicolor system. Using this convenient direct grafting strategy additional targeting ligands can be included on the QD. Here a cell-penetrating peptide has been co-grafted in a one-pot reaction to afford a cell-permeable multimodal multimeric MRI contrast agent that reports cellular localization by fluorescence and provides high relaxivity and increased tissue retention with respect to commercial contrast agents.
76 FR 43701 - Renewal of Agency Information Collection for Class III Tribal State Gaming Compact Process...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2011-07-21

... Compact Process. The information collection is currently authorized by OMB Control Number 1076-0172, which... OMB Control Number: 1076-0172. Title: Class III Tribal State Gaming Compact Process, 25 CFR 293. Brief...
Two-Step Extraction of the Lower First Molar for Class III Treatment in Adult Patient.

PubMed

Almeida, Kélei Cristina de Mathias; Paulin, Ricardo Fabris; Raveli, Taísa Barnabé; Raveli, Dirceu Barnabé; Santos-Pinto, Ary

2016-01-01

The aim of this article is to describe a case report of Class III malocclusion treatment with lower first molar extraction. The 27-year-old Caucasian male patient presented a symmetric face with a straight profile, hyperdivergent growth pattern, molar and cuspid Class III relation, and an anterior crossbite as well as a mild crowding on cuspids area, in both upper and lower arches and a tendency to posterior crossbite. The treatment was performed by the use of Haas expansion appliance followed by an initial alignment and leveling of the upper and lower arches with a fixed edgewise appliance, extraction of lower teeth aiming the correction of the incisors proclination and end the treatment with a Class I molar relationship. It resulted in a significant change in the patient's profile, dentoalveolar Class III correction, upper arch expansion, leveling and alignment of the upper and lower arches, and improvement of tipping of the upper and lowers incisors. In cases of a dentoalveolar compensation in well positioned bone bases the treatment with fixed appliances is an alternative and extraction of lower teeth is considered.
Redo surgery risk in patients with cardiac prosthetic valve dysfunction

PubMed Central

Maciejewski, Marek; Piestrzeniewicz, Katarzyna; Bielecka-Dąbrowa, Agata; Piechowiak, Monika; Jaszewski, Ryszard

2011-01-01

Introduction The aim of the study was to analyse the risk factors of early and late mortality in patients undergoing the first reoperation for prosthetic valve dysfunction. Material and methods A retrospective observational study was performed in 194 consecutive patients (M = 75, F = 119; mean age 53.2 ±11 years) with a mechanical prosthetic valve (n = 103 cases; 53%) or bioprosthesis (91; 47%). Univariate and multivariate Cox statistical analysis was performed to determine risk factors of early and late mortality. Results The overall early mortality was 18.6%: 31.4% in patients with symptoms of NYHA functional class III-IV and 3.4% in pts in NYHA class I-II. Multivariate analysis identified symptoms of NYHA class III-IV and endocarditis as independent predictors of early mortality. The overall late mortality (> 30 days) was 8.2% (0.62% year/patient). Multivariate analysis identified age at the time of reoperation as a strong independent predictor of late mortality. Conclusions Reoperation in patients with prosthetic valves, performed urgently, especially in patients with symptoms of NYHA class III-IV or in the case of endocarditis, bears a high mortality rate. Risk of planned reoperation, mostly in patients with symptoms of NYHA class I-II, does not differ from the risk of the first operation. PMID:22291767
The Populus class III HD ZIP, popREVOLUTA, influences cambium initiation and patterning of woody stems.

PubMed

Robischon, Marcel; Du, Juan; Miura, Eriko; Groover, Andrew

2011-03-01

The secondary growth of a woody stem requires the formation of a vascular cambium at an appropriate position and proper patterning of the vascular tissues derived from the cambium. Class III homeodomain-leucine zipper (HD ZIP) transcription factors have been implicated in polarity determination and patterning in lateral organs and primary vascular tissues and in the initiation and function of shoot apical meristems. We report here the functional characterization of a Populus class III HD ZIP gene, popREVOLUTA (PRE), that demonstrates another role for class III HD ZIPs in regulating the development of cambia and secondary vascular tissues. PRE is orthologous to Arabidopsis (Arabidopsis thaliana) REVOLUTA and is expressed in both the shoot apical meristem and in the cambial zone and secondary vascular tissues. Transgenic Populus expressing a microRNA-resistant form of PRE presents unstable phenotypic abnormalities affecting both primary and secondary growth. Surprisingly, phenotypic changes include abnormal formation of cambia within cortical parenchyma that can produce secondary vascular tissues in reverse polarity. Genes misexpressed in PRE mutants include transcription factors and auxin-related genes previously implicated in class III HD ZIP functions during primary growth. Together, these results suggest that PRE plays a fundamental role in the initiation of the cambium and in regulating the patterning of secondary vascular tissues.

Influencing factors of NT-proBNP level inheart failure patients with different cardiacfunctions and correlation with prognosis.

PubMed

Xu, Liang; Chen, Yanchun; Ji, Yanni; Yang, Song

2018-06-01

Factors influencing N-terminal pro-brain natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) level in heart failure patients with different cardiac functions were identified to explore the correlations with prognosis. Eighty heart failure patients with different cardiac functions treated in Yixing People's Hospital from January 2016 to June 2017 were selected, and divided into two groups (group with cardiac function in class II and below and group with cardiac function in class III and above), according to the cardiac function classification established by New York Heart Association (NYHA). Blood biochemical test and outcome analysis were conducted to measure serum NT-proBNP and matrix metalloproteinase-9 (MMP-9) levels in patients with different cardiac functions, and correlations between levels of NT-proBNP and MMP-9 and left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF) level were analyzed in patients with different cardiac functions at the same time. In addition, risk factors for heart failure in patients with different cardiac functions were analyzed. Compared with the group with cardiac function in class III and above, the group with cardiac function in class II and below had significantly lower serum NT-proBNP and MMP-9 levels (p<0.05). For echocardiogram indexes, left ventricular end-diastolic diameter (LVEDD) and left ventricular end-systolic diameter (LVESD) in the group with cardiac function in class II and below were obviously lower than those in the group with cardiac function in class III and above (p<0.05), while LVEF was higher in group with cardiac function in class II and below than that in group with cardiac function in class III and above (p<0.05). NT-proBNP and MMP-9 levels were negatively correlated with LVEF level [r=-0.8517 and -0.8517, respectively, p<0.001 (<0.05)]. Cardiac function in class III and above, increased NT-proBNP, increased MMP-9 and decreased LVEF were relevant risk factors and independent risk factors for heart failure in patients with different cardiac functions. NT-proBNP and MMP-9 levels are negatively correlated with LVEF in patients regardless of the cardiac function class. Therefore, attention should be paid to patients who have cardiac function in class III and above, increased NT-proBNP and MMP-9 levels and decreased LVEF in clinical practices, so as to actively prevent and treat heart failure.
Gallium(iii) and iron(iii) complexes of quinolone antimicrobials.

PubMed

Mjos, Katja Dralle; Cawthray, Jacqueline F; Polishchuk, Elena; Abrams, Michael J; Orvig, Chris

2016-08-16

Iron is an essential nutrient for many microbes. According to the "Trojan Horse Hypothesis", biological systems have difficulties distinguishing between Fe(3+) and Ga(3+), which constitutes the antimicrobial efficacy of the gallium(iii) ion. Nine novel tris(quinolono)gallium(iii) complexes and their corresponding iron(iii) analogs have been synthesized and fully characterized. Quinolone antimicrobial agents from three drug generations were used in this study: ciprofloxacin, enoxacin, fleroxacin, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin, nalidixic acid, norfloxacin, oxolinic acid, and pipemidic acid. The antimicrobial efficacy of the tris(quinolono)gallium(iii) complexes was studied against E. faecalis and S. aureus (both Gram-positive), as well as E. coli, K. pneumonia, and P. aeruginosa (all Gram-negative) in direct comparison to the tris(quinolono)iron(iii) complexes and the corresponding free quinolone ligands at various concentrations. For the tris(quinolono)gallium(iii) complexes, no combinational antimicrobial effects between Ga(3+) and the quinolone antimicrobial agents were observed.
114.1 What is New in the Treatment of Schizophrenia?

PubMed Central

Correll, Christoph

2017-01-01

Abstract Background: Despite psychopharmacological advances, the evidence-based pharmacologic treatment of schizophrenia is still restricted to antidopaminergic compounds that predominantly address positive symptoms and agitation as well as aggression. Rational augmentation strategies to enhance effects in treatment resistant cases and to address relevant negative and cognitive symptoms are needed. Methods: Systematic review and critical appraisal of (1) meta-analytic evidence of augmentation and combination treatments, as well as (2) agents that are in phase III development for different domains on schizophrenia. Results: Out of 3397 publications, 29 meta-analyses testing 42 combination strategies in 381 individual trials and 19 833 participants were included. For total symptom reduction, 32 strategies augmenting any antipsychotic and 5 strategies augmenting clozapine were examined. Fourteen combination treatments outperformed control (SMD/Hedges’ g= −1.27 to −0.23). No combination strategies with clozapine outperformed control. Methodological quality of the meta-analyses was generally high (mean score = 9.4/11). However, content quality of the meta-analyzed studies was low (mean score = 2.8/8). Poorer content quality was significantly related to higher effect sizes in total psychopathology. We also identified 253 recent phase III clinical trials in schizophrenia that included 16 investigational compounds. Encenicline and valbenazine are first-in-class candidates for treatment of cognitive deficits and tardive dyskinesia, respectively, but recent encenicline data were negative. Eleven add-on compounds were previously approved for other therapeutic indications; they are for the most part being studied at academic medical centers and smaller pharmaceutical companies for new therapeutic targets (negative symptoms and cognitive deficits) or for specific populations with comorbidities and adverse effects (e.g., tardive dyskinesia and weight gain/obesity). Details of these agents will be discussed. Conclusion: Several augmentation and combination treatments have been studies, but despite selected agents being recommended in meta-analyses, no high-quality evidence exists for effective agents. Furthermore, although a number of different agents with dopaminergic and extradopaminergic mechanisms are in later stage development, some showing promising earlier results, none of the agents that do not modulate dopaminergic transmission have yet accumulated sufficient evidence to be recommendable for clinical use. An exception are agents that are being developed for the improvement of tardive dyskinesia.
40 CFR Figure C-2 to Subpart C of... - Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM2.5 Candidate...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53... Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-2 Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53—Illustration...
40 CFR Figure C-3 to Subpart C of... - Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 10-2,5 Candidate...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 10-2,5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-3 to Subpart C of... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-3 Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53...
40 CFR Figure C-3 to Subpart C of... - Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM10−2.5 Candidate...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM10â2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-3 Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53...
40 CFR Figure C-3 to Subpart C of... - Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM10−2.5 Candidate...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM10â2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-3 Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53...
40 CFR Figure C-2 to Subpart C of... - Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM2.5 Candidate...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53... Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-2 Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53—Illustration...
40 CFR Figure C-3 to Subpart C of... - Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 10-2.5 Candidate...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 10-2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-3 to Subpart C of... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-3 Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53...
40 CFR Figure C-2 to Subpart C of... - Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM2.5 Candidate...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53... Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-2 Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53—Illustration...
40 CFR Figure C-3 to Subpart C of... - Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM10−2.5 Candidate...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM10â2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-3 Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53...
Maintaining Fluoroquinolone Class Efficacy: Review of Influencing Factors

PubMed Central

2003-01-01

Previous experience with antimicrobial resistance has emphasized the importance of appropriate stewardship of these pharmacotherapeutic agents. The introduction of fluoroquinolones provided potent new drugs directed primarily against gram-negative pathogens, while the newer members of this class demonstrate more activity against gram-positive species, including Streptococcus pneumoniae. Although these agents are clinically effective against a broad range of infectious agents, emergence of resistance and associated clinical failures have prompted reexamination of their use. Appropriate use revolves around two key objectives: 1) only prescribing antimicrobial therapy when it is beneficial and 2) using the agents(s) with optimal activity against the expected pathogens(s). Pharmacodynamic principles and properties can be applied to achieve the latter objective when prescribing agents belonging to the fluoroquinolone class. A focused approach emphasizing “correct-spectrum” coverage may reduce development of antimicrobial resistance and maintain class efficacy. PMID:12533274
IDO1 Inhibition Synergizes with Radiation and PD-1 Blockade to Durably Increase Survival Against Advanced Glioblastoma.

PubMed

Ladomersky, Erik; Zhai, Lijie; Lenzen, Alicia; Lauing, Kristen L; Qian, Jun; Scholtens, Denise M; Gritsina, Galina; Sun, Xuebing; Liu, Ye; Yu, Fenglong; Gong, Wenfeng; Liu, Yong; Jiang, Beibei; Tang, Tristin; Patel, Ricky; Platanias, Leonidas C; James, C David; Stupp, Roger; Lukas, Rimas V; Binder, David C; Wainwright, Derek A

2018-06-01

Purpose: Glioblastoma is the most aggressive primary brain tumor in adults with a median survival of 15-20 months. Numerous approaches and novel therapeutics for treating glioblastoma have been investigated in the setting of phase III clinical trials, including a recent analysis of the immune checkpoint inhibitor, nivolumab (anti-PD-1), which failed to improve recurrent glioblastoma patient survival. However, rather than abandoning immune checkpoint inhibitor treatment for glioblastoma, which has shown promise in other types of cancer, ongoing studies are currently evaluating this therapeutic class when combined with other agents. Experimental Design: Here, we investigated immunocompetent orthotopic mouse models of glioblastoma treated with the potent CNS-penetrating IDO1 enzyme inhibitor, BGB-5777, combined with anti-PD1 mAb, as well as radiotherapy, based on our recent observation that tumor-infiltrating T cells directly increase immunosuppressive IDO1 levels in human glioblastoma, the previously described reinvigoration of immune cell functions after PD-1 blockade, as well as the proinflammatory effects of radiation. Results: Our results demonstrate a durable survival benefit from this novel three-agent treatment, but not for any single- or dual-agent combination. Unexpectedly, treatment efficacy required IDO1 enzyme inhibition in non-glioblastoma cells, rather than tumor cells. Timing of effector T-cell infiltration, animal subject age, and usage of systemic chemotherapy, all directly impacted therapy-mediated survival benefit. Conclusions: These data highlight a novel and clinically relevant immunotherapeutic approach with associated mechanistic considerations that have formed the basis of a newly initiated phase I/II trial for glioblastoma patients. Clin Cancer Res; 24(11); 2559-73. ©2018 AACR . ©2018 American Association for Cancer Research.
Histone deacetylase inhibitors selectively suppress expression of HDAC7.

PubMed

Dokmanovic, Milos; Perez, Gisela; Xu, Weisheng; Ngo, Lang; Clarke, Cathy; Parmigiani, Raphael B; Marks, Paul A

2007-09-01

There are 18 histone deacetylases (HDAC) generally divided into four classes based on homology to yeast HDACs. HDACs have many protein substrates in addition to histones that are involved in regulation of gene expression, cell proliferation, and cell death. Inhibition of HDACs can cause accumulation of acetylated forms of these proteins, thus altering their function. HDAC inhibitors (HDACi), such as the hydroxamic acid-based vorinostat (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid), inhibit the zinc-containing classes I, II, and IV, but not the NAD(+)-dependent class III, enzymes. HDACis are a group of novel anticancer agents. Vorinostat is the first HDACi approved for clinical use in the treatment of the cancer cutaneous T-cell lymphoma. Factors affecting expression of HDACs are not well understood. This study focuses on the effect of the HDACi vorinostat on the expression of class I and class II HDACs. We found that vorinostat selectively down-regulates HDAC7 with little or no effect on the expression of other class I or class II HDACs. Fourteen cell lines were examined, including normal, immortalized, genetically transformed, and human cancer-derived cell lines. Down-regulation of HDAC7 by vorinostat is more pronounced in transformed cells sensitive to inhibitor-induced cell death than in normal cells or cancer cells resistant to induced cell death. Modulation of HDAC7 levels by small interfering RNA-mediated knockdown or by HDAC7 overexpression is associated with growth arrest but without detectable changes in acetylation of histones or p21 gene expression. Selective down-regulation of HDAC7 protein may serve as a marker of response of tumors to HDACi.
Three-dimensional assessment of mandibular and glenoid fossa changes after bone-anchored Class III intermaxillary traction

PubMed Central

De Clerck, Hugo; Nguyen, Tung; de Paula, Leonardo Koerich; Cevidanes, Lucia

2013-01-01

Introduction Conventional treatment for young Class III patients involves extraoral devices designed to either protract the maxilla or restrain mandibular growth. The use of skeletal anchorage offers a promising alternative to obtain orthopedic results with fewer dental compensations. Our aim was to evaluate 3-dimensional changes in the mandibles and the glenoid fossae of Class III patients treated with bone-anchored maxillary protraction. Methods Twenty-five consecutive skeletal Class III patients between the ages of 9 and 13 years (mean age, 11.10 ± 1.1 year) were treated with Class III intermaxillary elastics and bilateral miniplates (2 in the infrazygomatic crests of the maxilla and 2 in the anterior mandible). The patients had cone-beam computed tomography images taken before initial loading and at the end of active treatment. Three-dimensional models were generated from these images, registered on the anterior cranial base, and analyzed by using color maps. Results Posterior displacement of the mandible at the end of treatment was observed in all subjects (posterior ramus: mean, 2.74 ± 1.36 mm; condyles: mean, 2.07 ± 1.16 mm; chin: mean, −0.13 ± 2.89 mm). Remodeling of the glenoid fossa at the anterior eminence (mean, 1.38 ± 1.03 mm) and bone resorption at the posterior wall (mean, −1.34 ± 0.6 mm) were observed in most patients. Conclusions This new treatment approach offers a promising alternative to restrain mandibular growth for Class III patients with a component of mandibular prognathism or to compensate for maxillary deficiency in patients with hypoplasia of the midface. Future studies with long-term follow-up and comparisons with facemask and chincup therapies are needed to better understand the treatment effects. PMID:22748987
Thin-plate spline analysis of mandibular morphological changes induced by early class III treatment: a long-term evaluation.

PubMed

Franchi, Lorenzo; Pavoni, Chiara; Cerroni, Silvia; Cozza, Paola

2014-08-01

To evaluate the long-term mandibular morphological changes induced by early treatment of class III malocclusion with rapid maxillary expansion (RME) and facial mask (FM). Twenty-five subjects [10 boys, 15 girls; mean age at T1 (start of treatment) 9.3±1.6 years] with class III disharmony were treated with RME and FM therapy followed by fixed appliances. The patients were re-evaluated at the end of growth (T2), about 8.5 years after the end of the treatment (mean age, 18.6±2.0 years). Sixteen subjects with untreated class III malocclusion comprised the control group. Mandibular shape changes were analysed on the lateral cephalograms of the subjects of both groups by means of thin-plate spline (TPS) analysis. Procrustes average mandibular configurations were subjected to TPS analysis by means of both cross-sectional between-group comparisons at T1 and at T2 and longitudinal within-group comparisons. Statistical analysis of shape differences was performed using a generalized Goodall F test. In the long term, the treated group exhibited a significant upward and forward direction of condylar growth. On the contrary, untreated class III subjects showed an upward and backward direction of condylar growth associated with a downward and forward deformation of the mandibular symphysis. Limitations are related to the small sample size of both treated and control groups and to the retrospective nature of the study. Early treatment of class III malocclusion with RME and FM is able to produce significant and favourable long-term mandibular shape changes characterized by an anterior morphogenetic rotation. © The Author 2013. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the European Orthodontic Society. All rights reserved. For permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.
Management of skeletal Class III malocclusion with face mask therapy and comprehensive orthodontic treatment.

PubMed

Muthukumar, Kirthika; Vijaykumar, N M; Sainath, M C

2016-01-01

Orthopedic correction of skeletal Class III malocclusion in a growing patient is crucial as it can circumvent future surgical procedures. Further, as surgery is done only at a later stage, early treatment helps to avoid the detrimental effects produced by the facial disfigurement on the patient's social life. This case report describes the treatment of a child aged 9 years 6 months who had a skeletal Class III malocclusion. The treatment plan involved the use of a reverse pull headgear (facemask) and multibracket appliance therapy resulting in successful correction of the malocclusion. The treatment results were highly satisfactory resulting in improved facial esthetics, a skeletal Class I with a Dental Class I molar and canine relationship, an ideal overjet and overbite. Thus, dentoalveolar camouflage, if done in properly selected cases, alleviates the need for surgical intervention. The patient is being monitored until the end of growth to ensure the stability of treatment results.
Chracterization of class III peroxidases from switchgrass

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

Class III peroxidases (CIIIPRX) catalyze the oxidation of monolignols, generate radicals, and ultimately lead to the formation of lignin. In general, CIIIPRX genes encode a large number of isozymes with ranges of in vitro substrate specificities. In order to elucidate the mode of substrate specifici...
Crystal structure of class III chitinase from pomegranate provides the insight into its metal storage capacity.

PubMed

Masuda, Taro; Zhao, Guanghua; Mikami, Bunzo

2015-01-01

Chitinase hydrolyzes the β-1,4-glycosidic bond in chitin. In higher plants, this enzyme has been regarded as a pathogenesis-related protein. Recently, we identified a class III chitinase, which functions as a calcium storage protein in pomegranate (Punica granatum) seed (PSC, pomegranate seed chitinase). Here, we solved a crystal structure of PSC at 1.6 Å resolution. Although its overall structure, including the structure of catalytic site and non-proline cis-peptides, was closely similar to those of other class III chitinases, PSC had some unique structural characteristics. First, there were some metal-binding sites with coordinated water molecules on the surface of PSC. Second, many unconserved aspartate residues were present in the PSC sequence which rendered the surface of PSC negatively charged. This acidic electrostatic property is in contrast to that of hevamine, well-characterized plant class III chitinase, which has rather a positively charged surface. Thus, the crystal structure provides a clue for metal association property of PSC.
Transparent aligners: An invisible approach to correct mild skeletal class III malocclusion

PubMed Central

Yezdani, A. Arif

2015-01-01

This case report highlights the treatment of a mild skeletal class III malocclusion with an invisible thermoplastic retainer. A 15-year-old female patient presented with a mild skeletal class III malocclusion with a retrognathic maxilla, orthognathic mandible, a low mandibular plane angle with Angle's class III malocclusion with maxillary lateral incisors in anterior cross-bite with crowding of maxillary anteriors, imbricated and rotated mandibular incisors and deep bite. Accurate upper and lower impressions and a bite registration were taken with polyvinyl siloxane rubber base impression material. This was then sent to the lab for the processing of a series of ClearPath aligners. The ClearPath virtual set-up sent from the lab provided the treatment plan and interproximal reduction estimation complete with posttreatment results. This enabled the clinician to actively participate in the treatment plan and provide the necessary suggestions. The ClearPath three-dimensional aligner was found to have effectively corrected the anterior cross-bite and crowding of the maxillary anteriors. PMID:26015738

Aesthetic and functional outcomes using a multiloop edgewise archwire for camouflage orthodontic treatment of a severe Class III open bite malocclusion.

PubMed

Marañón-Vásquez, Guido Artemio; Soldevilla Galarza, Luciano Carlos; Tolentino Solis, Freddy Antonio; Wilson, Cliff; Romano, Fábio Lourenço

2017-09-01

Occasionally, orthodontists will be challenged to treat malocclusions and skeletal disharmonies, which by their complexity one might think that the only treatment alternative is the surgical-orthodontic approach. A male patient, aged 17 years old, was diagnosed with a skeletal Class III malocclusion, anterior open bite and negative overjet. An unpleasant profile was the patient's 'chief complaint' showing interest in facial aesthetics improvement. Nevertheless, the patient and his parents strongly preferred a non-surgical treatment approach. He was treated with a multiloop edgewise archwire to facilitate uprighting and distal en-masse movement of lower teeth, correct the Class III open bite malocclusion, change the inclination of the occlusal plane and obtain the consequent morphological-functional adaptation of the mandible. The Class III malocclusion was corrected and satisfactory changes in the patient's profile were obtained. Active treatment was completed in 2 years, and facial result remained stable at 2 years 6 months after debonding.
Evolution of Class III treatment in orthodontics.

PubMed

Ngan, Peter; Moon, Won

2015-07-01

Angle, Tweed, and Moyers classified Class III malocclusions into 3 types: pseudo, dentoalveolar, and skeletal. Clinicians have been trying to identify the best timing to intercept a Class III malocclusion that develops as early as the deciduous dentition. With microimplants as skeletal anchorage, orthopedic growth modification became more effective, and it also increased the scope of camouflage orthodontic treatment for patients who were not eligible for orthognathic surgery. However, orthodontic treatment combined with orthognathic surgery remains the only option for patients with a severe skeletal Class III malocclusion or a craniofacial anomaly. Distraction osteogenesis can now be performed intraorally at an earlier age. The surgery-first approach can minimize the length of time that the malocclusion needs to worsen before orthognathic surgery. Finally, the use of computed tomography scans for 3-dimensional diagnosis and treatment planning together with advances in imaging technology can improve the accuracy of surgical movements and the esthetic outcomes for these patients. Copyright © 2015 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Treatment of skeletal Class III malocclusions: orthognathic surgery or orthodontic camouflage? How to decide.

PubMed

Benyahia, Hicham; Azaroual, Mohamed Faouzi; Garcia, Claude; Hamou, Edith; Abouqal, Redouane; Zaoui, Fatima

2011-06-01

The choice of treatment in adult skeletal Class III occlusions often poses a particularly tricky problem for the orthodontist. Faced with the option of either orthodontic camouflage or orthognathic surgery, the clinician's clinical experience is of paramount importance, especially in borderline cases. The aim of our study was to uncover a guide model enabling the practitioner to distinguish between skeletal Class III cases which can be suitably treated with orthodontics and those requiring orthognathic surgery. The lateral headfilms of 47 adult patients exhibiting skeletal Class III occlusions were analyzed. The orthodontic group comprised 22 patients and the surgical group 25. Twenty-seven linear, proportional and angular measurements were scrutinized. Stepwise discriminant analysis was used to identify the dentoskeletal and esthetic variables which most distinguished the two groups. The Holdaway angle was chosen to differentiate between patients prior to treatment. This model enables us to classify 87.2% of patients correctly. Copyright © 2011 CEO. Published by Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.
Morphometric analysis of treatment effects of bone-anchored maxillary protraction in growing Class III patients

PubMed Central

De Clerck, H. J.; Cevidanes, L. H.; Franchi, L.

2011-01-01

The aim of the present morphometric investigation was to evaluate the effects of bone-anchored maxillary protraction (BAMP) in the treatment of growing patients with Class III malocclusion. The shape and size changes in the craniofacial configuration of a sample of 26 children with Class III malocclusions consecutively treated with the BAMP protocol were compared with a matched sample of 15 children with untreated Class III malocclusions. All subjects in the two groups were at a prepubertal stage of skeletal development at time of first observation. Average duration of treatment was 14 months. Significant treatment-induced modifications involved both the maxilla and the mandible. The most evident deformation consisted of marked forward displacement of the maxillary complex with more moderate favourable effects in the mandible. Deformations in the vertical dimension were not detected. The significant deformations were associated with significant differences in size in the group treated with the BAMP protocol. PMID:21187527
Occlusal Classification in Relation to Original Cleft Width in Patients With Unilateral Cleft Lip and Palate.

PubMed

Huang, Andrew H; Patel, Kamlesh B; Maschhoff, Clayton W; Huebener, Donald V; Skolnick, Gary B; Naidoo, Sybill D; Woo, Albert S

2015-09-01

To determine a correlation between the width of the cleft palate measured at the time of lip adhesion, definitive lip repair, and palatoplasty and the subsequent occlusal classification of patients born with unilateral cleft lip and palate. Retrospective, observational study. Referral, urban, children's hospital Participants : Dental models and records of 270 patients were analyzed. None. Angle occlusion classification. The mean age at which occlusal classification was determined was 11 ± 0.3 years. Of the children studies, 84 were diagnosed with Class I or II occlusion, 67 were diagnosed with Class III occlusion, and 119 were lost to follow up or transferred care. Mean cleft widths were significantly larger in subjects with Class III occlusion for all measures at time of lip adhesion and definitive lip repair (P < .02). At time of palatoplasty, cleft widths were significantly greater at the alveolus (P = .025) but not at the midportion of the hard palate (P = .35) or posterior hard palate (P = .10). Cleft widths from the lip through to the posterior hard palate are generally greater in children who are diagnosed with Class III occlusion later in life. Notably, the alveolar cleft width is significantly greater at each time point for patients who went on to develop Class III occlusion. There were no significant differences in cleft widths between patients diagnosed later with Class I and Class II occlusions.
[Radiation biology of structurally different Drosophila melanogaster genes. Report I. The vestigial gene: molecular characteristic of "point" mutations].

PubMed

Aleksandrov, I D; Afanas'eva, K P; Aleksandrova, M V; Lapidus, I L

2012-01-01

The screening of PCR-detected DNA alterations in 9 spontaneous and 59 gamma-ray-, neutron - or neutron + gamma-ray-induced Drosophila vestigial (vg) gene/"point" mutations was carried out. The detected patterns of existence or absence of either of 16 overlapping fragments into which vg gene (15.1 kb, 8 exons, 7 introns) was divided enable us to subdivide all mutants into 4 classes: (i) PCR+ (40.7%) without the detected changes; (ii) "single-site" (33.9%) with the loss of a single fragment; (iii) partial detections (15.2%) as a loss of 2-9 adjacent fragments and (iv) "cluster" mutants (10.2%) having 2-3 independent changes of(ii) and/or (iii) classes. All spontaneous mutants except one were found to be classified as (ii) whereas radiation-induced mutants are represented by all 4 classes whose interrelation is determined by the dose and radiation quality. In particular, the efficacy of neutrons was found to be nine times as large as that of gamma-rays under the "cluster" mutant induction. Essentially, the distribution of DNA changes along the gene is uneven. CSGE-assay of PCR+-exon 3 revealed DNA heteroduplexes in 5 out of 17 PCR+-mutants studied, 2 of which had small deletions (5 and 11 b) and 3 others made transitions (A --> G) as shown by the sequencing. Therefore, gamma-rays and neutrons seem to be significant environmental agents increasing the SNP risk for the population through their action on the germ cells. The results obtained are also discussed within the framework of the track structure theory and the notion of quite different chromatin organization in somatic and germ cells.
Influence of pharyngeal airway respiration pressure on Class II mandibular retrusion in children: A computational fluid dynamics study of inspiration and expiration.

PubMed

Iwasaki, T; Sato, H; Suga, H; Takemoto, Y; Inada, E; Saitoh, I; Kakuno, K; Kanomi, R; Yamasaki, Y

2017-05-01

To examine the influence of negative pressure of the pharyngeal airway on mandibular retraction during inspiration in children with nasal obstruction using the computational fluid dynamics (CFD) method. Sixty-two children were divided into Classes I, II (mandibular retrusion) and III (mandibular protrusion) malocclusion groups. Cone-beam computed tomography data were used to reconstruct three-dimensional shapes of the nasal and pharyngeal airways. Airflow pressure was simulated using CFD to calculate nasal resistance and pharyngeal airway pressure during inspiration and expiration. Nasal resistance of the Class II group was significantly higher than that of the other two groups, and oropharyngeal airway inspiration pressure in the Class II (-247.64 Pa) group was larger than that in the Class I (-43.51 Pa) and Class III (-31.81 Pa) groups (P<.001). The oropharyngeal airway inspiration-expiration pressure difference in the Class II (-27.38 Pa) group was larger than that in the Class I (-5.17 Pa) and Class III (0.68 Pa) groups (P=.006). Large negative inspiratory pharyngeal airway pressure due to nasal obstruction in children with Class II malocclusion may be related to their retrognathia. © 2017 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Prevalence of Malocclusion among 6 to 10 Year old Nalgonda School Children

PubMed Central

Reddy, E Rajendra; Manjula, M; Sreelakshmi, N; Rani, S Thabitha; Aduri, Rajesh; Patil, B Dharamraj

2013-01-01

Background: To evaluate the prevalence of malocclusion among 6 to 10 year old children of Nalgonda District. Materials & Methods: A total of 3000 children were examined, out of which 2135 children (1009 boys and 1126 girls) who fulfilled the inclusion criteria were included. The selected sample was examined for Class I, Class II, Class III molar relationship, lower anterior crowding, cross bite (anterior and posterior), open bite, and pseudo class III [edge to edge bite] discrepancies after obtaining the written consent from the concerned school authorities. The collected data was tabulated and statistically analysed using chi-square test. Results: Among the selected sample, 648 (30.35%) children had minor tooth alignment discrepancies. Angle’s Class I molar relation with and without minor discrepancies was observed in 78.6%, Class II in 13.9%, Class III in 7.8% of the subjects surveyed. Lower anterior crowding in 11.8%, anterior cross bite in 4.5%, posterior cross bite in 3.75%, openbite in 3% and Pseudo class III [edge to edge] in 5.97% was noticed among the studied population. There was no statistical significant difference observed gender wise. Conclusion: In the current study, 52% of the studied population had malocclusion with a higher prevalence of Angle’s Class I molar relation with lower anterior crowding. How to cite this article: Reddy ER, Manjula M, Sreelakshmi N, Rani ST, Aduri R, Patil BD. Prevalence of Malocclusion among 6 to 10 Year old Nalgonda School Children. J Int Oral Health 2013; 5(6):49-54 . PMID:24453444
Management of severe skeletal Class III malocclusion with bimaxillary orthognathic surgery

PubMed Central

Haryani, Jitesh; Nagar, Amit; Mehrotra, Divya; Ranabhatt, Rani

2016-01-01

Orthognathic surgery in conjunction with fixed orthodontics is a common indication for interdisciplinary management of severe skeletal Class III malocclusion. A thorough analysis of pretreatment investigations and development of a surgical visual treatment objective is essential to plan the type of surgical technique required. Bimaxillary orthognathic surgery is the most common type of surgical procedure for severe skeletal discrepancies. The present case report is a combined ortho-surgical team management of a skeletally Class III patient. The severity of the case required bilateral upper first premolar extraction for dentoalveolar decompensation and simultaneous “Two-jaw surgery” with maxillary advancement of 4 mm and mandibular setback of 7 mm. Postsurgery, a pleasing good facial profile was achieved with Class II molar relation and positive overjet. PMID:27994433
Severe Angle Class III skeletal malocclusion associated to mandibular prognathism: orthodontic-surgical treatment

PubMed Central

Souki, Marcelo Quiroga

2016-01-01

ABSTRACT The present case report describes the orthodontic treatment of a young adult patient (18y / 1m), Class III skeletal malocclusion, with mandibular prognathism and significant dental compensation. The canine relation was Class III, incisors with tendency to crossbite and open bite, moderate inferior crowding, and concave profile. Skeletal correction of malocclusion, facial profile harmony with satisfactory labial relationship, correction of tooth compensation and normal occlusal relationship were obtained with orthodontic treatment associated to orthognathic surgery. This case was presented to the Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics (BBO), as part of the requirements to become a BBO diplomate. PMID:28125146
Class III malocclusion treated with distalization of the mandibular dentition with miniscrew anchorage: A 2-year follow-up.

PubMed

Chen, Kun; Cao, Yang

2015-12-01

This case report describes the orthodontic camouflage treatment for a 16-year-old Chinese girl with a Class III malocclusion. The treatment included extractions of the mandibular second molars, fixed appliance therapy, and miniscrew-aided mandibular arch distalization. Pretreatment, posttreatment, and 2-year follow-up records are shown. The anterior negative overjet and the Class III molar and canine relationships were corrected. The patient's facial profile was greatly improved. The mandibular third molars erupted into the second molar spaces, with acceptable intercuspation with the maxillary dentition. Copyright © 2015 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Factors associated with outcomes and inpatient 90-day cost of care in endometrial cancer patients undergoing hysterectomy - implications for bundled care payments.

PubMed

Rolston, Aimee; Spencer, Ryan J; Kevin Reynolds, R; Rice, Laurel W; Uppal, Shitanshu

2018-05-16

To investigate the association of obesity and other comorbidities as well as route of surgery with postoperative outcomes, as well as 30- and 90-day inpatient cost of care after hysterectomy for endometrial cancer. From the 2013 National Readmission Database release, patients who underwent hysterectomy for endometrial cancer were included. Obesity was classified as non-obese (body mass index [BMI] < 35 kg/m 2 ); class I/II obesity (BMI ≥ 35 but <40 kg/m 2 and without obesity related medical condition qualifying it as morbid obesity), class III obesity (BMI ≥ 40 kg/m 2 OR BMI ≥ 35 kg/m 2 with an obesity-related medical condition). Incremental cost at 30 and 90 days was calculated using cost-to-charge ratio. A total of 27,658 patients were identified. Compared to non-obese patients those with class III obesity had higher rate of any medical (non-surgical) complication (22.3% vs 17.2%, p = 0.004), and higher rate of 30-day readmission (6% vs 4.4%, p = 0.003), but similar rates of surgical complications. There were no significant differences in perioperative outcomes between non-obese patients and those with class I/II obesity. Non-obese patients had higher rates of traditional laparoscopy (8.4% vs 13.6%, p < 0.001) and lower conversion rates from a minimally invasive to abdominal (5.5% vs. 8.2%, p < 0.001) than those with class III obesity. Based on multivariate regression model compared to non-obese patients, class I/II obesity (OR 1.05, 95% CI 1.02-1.09) and class III obesity (OR 1.1, 95% CI 1.1-1.18) were associated with higher cost of care. Other factors increasing cost of care included: comorbidity score per unit increase (OR 1.08, 95% 1.07-1.08), insurance status and route of surgery. Class III obesity was associated with higher medical (but not surgical) complication rates as well as increased overall inpatient care cost when compared to the non-obese population. Number of comorbidities significantly impacted the cost and outcomes after hysterectomy. As more healthcare initiatives focus on bundled payments, our results suggest that payment packages should adjust for obesity rates and medical comorbidities stratified by region and hospital type in order to fairly compensate for increased costs of care. Copyright © 2018. Published by Elsevier Inc.
Synthesis, antiproliferative activity and mechanism of gallium(III)-thiosemicarbazone complexes as potential anti-breast cancer agents.

PubMed

Qi, Jinxu; Yao, Qian; Qian, Kun; Tian, Liang; Cheng, Zhen; Yang, Dongmei; Wang, Yihong

2018-05-14

Five thiosemicarbazone ligands were synthesized and characterized by condensation with different aldehydes or ketones by 4-phenylthiosemicarbazone. The representative dichlorido[2-(Di-2-pyridinylmethylene)-Nphenylhydrazinecarbothioamide-N,N,S]-gallium(III) (Ga4) was characterized by X-ray single crystal diffraction, which was 1:1 ligand/Ga(III) complexes. The structure-activity relationship of these ligands and Ga (III) complexes have been investigated, and the results demonstrate that the formation of Ga (III) complexes have significant antiproliferative activity over the corresponding ligands. The anticancer mechanism of gallium (III) complexes has been studied in detail, which is typical agents that effect on the mitochondrial apoptotic pathway. The ability of gallium (III) complexes to inhibit the cell cycle does not enhanced with the increasing concentrations, whereas the ability to promote apoptosis is concentration-dependent. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.
An emerging treatment option for glaucoma: Rho kinase inhibitors

PubMed Central

Wang, Sean K; Chang, Robert T

2014-01-01

Rho kinase (ROCK) inhibitors are a novel potential class of glaucoma therapeutics with multiple compounds currently in Phase II and III US Food and Drug Administration trials in the United States. These selective agents work by relaxing the trabecular meshwork through inhibition of the actin cytoskeleton contractile tone of smooth muscle. This results in increased aqueous outflow directly through the trabecular meshwork, achieving lower intraocular pressures in a range similar to prostaglandins. There are also animal studies indicating that ROCK inhibitors may improve blood flow to the optic nerve, increase ganglion cell survival, and reduce bleb scarring in glaucoma surgery. Given the multiple beneficial effects for glaucoma patients, ROCK inhibitors are certainly a highly anticipated emerging treatment option for glaucoma. PMID:24872673
Laser Atherectomy for Treatment of Femoropopliteal In-Stent Restenosis.

PubMed

Armstrong, Ehrin J; Thiruvoipati, Thejasvi; Tanganyika, Kundai; Singh, Gagan D; Laird, John R

2015-08-01

To investigate if laser atherectomy with adjunctive balloon angioplasty can improve endovascular treatment outcomes for femoropopliteal in-stent restenosis (ISR). A dual center study included 135 symptomatic patients (mean age 71 years; 76 men) who underwent endovascular treatment of femoropopliteal ISR between 2006 and 2013. Of these, 54 (40%) were treated with laser atherectomy and the remaining 81 patients with balloon angioplasty alone. Angiographic images were reviewed for lesion morphology and characteristics, TransAtlantic InterSociety Consensus (TASC) II classification, and distal runoff. Class I ISR was defined as focal lesions ≤50 mm, class II ISR as lesions >50 mm, and class III ISR as stent total occlusion. Recurrent ISR was determined by a peak systolic velocity ratio >2.4 by duplex ultrasound. Patients treated with laser atherectomy had longer mean ISR lesion length (222 vs 114 mm, p<0.001) and more class III ISR (69% vs 20%, p=0.001). There was no association between laser atherectomy and rates of recurrent restenosis or occlusion for patients with class I/II ISR, but there was a significantly lower rate of target lesion revascularization at 2 years among patients treated with laser atherectomy (14% vs 44%, p=0.05). In comparison, patients with class III ISR treated with laser atherectomy had lower rates of recurrent restenosis at 1 year (54% vs 91%, p=0.05) and 2 years (69% vs 100%, p=0.05). Patients with class III ISR treated with laser atherectomy also had lower rates of recurrent in-stent occlusion at 2-year follow-up (33% vs 71%, p=0.04). When used to treat complex ISR, including in-stent occlusions, laser atherectomy with adjunctive balloon angioplasty may be associated with improved patency. © The Author(s) 2015.
Long-Term Incisal Relationships After Palatoplasty in Patients With Isolated Cleft Palate.

PubMed

Odom, Elizabeth B; Woo, Albert S; Mendonca, Derick A; Huebener, Donald V; Nissen, Richard J; Skolnick, Gary B; Patel, Kamlesh B

2016-06-01

Various palatoplasty techniques have limited incisions in the hard palate due to concerns that these incisions may limit maxillary growth. There is little convincing long-term evidence to support this. Our purpose is to determine incisal relationships, an indicator for future orthognathic procedure, in patients after repair of an isolated cleft of the secondary palate. Our craniofacial database was used to identify patients aged 10 years or greater with an isolated cleft of the secondary palate who underwent palatoplasty between 1985 and 2002. Data collected included age at palatoplasty and follow-up, cleft type, associated syndrome, Robin sequence, surgeon, repair technique, number of operations, and occlusion. Incisal relationship was determined through clinical observation by a pediatric dentist and orthodontist. Seventy eligible patients operated on by 9 surgeons were identified. Class III incisal relationship was seen in 5 patients (7.1%). Palatoplasty techniques over the hard palate (63 of 70 patients) included 2-flap palatoplasty, VY-pushback, and Von Langenbeck repair. There was an association between class III incisal relationship and syndromic diagnosis (P <0.001). Other study variables were not associated with class III incisal relationships. In patients with an isolated cleft of the secondary palate, there was no association between class III incisal relationship and surgeon, age at repair, cleft type, palatoplasty technique, or number of operations. Increased likelihood of class III incisal relationship was associated primarily with syndromic diagnosis.
New developments in chemotherapy of advanced breast cancer.

PubMed

Lebwohl, D E; Canetta, R

1999-01-01

Anthracyclines and taxanes are the two most active classes of chemotherapy for the treatment of advanced breast cancer. Recent studies have investigated combination therapy including doxorubicin (Dox) and paclitaxel. The efficacy of this combination has been established in a phase III study conducted by ECOG, comparing Dox/paclitaxel versus Dox versus paclitaxel. The combination is superior to Dox or paclitaxel with respect to response rate and time to disease progression, indicating that the combination provides a new standard for the first line treatment of metastatic breast cancer [1]. Phase II studies using higher doses of Dox and using shorter infusions of paclitaxel have suggested the combination can be further optimized; Gianni reported a 94% objective response rate using Dox 60 mg/m2 followed by paclitaxel 175 mg/m2 given over three hours [2]. The more active regimens are associated with enhanced cardiotoxicity; this toxicity can be avoided, however, by limiting the exposure to doxorubicin. The newer regimens have now been moved into phase III studies. Future progress for this disease will depend on the introduction of new agents. Two novel drugs are currently being investigated in randomised phase III trials as potentiators of Dox and/or paclitaxel. One is a monoclonal antibody from Genentech (Herceptin, trastuzumab) directed at the HER-2/neu oncogene, which is overexpressed in > 25% of breast cancers [3]. Recent results indicate that Herceptin in combination with paclitaxel (or with a Dox plus cyclophosphamide regimen) induces a higher response rate (RR) and prolongs the time to disease progression when compared to chemotherapy alone. The second agent N,N-diethyl-2[4-(phenylmethyl)-phenoxy] ethanamine.HCl (DPPE, BMS-217380-01), when combined with Dox, was associated with a higher RR than previously observed with Dox alone [4]. A randomized trial of Dox versus Dox plus DPPE is ongoing. The possible mechanisms underlying chemo-potentiation by these agents are discussed. As new anthracycline/taxane combinations establish themselves in earlier stages of the disease, the need for effective, non-cross resistant salvage regimens will emerge.
40 CFR 146.32 - Construction requirements.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Construction requirements. 146.32... to Class III Wells § 146.32 Construction requirements. (a) All new Class III wells shall be cased and... would result. The casing and cement used in the construction of each newly drilled well shall be...
40 CFR 146.32 - Construction requirements.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Construction requirements. 146.32... to Class III Wells § 146.32 Construction requirements. (a) All new Class III wells shall be cased and... would result. The casing and cement used in the construction of each newly drilled well shall be...
77 FR 48167 - Approved Tribal-State Class III Gaming Compact; Indian Gaming

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-08-13

... DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Bureau of Indian Affairs Approved Tribal--State Class III Gaming Compact; Indian Gaming AGENCY: Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior. ACTION: Notice of Approved Tribal... the Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians and the State of North Carolina. DATES: Effective Date: August 13...

Biowaiver extension potential to BCS Class III high solubility-low permeability drugs: bridging evidence for metformin immediate-release tablet.

PubMed

Cheng, Ching-Ling; Yu, Lawrence X; Lee, Hwei-Ling; Yang, Chyun-Yu; Lue, Chang-Sha; Chou, Chen-Hsi

2004-07-01

The biopharmaceutics classification system (BCS) allows biowaiver for rapid dissolving immediate-release (IR) products of Class I drugs (high solubility and high permeability). The possibility of extending biowaivers to Class III high solubility and low permeability drugs is currently under scrutiny. In vivo bioequivalence data of different formulations of Class III drugs would support such an extension. The objective of this work was to demonstrate the bioequivalence of two marketed IR tablet products of a Class III drug, metformin hydrochloride, that are rapidly dissolving and have similar in vitro dissolution profiles. The effect of race on the systemic exposure of metformin was also explored. A randomized, open-label, two-period crossover study was conducted in 12 healthy Chinese male volunteers. Each subject received a single-dose of 500 mg of each product after an overnight fasting. The plasma concentrations of metformin were followed for 24 h. No significant formulation effect was found for the bioequivalence metrics: areas under concentration-time curve (AUC0-t, AUC0-infinity) and maximal concentration (Cmax). The 90% confidence intervals for the ratio of means were found within the acceptance range of 80-125% for the log-transformed data. Based on these results, it was concluded that the two IR products are bioequivalent. The pharmacokinetic parameters of metformin in Chinese for both products were similar and were in good agreement with those reported for metformin IR tablets in other ethnic populations. This study serves as an example for supporting biowaiver for BCS Class III drugs.
Sirtuin 3 enhanced drug sensitivity of human hepatoma cells through glutathione S-transferase pi 1/JNK signaling pathway

PubMed Central

Cai, Xue-Fei; Zhang, Wen-Lu; Ren, Ji-Hua; Zhou, Li; Chen, Xiang; Chen, Ke; Li, Wan-Yu; Liu, Bo; Yang, Qiu-Xia; Cheng, Sheng-Tao; Huang, Li-Xia; Huang, Ai-Long; Chen, Juan

2016-01-01

SIRT3, a class III histone deacetylase, has been implicated in various cancers as a novel therapeutic target. In hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC), we previously reported that SIRT3 induced cell apoptosis by regulating GSK-3β/Bax signaling pathway. Downregulation of SIRT3 in HCC cells facilitates tumor cell survival. In this study, we found that chemotherapeutic agents (doxorubicin, cisplatin and epirubicin) and sorafenib treatment downregulated SIRT3 mRNA and protein levels in three HCC cell lines. MTS assay found that SIRT3 overexpression sensitized liver cancer cells to chemotherapeutic agents and sorafenib in SMMC-7721, Huh-7 and PLC/PRF/5 cell lines. Moreover, SIRT3 overexpression promoted chemotherapeutic agents-induced or sorafenib-induced apoptosis as evidenced by flow cytometry, enhanced PARP cleavage and enhanced Caspase-9 cleavage in three HCC cells. In contrast, SIRT3 silencing increased drug resistance of HCC cells to chemotherapeutic agents. Mechanistic study found that SIRT3 downregulated the mRNA and protein levels of glutathione S-transferase pi 1 (GSTP1), which is a member of phase II detoxification enzymes families involved in metabolizing for chemotherapeutic agents. Moreover, SIRT3 decreased the amount of GSTP1 that was associated with JNK, which finally contributed the activation of JNK activity and activation of downstream target c-Jun and Bim. Importantly, GSTP1 overexpression or JNK inhibitor abolished SIRT3-induced apoptosis in HCC cells exposed to chemotherapeutic agents. Finally, there was a negative correlation between SIRT3 expression and GSTP1 expression in human HCC tissues. Together, our findings revealed SIRT3 could enhance the drug sensitivity of HCC cells to an array of chemotherapeutic agents. SIRT3 may serve as a potential target for improving the chemosensitivity of HCC patients. PMID:27367026
Sirtuin 3 enhanced drug sensitivity of human hepatoma cells through glutathione S-transferase pi 1/JNK signaling pathway.

PubMed

Tao, Na-Na; Zhou, Hong-Zhong; Tang, Hua; Cai, Xue-Fei; Zhang, Wen-Lu; Ren, Ji-Hua; Zhou, Li; Chen, Xiang; Chen, Ke; Li, Wan-Yu; Liu, Bo; Yang, Qiu-Xia; Cheng, Sheng-Tao; Huang, Li-Xia; Huang, Ai-Long; Chen, Juan

2016-08-02

SIRT3, a class III histone deacetylase, has been implicated in various cancers as a novel therapeutic target. In hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC), we previously reported that SIRT3 induced cell apoptosis by regulating GSK-3β/Bax signaling pathway. Downregulation of SIRT3 in HCC cells facilitates tumor cell survival. In this study, we found that chemotherapeutic agents (doxorubicin, cisplatin and epirubicin) and sorafenib treatment downregulated SIRT3 mRNA and protein levels in three HCC cell lines. MTS assay found that SIRT3 overexpression sensitized liver cancer cells to chemotherapeutic agents and sorafenib in SMMC-7721, Huh-7 and PLC/PRF/5 cell lines. Moreover, SIRT3 overexpression promoted chemotherapeutic agents-induced or sorafenib-induced apoptosis as evidenced by flow cytometry, enhanced PARP cleavage and enhanced Caspase-9 cleavage in three HCC cells. In contrast, SIRT3 silencing increased drug resistance of HCC cells to chemotherapeutic agents. Mechanistic study found that SIRT3 downregulated the mRNA and protein levels of glutathione S-transferase pi 1 (GSTP1), which is a member of phase II detoxification enzymes families involved in metabolizing for chemotherapeutic agents. Moreover, SIRT3 decreased the amount of GSTP1 that was associated with JNK, which finally contributed the activation of JNK activity and activation of downstream target c-Jun and Bim. Importantly, GSTP1 overexpression or JNK inhibitor abolished SIRT3-induced apoptosis in HCC cells exposed to chemotherapeutic agents. Finally, there was a negative correlation between SIRT3 expression and GSTP1 expression in human HCC tissues. Together, our findings revealed SIRT3 could enhance the drug sensitivity of HCC cells to an array of chemotherapeutic agents. SIRT3 may serve as a potential target for improving the chemosensitivity of HCC patients.
Comparative structural modeling of six old yellow enzymes (OYEs) from the necrotrophic fungus Ascochyta rabiei: insight into novel OYE classes with differences in cofactor binding, organization of active site residues and stereopreferences.

PubMed

Nizam, Shadab; Gazara, Rajesh Kumar; Verma, Sandhya; Singh, Kunal; Verma, Praveen Kumar

2014-01-01

Old Yellow Enzyme (OYE1) was the first flavin-dependent enzyme identified and characterized in detail by the entire range of physical techniques. Irrespective of this scrutiny, true physiological role of the enzyme remains a mystery. In a recent study, we systematically identified OYE proteins from various fungi and classified them into three classes viz. Class I, II and III. However, there is no information about the structural organization of Class III OYEs, eukaryotic Class II OYEs and Class I OYEs of filamentous fungi. Ascochyta rabiei, a filamentous phytopathogen which causes Ascochyta blight (AB) in chickpea possesses six OYEs (ArOYE1-6) belonging to the three OYE classes. Here we carried out comparative homology modeling of six ArOYEs representing all the three classes to get an in depth idea of structural and functional aspects of fungal OYEs. The predicted 3D structures of A. rabiei OYEs were refined and evaluated using various validation tools for their structural integrity. Analysis of FMN binding environment of Class III OYE revealed novel residues involved in interaction. The ligand para-hydroxybenzaldehyde (PHB) was docked into the active site of the enzymes and interacting residues were analyzed. We observed a unique active site organization of Class III OYE in comparison to Class I and II OYEs. Subsequently, analysis of stereopreference through structural features of ArOYEs was carried out, suggesting differences in R/S selectivity of these proteins. Therefore, our comparative modeling study provides insights into the FMN binding, active site organization and stereopreference of different classes of ArOYEs and indicates towards functional differences of these enzymes. This study provides the basis for future investigations towards the biochemical and functional characterization of these enigmatic enzymes.
Brief overview of the long-lived radionuclide separation processes developed in france in connection with the spin program

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Madic, Charles; Bourges, Jacques; Dozol, Jean-François

1995-09-01

To reduce the long-term potential hazards associated with the management of nuclear wastes generated by nuclear fuel reprocessing, one alternative is the transmutation of long-lived radionuclides into short-lived radionuclides by nuclear means (P & T strategy). In this context, according to the law passed by the French Parliament on 30 December 1991, the CEA launched the SPIN program for the design of long-lived radionuclide separation and nuclear incineration processes. The research in progress to define separation processes focused mainly on the minor actinides (neptunium, americium and curium) and some fission products, like cesium and technetium. To separate these long-lived radionuclides, two strategies were developed. The first involves research on new operating conditions for improving the PUREX fuel reprocessing technology. This approach concerns the elements neptunium and technetium (iodine and zirconium can also be considered). The second strategy involves the design of new processes; DIAMEX for the co-extraction of minor actinides from the high-level liquid waste leaving the PUREX process, An(III)/Ln(III) separation using tripyridyltriazine derivatives or picolinamide extracting agents; SESAME for the selective separation of americium after its oxidation to Am(IV) or Am(VI) in the presence of a heteropolytungstate ligand, and Cs extraction using a new class of extracting agents, calixarenes, which exhibit exceptional Cs separation properties, especially in the presence of sodium ion. This lecture focuses on the latest achievements in these research areas.
Relationship between foot posture and dental malocclusions in children aged 6 to 9 years

PubMed Central

Marchena-Rodríguez, Ana; Moreno-Morales, Noelia; Ramírez-Parga, Edith; Labajo-Manzanares, María Teresa; Luque-Suárez, Alejandro; Gijon-Nogueron, Gabriel

2018-01-01

Abstract The aim of this study was to determine the association, if any, between foot posture and dental malocclusions in the anteroposterior plane, in children. The study population consisted of 189 children (95 boys and 94 girls) aged 6 to 9 years. In every case, previous informed consent was requested and obtained from the parent/guardian and the study was approved by the Ethics Committee of the University of Málaga (CEUMA 26/2015H). This observational, descriptive, cross-sectional analysis is based on a study population (STROBE). Qualified personnel conducted a podiatric and dental examination of each child, recording the Clarke angle and the foot posture index (FPI) as an outcomes measure in the feet, and also dental malocclusions, according to Angle classification. A significant correlation was observed for the FPI scores (for right foot) as well as the Clarke angle (for right foot), in relation to dental malocclusions as determined by Angle classification (P < .001). Of all the supinated feet analyzed, 38.46% were Class II according to Angle classification, and none were Class III. Of the pronated feet, 48.57% were Class III, 42.85% were Class I, and 8.57% were Class II. The Clarke angle decreases with the progression from Class I to III, whereas the FPI increases with that from Class I to III. These findings suggest there is a relation between the Clarke angle and FPI, on the one hand, and dental malocclusion on the other. PMID:29742725
Relationship between foot posture and dental malocclusions in children aged 6 to 9 years: A cross-sectional study.

PubMed

Marchena-Rodríguez, Ana; Moreno-Morales, Noelia; Ramírez-Parga, Edith; Labajo-Manzanares, María Teresa; Luque-Suárez, Alejandro; Gijon-Nogueron, Gabriel

2018-05-01

The aim of this study was to determine the association, if any, between foot posture and dental malocclusions in the anteroposterior plane, in children.The study population consisted of 189 children (95 boys and 94 girls) aged 6 to 9 years. In every case, previous informed consent was requested and obtained from the parent/guardian and the study was approved by the Ethics Committee of the University of Málaga (CEUMA 26/2015H).This observational, descriptive, cross-sectional analysis is based on a study population (STROBE). Qualified personnel conducted a podiatric and dental examination of each child, recording the Clarke angle and the foot posture index (FPI) as an outcomes measure in the feet, and also dental malocclusions, according to Angle classification.A significant correlation was observed for the FPI scores (for right foot) as well as the Clarke angle (for right foot), in relation to dental malocclusions as determined by Angle classification (P < .001). Of all the supinated feet analyzed, 38.46% were Class II according to Angle classification, and none were Class III. Of the pronated feet, 48.57% were Class III, 42.85% were Class I, and 8.57% were Class II.The Clarke angle decreases with the progression from Class I to III, whereas the FPI increases with that from Class I to III. These findings suggest there is a relation between the Clarke angle and FPI, on the one hand, and dental malocclusion on the other.
Usefulness of the brain natriuretic peptide to atrial natriuretic peptide ratio in determining the severity of mitral regurgitation.

PubMed

Shimamoto, Ken; Kusumoto, Miyako; Sakai, Rieko; Watanabe, Hirota; Ihara, Syunichi; Koike, Natsuka; Kawana, Masatoshi

2007-03-15

Atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP) and brain natriuretic peptide (BNP) levels were characterized in subjects with mitral regurgitation (MR). Sixty-two cases of moderate or severe chronic MR were studied. The blood levels of neurohormonal factors were stratified by the known MR prognostic factors of New York Heart Association (NYHA) functional class, left ventricular end-diastolic diameters, left ventricular end-systolic diameter (LVDs), ejection fraction (EF), left atrial diameter and presence of atrial fibrillation (AF). ANP levels were higher in NYHA class II and lower in classes I and III/IV (P=0.0206). BNP levels were higher in NYHA class II than class I (P=0.0355). The BNP/ANP ratio was significantly higher in NYHA classes II and III/IV than in class I (P=0.0007). To differentiate between NYHA classes I/II and III/IV, a cut-off BNP/ANP ratio of 2.97 produced a sensitivity of 78% and specificity of 87%. Compared with subjects in sinus rhythm, patients with AF had an enlarged left atrium and lower ANP levels. The BNP/ANP ratio correlated significantly with left atrial diameter, LVDs and EF (r=0.429, P=0.0017; r=0.351, P=0.0117; and r=-0.349, P=0.0122; respectively), and was significantly higher among all the known operative indications for MR tested (LVDs 45 mm or more, EF 60% or less, NYHA class II or greater and AF; P=0.0073, P=0.003, P=0.0102 and P=0.0149, respectively). In chronic MR, levels of ANP and BNP, and the BNP/ANP ratio are potential indicators of disease severity.
49 CFR 572.155 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

...) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. (3) Thorax: (i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; (4...
49 CFR 572.155 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

...) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. (3) Thorax: (i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; (4...
49 CFR 572.155 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

...) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. (3) Thorax: (i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; (4...
49 CFR 572.155 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

...) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. (3) Thorax: (i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; (4...
49 CFR 572.155 - Test conditions and instrumentation.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

...) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. (3) Thorax: (i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; (4...
[Clinical policy for management and risk stratification of community-acquired pneumonia in patients hospitalized on the basis of conventional admission criteria].

PubMed

Putinati, Stefano; Ballerin, Licia; Piattella, Marco; Ritrovato, Lucia; Zabini, Franco; Potena, Alfredo

2003-05-01

To identify discrepancies between Pneumonia Severity Index (PSI) risk class and the conventional criteria for deciding the site of care we performed a prospective observational study on 229 patients hospitalized for community-acquired pneumonia. PSI classes and corresponding mortality rates were as following: class I, 41 patients (0%); class II, 20 (0%); class III, 58 (1.7%); class IV, 86 (8.1%); class V, 24 (33.3%). Overall, 119 patients (52%) who were hospitalized according to conventional criteria were assigned to low-risk classes (I-III). Among these low risk patients, 58 (49%) had complications as respiratory failure, pleural effusion, hypotension or shock; among remaining patients, no reasons for admission were found. This latter group deserves prospective evaluation in randomized studies comparing in-hospital versus outpatient management.
In vitro microleakage of luting cements and crown foundation material.

PubMed

Lindquist, T J; Connolly, J

2001-03-01

Microleakage is a concern for the long-term prognosis of a cemented crown and foundation. The aims of this investigation were, first, to evaluate microleakage of zinc phosphate cement and resin-reinforced glass ionomer cement under ideal (dry) versus contaminated (wet) conditions, and second, to compare 3 foundations under both ideal and contaminated conditions. One hundred forty extracted molar teeth were cleaned and mounted. Tooth preparations for complete veneer cast crowns were completed with a chamfer finish line. A mesial surface class II cavity preparation 4 mm wide buccolingually and 2 mm deep was made in each tooth. Seven restorative groups were formed: amalgam/cavity varnish, amalgam/dentinal bonding agent, and composite/dentinal bonding agent, each with dry and contaminated groups, and a seventh group of class II cavity preparations without foundations. Finish lines for crown margins were refined 1.5 mm gingival to the restoration. Artificial crowns were cast in type III gold. Treatment groups were divided into 4 cement groups: dry and contaminated zinc phosphate cement and dry and contaminated resin-reinforced glass ionomer cement. The specimens were thermocycled and immersed in erythrosine B solution for 24 hours. Subsequently, they were rinsed, and their coronal portions were embedded in clear resin. Teeth were sectioned mesiodistally, and standard photomicrographs were made. The microleakage of each restoration and crown was measured. The least foundation microleakage was recorded for amalgam/dentinal bonding agents (ideal group) and composite/dentinal bonding agents (ideal group). The most microleakage was observed within the group without a foundation. In cement groups, the control and experiment sides were evaluated separately but displayed the same order of finding. The least leakage was recorded with resin-reinforced glass ionomer cement (ideal group); the most microleakage was noted with zinc phosphate cement (ideal group). An interaction was demonstrated on the experimental side between cements and the foundations (P=.0001). Within the experimental conditions of this study, less microleakage was recorded with resin-reinforced glass ionomer cement (ideal or contaminated) than with zinc phosphate cement (ideal or contaminated). There also was less microleakage evident with a foundation of silver amalgam or composite when a dentinal bonding agent was used under ideal conditions.
Analysis of phase II studies on targeted agents and subsequent phase III trials: what are the predictors for success?

PubMed

Chan, John K; Ueda, Stefanie M; Sugiyama, Valerie E; Stave, Christopher D; Shin, Jacob Y; Monk, Bradley J; Sikic, Branimir I; Osann, Kathryn; Kapp, Daniel S

2008-03-20

To identify the characteristics of phase II studies that predict for subsequent "positive" phase III trials (those that reached the proposed primary end points of study or those wherein the study drug was superior to the standard regimen investigating targeted agents in advanced tumors. We identified all phase III clinical trials of targeted therapies against advanced cancers published from 1985 to 2005. Characteristics of the preceding phase II studies were reviewed to identify predictive factors for success of the subsequent phase III trial. Data were analyzed using the chi(2) test and logistic regression models. Of 351 phase II studies, 167 (47.6%) subsequent phase III trials were positive and 184 (52.4%) negative. Phase II studies from multiple rather than single institutions were more likely to precede a successful trial (60.4% v 39.4%; P < .001). Positive phase II results were more likely to lead to a successful phase III trial (50.8% v 22.5%; P = .003). The percentage of successful trials from pharmaceutical companies was significantly higher compared with academic, cooperative groups, and research institutes (89.5% v 44.2%, 45.2%, and 46.3%, respectively; P = .002). On multivariate analysis, these factors and shorter time interval between publication of phase II results and III study publication were independent predictive factors for a positive phase III trial. In phase II studies of targeted agents, multiple- versus single-institution participation, positive phase II trial, pharmaceutical company-based trials, and shorter time period between publication of phase II to phase III trial were independent predictive factors of success in a phase III trial. Investigators should be cognizant of these factors in phase II studies before designing phase III trials.
Selexipag for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension.

PubMed

Noel, Zachary R; Kido, Kazuhiko; Macaulay, Tracy E

2017-08-01

The pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, clinical efficacy, safety and tolerability, dosing and administration, and place in therapy of selexipag, an orally administered selective prostacyclin receptor agonist for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH), are reviewed. The first-in-class oral prostacyclin IP receptor agonist selexipag (Uptravi, Actelion Pharmaceuticals) was approved by the Food and Drug Administration in December 2015. Selexipag is rapidly hydrolyzed to a long-acting metabolite that binds with high selectivity to IP receptors, resulting in vasodilation, inhibition of platelet aggregation, and antiinflammatory effects. Results of a long-term, placebo-controlled, clinical outcomes-driven trial showed that selexipag significantly reduced the occurrence of the composite primary outcome (all-cause mortality and development of PAH-related complications). Selexipag is indicated for use in patients with World Health Organization functional class (FC) II or III disease. The recommended initial selexipag dosage is 200 μg twice daily. Like prostanoid analogs, selexipag has a dose-dependent adverse-effect profile that includes nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, headache, and musculoskeletal pain. Although selexipag offers distinct pharmacologic advantages over other agents for the treatment of PAH, important issues of cost and access must be considered. Selexipag is an oral prostacyclin IP receptor agonist approved for use as monotherapy or in combination with other therapies to slow PAH progression and reduce the risk of hospitalization in patients with FC II or III symptoms. Its stability and relatively long half-life offer conveniences over conventional prostanoid therapies. Copyright © 2017 by the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists, Inc. All rights reserved.
77 FR 31067 - Cleveland Commercial Railroad Company, LLC-Continuance in Control Exemption-Cleveland Harbor Belt...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-05-24

... becoming a Class III rail carrier. CCR has established CHB as a limited liability company and has the... Commercial Railroad Company, LLC--Continuance in Control Exemption--Cleveland Harbor Belt Railroad Cleveland Commercial Railroad Company, LLC (CCR), a Class III rail carrier, has filed a verified notice of exemption...
25 CFR 291.1 - Purpose and scope.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Purpose and scope. 291.1 Section 291.1 Indians BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.1... promulgate rules for the conduct of Class III Indian gaming when: (a) A State and an Indian tribe are unable...
40 CFR 147.251 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells and Indian lands.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

..., IV and V wells and Indian lands. 147.251 Section 147.251 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS California § 147.251 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV and V wells and...

40 CFR 147.301 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian lands.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

..., IV, V wells and Indian lands. 147.301 Section 147.301 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS Colorado § 147.301 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian...
40 CFR 147.753 - Existing Class I and III wells authorized by rule.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS Indiana § 147.753 Existing Class I and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner or operator shall limit injection pressure to the lessor of: (a) A value which will not...
40 CFR 146.10 - Plugging and abandoning Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAM: CRITERIA AND STANDARDS General... of drinking water. The Director may allow Class III wells to use other plugging materials if the... sources of drinking water. (2) Placement of the cement plugs shall be accomplished by one of the following...
Excelsior Mining Arizona, Inc. Gunnison Copper Project Class III UIC Area Permit and Aquifer Exemption

EPA Pesticide Factsheets

UIC Area Permit R9UIC-AZ3-FY16-1 and supporting documents for Class III In-Situ Production of Copper: Gunnison Copper Project, Cochise County, AZ, issued to Excelsior Mining Arizona Inc., Concord Place, Suite 300, 2999 North 44th Street, Phoenix, AZ 85018.
40 CFR 147.251 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells and Indian lands.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

..., IV and V wells and Indian lands. 147.251 Section 147.251 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS California § 147.251 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV and V wells and...
40 CFR 147.301 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian lands.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

..., IV, V wells and Indian lands. 147.301 Section 147.301 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS Colorado § 147.301 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian...
Treatment in Borderline Class III Malocclusion: Orthodontic Camouflage (Extraction) Versus Orthognathic Surgery.

PubMed

Rabie, A-Bakr M; Wong, Ricky W K; Min, G U

2008-01-01

To investigate the differences in morphological characteristics of borderline class III patients who had undergone camouflage orthodontic treatment or orthognathic surgery, and to compare the treatment effects between these two modalities. Cephalograms of 25 patients (13 orthodontic, 12 surgical) with class III malocclusion were analyzed. All had a pretreatment ANB angle greater than -5 masculine. Using discriminant analysis, only Holdaway angle was selected to differentiate patients in the pretreatment stage. Seventy-two per cent patients were correctly classified. In the orthodontic group, reverse overjet was corrected by retraction of the lower incisors and downward and backward rotation of the mandible. The surgical group was corrected by setback of the lower anterior dentoalveolus and uprighting of the lower incisors. No difference was found in posttreatment soft tissue measurements between the two groups. Twelve degree for the Holdaway angle can be a guideline in determining the treatment modalities for borderline class III patients, but the preferences of operators and patients are also important. (2) Both therapeutic options should highlight changes in the lower dentoalveolus and lower incisors. (3) Both treatment modalities can achieve satisfactory improvements to the people.
Three-dimensional assessment of maxillary changes associated with bone anchored maxillary protraction

PubMed Central

Nguyen, Tung; Cevidanes, Lucia; Cornelis, Marie A.; Heymann, Gavin; de Paula, Leonardo K.; De Clerck, Hugo

2013-01-01

Introduction Bone-anchored maxillary protraction has been shown to be an effective treatment modality for the correction of Class III malocclusions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate 3-dimensional changes in the maxilla, the surrounding hard and soft tissues, and the circummaxillary sutures after bone-anchored maxillary protraction treatment. Methods Twenty-five consecutive skeletal Class III patients between the ages of 9 and 13 years (mean, 11.10 ± 1.1 years) were treated with Class III intermaxillary elastics and bilateral miniplates (2 in the infrazygomatic crests of the maxilla and 2 in the anterior mandible). Cone-beam computed tomographs were taken before initial loading and 1 year out. Three-dimensional models were generated from the tomographs, registered on the anterior cranial base, superimposed, and analyzed by using color maps. Results The maxilla showed a mean forward displacement of 3.7 mm, and the zygomas and the maxillary incisors came forward 3.7 and 4.3 mm, respectively. Conclusions This treatment approach produced significant orthopedic changes in the maxilla and the zygomas in growing Class III patients. PMID:22133943
[Distal movement of the mandibular dentition in the treatment of patients with Class III skeletal pattern].

PubMed

Mou, Lan; Xu, Gengchi; Han, Yaohui; Ge, Zhenlin

2015-06-01

To evaluate the outcome of patients with skeletal Class III malocclusion treated with extraction of mandibular third molars and distalization of molars using implant anchorage combined with MBT appliance. Fifteen patients (mean age 24.0 ± 5.8) with skeletal Class III malocclusion were selected. The mandibular third molars were extracted and the mandibular molars were moved distally using implant combined with MBT appliance. Cephalometric analysis was carried out before and after treatment. After active treatment, ANB, Wits distance, AB-NP and the distance between upper and lower lip position to SnPg' increased by 1.65° ± 1.04°, (4.39 ± 1.93) mm, 3.20° ± 1.61° and (1.13 ± 0.99) mm, respectively. The differences were statistically significant (P < 0.05). The skeletal Class III patients in the permanent dentition could be treated successfully with extraction of mandibular third molars and distalization of mandibular molars using implant anchorage combined with MBT appliance. The soft-tissue profile was improved.
Complexation Effect on Redox Potential of Iron(III)-Iron(II) Couple: A Simple Potentiometric Experiment

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Rizvi, Masood Ahmad; Syed, Raashid Maqsood; Khan, Badruddin

2011-01-01

A titration curve with multiple inflection points results when a mixture of two or more reducing agents with sufficiently different reduction potentials are titrated. In this experiment iron(II) complexes are combined into a mixture of reducing agents and are oxidized to the corresponding iron(III) complexes. As all of the complexes involve the…
Identification and cloning of class II and III chitinases from alkaline floral nectar of Rhododendron irroratum, Ericaceae.

PubMed

Zha, Hong-Guang; Milne, Richard I; Zhou, Hong-Xia; Chen, Xiang-Yang; Sun, Hang

2016-10-01

Class II and III chitinases belonging to different glycoside hydrolase families were major nectarins in Rhododendron irroratum floral nectar which showed significant chitinolytic activity. Previous studies have demonstrated antimicrobial activity in plant floral nectar, but the molecular basis for the mechanism is still poorly understood. Two chitinases, class II (Rhchi2) and III (Rhchi3), were characterized from alkaline Rhododendron irroratum nectar by both SDS-PAGE and mass spectrometry. Rhchi2 (27 kDa) and Rhchi3 (29 kDa) are glycoside hydrolases (family 19 and 18) with theoretical pI of 8.19 and 7.04. The expression patterns of Rhchi2 and Rhchi3 were analyzed by semi-quantitative RT-PCR. Rhchi2 is expressed in flowers (corolla nectar pouches) and leaves while Rhchi3 is expressed in flowers. Chitinase in concentrated protein and fresh nectar samples was visualised by SDS-PAGE and chitinolytic activity in fresh nectar was determined spectrophotometrically via chitin-azure. Full length gene sequences were cloned with Tail-PCR and RACE. The amino acid sequence deduced from the coding region for these proteins showed high identity with known chitinases and predicted to be located in extracellular space. Fresh R. irroratum floral nectar showed significant chitinolytic activity. Our results demonstrate that class III chitinase (GH 18 family) also exists in floral nectar. The functional relationship between class II and III chitinases and the role of these pathogenesis-related proteins in antimicrobial activity in nectar is suggested.
Effects of landiolol, an ultra-short-acting beta1-selective blocker, on electrical storm refractory to class III antiarrhythmic drugs.

PubMed

Miwa, Yosuke; Ikeda, Takanori; Mera, Hisaaki; Miyakoshi, Mutsumi; Hoshida, Kyoko; Yanagisawa, Ryoji; Ishiguro, Haruhisa; Tsukada, Takehiro; Abe, Atsuko; Yusu, Satoru; Yoshino, Hideaki

2010-05-01

Occasionally it is difficult to inhibit electrical storm (ES) with standard pharmacological treatment. In the present study the effect of landiolol, an ultra-short-acting beta(1)-selective blocker, on ES refractory to class III antiarrhythmic drugs was evaluated. The study group comprised 42 consecutive patients who developed ES for which intravenous class III antiarrhythmic drugs, such as amiodarone and nifekalant, were ineffective. Landiolol was administered intravenously with an initial dose of 2.5 microg x kg(-1) x min(-1), which was doubled if it was ineffective, up to a maximum dose of 80 microg x kg(-1) x min(-1). Landiolol inhibited ES in 33 patients (79%) at a mean dose of 7.5+/-12.2 microg x kg(-1) x min(-1). All patients in whom landiolol was ineffective died of arrhythmia. Of the 33 patients in whom landiolol was effective, 25 survived and were discharged (60% of all patients). Landiolol significantly decreased heart rate (P<0.0001), but did not affect blood pressure. Landiolol was not discontinued for adverse effects in any of the responders. Age, APACHE II score, and pH of arterial blood gas differed significantly between the responders and nonresponders. Landiolol is useful as a life-saving drug for class III antiarrhythmic drug-resistant ES. The main mechanism of ES refractory to class III antiarrhythmic drugs could be abnormal automaticity but not reentry.
Long-Term Incisal Relationships after Palatoplasty in Patients with Isolated Cleft Palate

PubMed Central

Odom, Elizabeth B.; Woo, Albert S.; Mendonca, Derick A.; Huebener, Donald V.; Nissen, Richard J.; Skolnick, Gary B.; Patel, Kamlesh B.

2016-01-01

Purpose Various palatoplasty techniques have limited incisions in the hard palate due to concerns that these incisions may limit maxillary growth. There is little convincing long-term evidence to support this. Our purpose is to determine incisal relationships, an indicator for future orthognathic procedure, in patients after repair of an isolated cleft of the secondary palate. Methods Our craniofacial database was used to identify patients aged ten years or greater with an isolated cleft of the secondary palate who underwent palatoplasty between 1985 and 2002. Data collected included age at palatoplasty and follow-up, cleft type, associated syndrome, Robin sequence, surgeon, repair technique, number of operations, and occlusion. Incisal relationship was determined through clinical observation by a pediatric dentist and orthodontist. Results Seventy eligible patients operated on by 9 surgeons were identified. Class III incisal relationship was seen in 5 patients (7.1%). Palatoplasty techniques over the hard palate (63 of 70 patients) included two-flap palatoplasty, VY-pushback, and Von Langenbeck repair. There was an association between class III incisal relationship and syndromic diagnosis (p < 0.001). Other study variables were not associated with class III incisal relationships. Conclusion In patients with an isolated cleft of the secondary palate, there was no association between class III incisal relationship and surgeon, age at repair, cleft type, palatoplasty technique, or number of operations. Increased likelihood of class III incisal relationship was associated primarily with syndromic diagnosis. PMID:27171942
Incipient class II mixed valency in a plutonium solid-state compound

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cary, Samantha K.; Galley, Shane S.; Marsh, Matthew L.; Hobart, David L.; Baumbach, Ryan E.; Cross, Justin N.; Stritzinger, Jared T.; Polinski, Matthew J.; Maron, Laurent; Albrecht-Schmitt, Thomas E.

2017-09-01

Electron transfer in mixed-valent transition-metal complexes, clusters and materials is ubiquitous in both natural and synthetic systems. The degree to which intervalence charge transfer (IVCT) occurs, dependent on the degree of delocalization, places these within class II or III of the Robin-Day system. In contrast to the d-block, compounds of f-block elements typically exhibit class I behaviour (no IVCT) because of localization of the valence electrons and poor spatial overlap between metal and ligand orbitals. Here, we report experimental and computational evidence for delocalization of 5f electrons in the mixed-valent PuIII/PuIV solid-state compound, Pu3(DPA)5(H2O)2 (DPA = 2,6-pyridinedicarboxylate). The properties of this compound are benchmarked by the pure PuIII and PuIV dipicolinate complexes, [PuIII(DPA)(H2O)4]Br and PuIV(DPA)2(H2O)3·3H2O, as well as by a second mixed-valent compound, PuIII[PuIV(DPA)3H0.5]2, that falls into class I instead. Metal-to-ligand charge transfer is involved in both the formation of Pu3(DPA)5(H2O)2 and in the IVCT.
Interstitial telomere-like repeats in the Arabidopsis thaliana genome.

PubMed

Uchida, Wakana; Matsunaga, Sachihiro; Sugiyama, Ryuji; Kawano, Shigeyuki

2002-02-01

Eukaryotic chromosomal ends are protected by telomeres, which are thought to play an important role in ensuring the complete replication of chromosomes. On the other hand, non-functional telomere-like repeats in the interchromosomal regions (interstitial telomeric repeats; ITRs) have been reported in several eukaryotes. In this study, we identified eight ITRs in the Arabidopsis thaliana genome, each consisting of complete and degenerate 300- to 1200-bp sequences. The ITRs were grouped into three classes (class IA-B, class II, and class IIIA-E) based on the degeneracy of the telomeric repeats in ITRs. The telomeric repeats of the two ITRs in class I were conserved for the most part, whereas the single ITR in class II, and the five ITRs in class III were relatively degenerated. In addition, degenerate ITRs were surrounded by common sequences that shared 70-100% homology to each other; these are named ITR-adjacent sequences (IAS). Although the genomic regions around ITRs in class I lacked IAS, those around ITRs in class II contained IAS (IASa), and those around five ITRs in class III had nine types of IAS (IASb, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, and j). Ten IAS types in classes II and III showed no significant homology to each other. The chromosomal locations of ITRs and IAS were not category-related, but most of them were adjacent to, or part of, a centromere. These results show that the A. thaliana genome has undergone chromosomal rearrangements, such as end-fusions and segmental duplications.
[Microinvasive dental treatment in pre-school children].

PubMed

Korolenkova, M V

The aim of the study was to assess the efficiency of atraumatic restorative treatment (ART) with cavity preparation by means of dental endo motor. ART method was applied in 94 children (50 females and 44 males, 301 teeth treated) aged 21-96 months. Wireless dental endo motor (Endo Mate TC2, NSK, Japan) was used for cavity preparation. The cavities (102 (33.9%) class I, 156 (51.8%) class V, 20 (6.6%) class II, 18 (6%) class III and 5 (1.7%) class IV) were then filled with glass-ionomer cement (Fuji IX, GC, Japan). Success rate was assessed 3, 6, 12 and 18 months after treatment. Overall ART procedure success rate (good marginal fit, no occlusal wearing or restoration fractures) at 18-month follow up was 88.7% (267 fillings out of 301) with the highest survival in class I (96.1%) and class V (96.2%) restoration and poorest in class II (50%), class III (44.4%) and class IV (20%) restorations. Cavity preparation with wireless dental endo motor was well tolerated even by infants (12 children were younger than 24 months), as it is noiseless and significantly faster than conventional manual preparation. ART method with the use of dental endo motor showed good success rate and proved to be highly efficient in small and apprehensive children. The method, however, should be avoided in class III and IV cavities as the success rate is poor mostly because of restoration fractures.
Amphiphilic complexes of Ho(iii), Dy(iii), Tb(iii) and Eu(iii) for optical and high field magnetic resonance imaging.

PubMed

Harris, Michael; Henoumont, Céline; Peeters, Wannes; Toyouchi, Shuichi; Vander Elst, Luce; Parac-Vogt, Tatjana N

2018-05-29

Lanthanides, holmium(iii), dysprosium(iii), and terbium(iii), were coordinated to an amphiphilic DOTA bis-coumarin derivative and then further assembled with an amphiphilic europium(iii) DTPA bis-coumarin derivative into mono-disperse micelles. The self-assembled micelles were characterized and assessed for their potential as bimodal contrast agents for high field magnetic resonance and optical imaging applications. All micelles showed a high transverse relaxation (r2) of 46, 34, and 30 s-1 mM-1 at 500 MHz and 37 °C for Dy(iii), Ho(iii) and Tb(iii), respectively, which is a result of the high magnetic moment of these lanthanides and the long rotational correlation time of the micelles. The quantum yield in aqueous solution ranged from 1.8% for Tb/Eu to 1.4% for Dy/Eu and 1.0% for the Ho/Eu micelles. Multi-photon excited emission spectroscopy has shown that due to the two-photon absorption of the coumarin chromophore the characteristic Eu(iii) emission could be observed upon excitation at 800 nm, demonstrating the usefulness of the system for in vivo fluorescence imaging applications. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first example reporting the potential of a holmium(iii) chelate as a negative MRI contrast agent.
Orthodontic camouflage of skeletal Class III malocclusion with miniplate: a case report

PubMed Central

Farret, Marcel Marchiori; Farret, Milton M. Benitez; Farret, Alessandro Marchiori

2016-01-01

ABSTRACT Introduction: Skeletal Class III malocclusion is often referred for orthodontic treatment combined with orthognathic surgery. However, with the aid of miniplates, some moderate discrepancies become feasible to be treated without surgery. Objective: To report the case of a 24-year-old man with severe skeletal Angle Class III malocclusion with anterior crossbite and a consequent concave facial profile. Methods: The patient refused to undergo orthognathic surgery; therefore, orthodontic camouflage treatment with the aid of miniplates placed on the mandibular arch was proposed. Results: After 18 months of treatment, a Class I molar and canine relationship was achieved, while anterior crossbite was corrected by retraction of mandibular teeth. The consequent decrease in lower lip fullness and increased exposure of maxillary incisors at smiling resulted in a remarkable improvement of patient's facial profile, in addition to an esthetically pleasing smile, respectively. One year later, follow-up revealed good stability of results. PMID:27653269
Orthodontic retreatment using anchorage with miniplate to camouflage a Class III skeletal pattern.

PubMed

Farret, Marcel Marchiori

2016-06-01

This manuscript describes the treatment of a 27-year-old patient who was previously treated with two maxillary first premolar extractions. The patient had skeletal Class III malocclusion, Class III canine relationship, anterior crossbite, and a concave profile. As the patient refused orthognathic surgery, a miniplate was used on the right side of the lower arch as an anchorage unit after the extraction of mandibular first premolars, aiding the retraction of anterior teeth. At the end of treatment, anterior crossbite was corrected, in which first molars and canines were in a Class I relationship, and an excellent intercuspation was reached. Furthermore, patient's profile remarkably improved as a result of mandibular incisor retraction. A 30-month follow-up showed good stability of the results obtained. This case was presented to the Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics (BBO) as one of the requirements to become diplomate by the BBO.
Orthodontic retreatment using anchorage with miniplate to camouflage a Class III skeletal pattern

PubMed Central

Farret, Marcel Marchiori

2016-01-01

ABSTRACT This manuscript describes the treatment of a 27-year-old patient who was previously treated with two maxillary first premolar extractions. The patient had skeletal Class III malocclusion, Class III canine relationship, anterior crossbite, and a concave profile. As the patient refused orthognathic surgery, a miniplate was used on the right side of the lower arch as an anchorage unit after the extraction of mandibular first premolars, aiding the retraction of anterior teeth. At the end of treatment, anterior crossbite was corrected, in which first molars and canines were in a Class I relationship, and an excellent intercuspation was reached. Furthermore, patient's profile remarkably improved as a result of mandibular incisor retraction. A 30-month follow-up showed good stability of the results obtained. This case was presented to the Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics (BBO) as one of the requirements to become diplomate by the BBO. PMID:27409659

Orthodontic camouflage of skeletal Class III malocclusion with miniplate: a case report.

PubMed

Farret, Marcel Marchiori; Farret, Milton M Benitez; Farret, Alessandro Marchiori

2016-01-01

Skeletal Class III malocclusion is often referred for orthodontic treatment combined with orthognathic surgery. However, with the aid of miniplates, some moderate discrepancies become feasible to be treated without surgery. To report the case of a 24-year-old man with severe skeletal Angle Class III malocclusion with anterior crossbite and a consequent concave facial profile. The patient refused to undergo orthognathic surgery; therefore, orthodontic camouflage treatment with the aid of miniplates placed on the mandibular arch was proposed. After 18 months of treatment, a Class I molar and canine relationship was achieved, while anterior crossbite was corrected by retraction of mandibular teeth. The consequent decrease in lower lip fullness and increased exposure of maxillary incisors at smiling resulted in a remarkable improvement of patient's facial profile, in addition to an esthetically pleasing smile, respectively. One year later, follow-up revealed good stability of results.
Miniplate-Aided Mandibular Dentition Distalization as a Camouflage Treatment of a Class III Malocclusion in an Adult.

PubMed

Hakami, Zaki; Chen, Po Jung; Ahmida, Ahmad; Janakiraman, Nandakumar; Uribe, Flavio

2018-01-01

This case report describes orthodontic camouflage treatment for a 32-year-old African American male patient with Class III malocclusion. The treatment included nonextraction, nonsurgical orthodontic camouflage by en masse distalization of the mandibular teeth using skeletal anchorage devices. The total treatment time was 23 months. Normal overjet and overbite with Class I occlusion were obtained despite the compensated dentition to the skeletal malocclusion. His smile esthetics was significantly improved at the completion of his treatment.
Miniplate-Aided Mandibular Dentition Distalization as a Camouflage Treatment of a Class III Malocclusion in an Adult

PubMed Central

Chen, Po Jung; Ahmida, Ahmad; Janakiraman, Nandakumar; Uribe, Flavio

2018-01-01

This case report describes orthodontic camouflage treatment for a 32-year-old African American male patient with Class III malocclusion. The treatment included nonextraction, nonsurgical orthodontic camouflage by en masse distalization of the mandibular teeth using skeletal anchorage devices. The total treatment time was 23 months. Normal overjet and overbite with Class I occlusion were obtained despite the compensated dentition to the skeletal malocclusion. His smile esthetics was significantly improved at the completion of his treatment. PMID:29721340
Maxillary Transverse Comparison of Skeletal Class I and Class III Patient Populations Using Cone Beam Computed Tomography

DTIC Science & Technology

2012-04-13

conventional CT, the newer CBCT system had a number of advantages . The most celebrated advantage of CBCT is the reduced radiation burden to the patient...anteroposterior growth or perhaps do they mirror the overall shape of the underlying maxillary basal bone? 9 In a 2005 study, Franchi and Bacetti...stated that “no information is available for the dentoskeletal transverse dimensions in Class III subjects” ( Franchi and Baccetti 2005). These
Tokyo Guidelines 2018: antimicrobial therapy for acute cholangitis and cholecystitis.

PubMed

Gomi, Harumi; Solomkin, Joseph S; Schlossberg, David; Okamoto, Kohji; Takada, Tadahiro; Strasberg, Steven M; Ukai, Tomohiko; Endo, Itaru; Iwashita, Yukio; Hibi, Taizo; Pitt, Henry A; Matsunaga, Naohisa; Takamori, Yoriyuki; Umezawa, Akiko; Asai, Koji; Suzuki, Kenji; Han, Ho-Seong; Hwang, Tsann-Long; Mori, Yasuhisa; Yoon, Yoo-Seok; Huang, Wayne Shih-Wei; Belli, Giulio; Dervenis, Christos; Yokoe, Masamichi; Kiriyama, Seiki; Itoi, Takao; Jagannath, Palepu; Garden, O James; Miura, Fumihiko; de Santibañes, Eduardo; Shikata, Satoru; Noguchi, Yoshinori; Wada, Keita; Honda, Goro; Supe, Avinash Nivritti; Yoshida, Masahiro; Mayumi, Toshihiko; Gouma, Dirk J; Deziel, Daniel J; Liau, Kui-Hin; Chen, Miin-Fu; Liu, Keng-Hao; Su, Cheng-Hsi; Chan, Angus C W; Yoon, Dong-Sup; Choi, In-Seok; Jonas, Eduard; Chen, Xiao-Ping; Fan, Sheung Tat; Ker, Chen-Guo; Giménez, Mariano Eduardo; Kitano, Seigo; Inomata, Masafumi; Mukai, Shuntaro; Higuchi, Ryota; Hirata, Koichi; Inui, Kazuo; Sumiyama, Yoshinobu; Yamamoto, Masakazu

2018-01-01

Antimicrobial therapy is a mainstay of the management for patients with acute cholangitis and/or cholecystitis. The Tokyo Guidelines 2018 (TG18) provides recommendations for the appropriate use of antimicrobials for community-acquired and healthcare-associated infections. The listed agents are for empirical therapy provided before the infecting isolates are identified. Antimicrobial agents are listed by class-definitions and TG18 severity grade I, II, and III subcategorized by clinical settings. In the era of emerging and increasing antimicrobial resistance, monitoring and updating local antibiograms is underscored. Prudent antimicrobial usage and early de-escalation or termination of antimicrobial therapy are now important parts of decision-making. What is new in TG18 is that the duration of antimicrobial therapy for both acute cholangitis and cholecystitis is systematically reviewed. Prophylactic antimicrobial usage for elective endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography is no longer recommended and the section was deleted in TG18. Free full articles and mobile app of TG18 are available at: http://www.jshbps.jp/modules/en/index.php?content_id=47. Related clinical questions and references are also included. © 2018 Japanese Society of Hepato-Biliary-Pancreatic Surgery.
Osmotically shrunken LIPOCEST agents: an innovative class of magnetic resonance imaging contrast media based on chemical exchange saturation transfer.

PubMed

Terreno, Enzo; Delli Castelli, Daniela; Violante, Elisabetta; Sanders, Honorius M H F; Sommerdijk, Nico A J M; Aime, Silvio

2009-01-01

The peculiar properties of osmotically shrunken liposomes acting as magnetic resonance imaging-chemical exchange saturation transfer (MRI-CEST) contrast agents have been investigated. Attention has been primarily devoted to assessing the contribution arising from encapsulated and incorporated paramagnetic lanthanide(III)-based shift reagents in determining the chemical shift of the intraliposomal water protons, which is a relevant factor for generating the CEST contrast. It is demonstrated that a highly shifted resonance for the encapsulated water can be attained by increasing the percentage of the amphiphilic shift reagent incorporated in the liposome bilayer. It is also demonstrated that the shift contribution arising from the bulk magnetic susceptibility can be optimized through the modulation of the osmotic shrinkage. In terms of sensitivity, it is shown that the saturation transfer efficiency can be significantly improved by increasing the size of the vesicle, thus allowing a high number of exchangeable protons to be saturated. In addition, the role played by the intensity of the saturating radiofrequency field has also been highlighted.
A new class of finite-time nonlinear consensus protocols for multi-agent systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zuo, Zongyu; Tie, Lin

2014-02-01

This paper is devoted to investigating the finite-time consensus problem for a multi-agent system in networks with undirected topology. A new class of global continuous time-invariant consensus protocols is constructed for each single-integrator agent dynamics with the aid of Lyapunov functions. In particular, it is shown that the settling time of the proposed new class of finite-time consensus protocols is upper bounded for arbitrary initial conditions. This makes it possible for network consensus problems that the convergence time is designed and estimated offline for a given undirected information flow and a group volume of agents. Finally, a numerical simulation example is presented as a proof of concept.
Curve of Spee and its relationship to vertical eruption of teeth among different malocclusion groups.

PubMed

Veli, Ilknur; Ozturk, Mehmet Ali; Uysal, Tancan

2015-03-01

Our objectives were to assess the depth of the curve of Spee (COS) in different malocclusion groups, to relate this to the eruption of anterior or posterior teeth quantitatively, and to determine whether the depth of the COS is affected by the vertical eruption of anterior or posterior teeth. Two hundred conventional lateral cephalograms and 3-dimensional models of untreated patients (70 boys, mean age: 16.4 ± 1.4 years; 130 young women, mean age: 18.1 ± 1.8 years) were included and assigned to 4 malocclusion groups as Class I, Class II Division 1, Class II Division 2, and Class III. The depth of the COS, overjet, and overbite were measured on 3-dimensional models. The perpendicular distance between the incisal tip of the mandibular central incisor (L1-MP), the deepest point of the COS (S-MP), and the distobuccal cusp tip of the mandibular second molar (L7-MP) to the mandibular plane were calculated and proportioned with each other. The Pearson correlation coefficient was calculated, and multiple linear regression analysis was carried out. Also, multivariate analysis of variance was performed at the P <0.05 level. The mesiobuccal cusp of the first molar was the deepest part of the COS in all groups, with a maximum depth of 2.44 ± 0.73 mm in the Class II Division 1 subjects and a minimum depth of 1.76 ± 0.94 in the Class III subjects. The depth of the COS changed as follows: Class II Division 1 > Class II Division 2 > Class I > Class III malocclusion groups. Statistically significant positive correlations were found between the depth of the COS and L1-MP/S-MP (r = 0.541) and L7-MP/S-MP (r = 0.269) in the Class I and Class III subjects, and between the depth of the COS and overjet (r = 0.483) and L7-MP/S-MP (r = 0.289) in the Class II Division 1 subjects. All variables except overjet had positive correlations with the depth of the COS in Class II Division 2 subjects. The multivariate analysis of variance showed statistically significant differences in overjet, overbite, L1-MP/S-MP, L7-MP/S-MP, and the depth of the COS (P <0.001) among the groups. Although the overjet differed, vertical eruption of the anterior teeth did not differ among the different malocclusion groups and had a significant contribution to the depth of the COS in subjects with Class I and Class III malocclusions. Copyright © 2015 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Color-color diagrams in near infrared: (J-H)/(H-K). I

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gyulbudaghian, Armen L.; Baloian, N.; Sanchez, I. A.

2017-12-01

In the paper are presented the color-color diagrams (J-H)/(H-K) for all stars with visible values B<11, for which in the known catalogs the values of J, H, K, and also spectral classes and luminosity classes of these stars are given. The diagrams are constructed for luminosity classes Ia, Ib, II, III, IV, V. The similarity of diagrams for classes Ia and Ib (super giants) and II (giants), is obvious from these diagrams. The diagrams obtained by us can be used for discovering of new young stars and also for determining of color excesses of investigating stars. Maximal amounts of stars are registered in the classes V and III. There is a tendency of increasing of J-H and H-K along the sequence of spectral classes O - M, which is correct for all luminosity classes.
78 FR 77471 - Prospective Grant of Exclusive License for: Convection Enhanced Delivery of a Therapeutic Agent...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-12-23

...-toxic macromolecular MRI contrast agents such as chelated Gd(III). These macromolecular imaging agents... Exclusive License for: Convection Enhanced Delivery of a Therapeutic Agent With a Surrogate Tracer for... Enhanced Delivery of Therapeutic Agents'', U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/413,673 (filed September...
Phase I/II adaptive design for drug combination oncology trials

PubMed Central

Wages, Nolan A.; Conaway, Mark R.

2014-01-01

Existing statistical methodology on dose finding for combination chemotherapies has focused on toxicity considerations alone in finding a maximum tolerated dose combination to recommend for further testing of efficacy in a phase II setting. Recently, there has been increasing interest in integrating phase I and phase II trials in order to facilitate drug development. In this article, we propose a new adaptive phase I/II method for dual-agent combinations that takes into account both toxicity and efficacy after each cohort inclusion. The primary objective, both within and at the conclusion of the trial, becomes finding a single dose combination with an acceptable level of toxicity that maximizes efficacious response. We assume that there exist monotone dose–toxicity and dose–efficacy relationships among doses of one agent when the dose of other agent is fixed. We perform extensive simulation studies that demonstrate the operating characteristics of our proposed approach, and we compare simulated results to existing methodology in phase I/II design for combinations of agents. PMID:24470329
Assessment of Soft Tissue Changes by Cephalometry and Two-Dimensional Photogrammetry in Bilateral Sagittal Split Ramus Osteotomy Cases

PubMed Central

Martin, Alice

2011-01-01

ABSTRACT Objectives We aimed to compare the standard methods of cephalometry and two-dimensional photogrammetry, to evaluate the reliability and accuracy of both methods. Material and Methods Twenty-six patients (mean age 25.5, standard deviation (SD) 5.2 years) with Class II relationship and 23 patients with Class III relationship (mean age 26.4, SD 4.7 years) who had undergone bilateral sagittal split ramus osteotomy were selected, with a median follow-up of 8 months between pre- and postsurgical evaluation. Pre- and postsurgical cephalograms and lateral photograms were traced and changes were recorded. Results Pre- and postsurgical measurements of hard tissue angles and distances revealed higher correlations with cephalometrically performed soft tissue measurements of facial convexity (Class II: N-PG, r = - 0.50, P = 0.047; Class III: ANB, r = 0.73, P = 0.005; NaPg , r = 0.71, P = 0.007;) and labiomental angle (Class II: SNB, r = 0.72, P = 0.002; ANB, r = - 0.72, P = 0.002; N-B, r = - 0.68, P = 0.004; ANS-Gn, r = 0.71, P = 0.002; Class III: ANS-Gn, r = 0.65, P = 0.043) compared with two-dimensional photogrammetry. However, two-dimensional photogrammetry revealed higher correlation between lower lip length and cephalometrically assessed angular hard tissue changes (Class II: SNB, r = 0.98, P = 0.007; N-B, r = 0.89, P = 0.037; N-Pg, r = 0.90, P = 0.033; Class III: SNB, r = - 0.54, P = 0.060; NAPg, r = - 0.65, P = 0.041; N-Pg, r = 0.58, P = 0.039). Conclusions Our findings suggest that cephalometry and two-dimensional photogrammetry offer the possibility to complement one another. PMID:24421994
Cytoskeleton and paclitaxel sensitivity in breast cancer: the role of beta-tubulins.

PubMed

Tommasi, Stefania; Mangia, Anita; Lacalamita, Rosanna; Bellizzi, Antonia; Fedele, Vita; Chiriatti, Annalisa; Thomssen, Christopher; Kendzierski, Nancy; Latorre, Agnese; Lorusso, Vito; Schittulli, Francesco; Zito, Francesco; Kavallaris, Maria; Paradiso, Angelo

2007-05-15

The antineoplastic effect of paclitaxel is mainly related to its ability to bind the beta subunit of tubulin, thus preventing tubulin chain depolarization and inducing apoptosis. The relevance of the Class I beta-tubulin characteristics have also been confirmed in the clinical setting where mutations of paclitaxel-binding site of beta-tubulin Class I have been related to paclitaxel resistance in non small cell lung and ovarian cancers. In the present study, we verified the hypothesis of a relationship between molecular alterations of beta-tubulin Class I and paclitaxel sensitivity in a panel of breast cell lines with different drug IC(50). The Class I beta-tubulin gene cDNA has been sequenced detecting heterozygous missense mutations (exon 1 and 4) only in MCF-7 and SK-BR-3 lines. Furthermore, the expression (at both mRNA and protein level) of the different isotypes have been analyzed demonstrating an association between low cell sensitivity to paclitaxel and Class III beta-tubulin expression increasing. Antisense oligonucleotide (ODN) experiments confirmed that the inhibition of Class III beta-tubulin could at least partially increase paclitaxel-chemosensitivity. The hypothesis of a relationship between beta-tubulin tumor expression and paclitaxel clinical response has been finally verified in a series of 92 advanced breast cancer patients treated with a first line paclitaxel-based chemotherapy. Thirty-five percent (95% CI: 45-31) of patients with high Class III beta-tubulin expression showed a disease progression vs. only 7% of patients with low expression (35% vs. 7%, p < 0.002). Our study suggests that Class III beta-tubulin tumor expression could be considered a predictive biomarker of paclitaxel-clinical resistance for breast cancer patients. (c) 2007 Wiley-Liss, Inc.
40 CFR 147.2800 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. 147.2800 Section 147.2800 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Federal Register effective July 31, 1985. (1) CNMI Environmental Protection Act, 2 CMC sections 3101, et...
40 CFR 147.2800 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. 147.2800 Section 147.2800 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Federal Register effective July 31, 1985. (1) CNMI Environmental Protection Act, 2 CMC sections 3101, et...
40 CFR 147.2800 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. 147.2800 Section 147.2800 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Federal Register effective July 31, 1985. (1) CNMI Environmental Protection Act, 2 CMC sections 3101, et...
40 CFR 147.2800 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. 147.2800 Section 147.2800 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Federal Register effective July 31, 1985. (1) CNMI Environmental Protection Act, 2 CMC sections 3101, et...
40 CFR 147.2800 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. 147.2800 Section 147.2800 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Federal Register effective July 31, 1985. (1) CNMI Environmental Protection Act, 2 CMC sections 3101, et...
40 CFR 147.2550 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... Rules and Regulations, Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality, Chapter XXI: In Situ Mining... program for Class I, III, IV and V wells in the State of Wyoming, except those on Indian lands is the... section 1422 of the SDWA. Notice of this approval was published in the Federal Register on July 15, 1983...
40 CFR 147.2550 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... Rules and Regulations, Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality, Chapter XXI: In Situ Mining... program for Class I, III, IV and V wells in the State of Wyoming, except those on Indian lands is the... section 1422 of the SDWA. Notice of this approval was published in the Federal Register on July 15, 1983...

76 FR 13272 - Columbia & Cowlitz Railway, LLC-Corporate Family Transaction Exemption-Patriot Woods Railroad, LLC

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2011-03-10

... auxiliary and temporary storage tracks, in Cowlitz County, Wash. CLC and Woods are Class III rail carriers... intended to result in more efficient and lower cost operations. \\1\\ See Tenn. S. R.R.--Continuance in... for transactions under Sec. Sec. 11324 and 11325 that involve only Class III rail carriers...
Orthodontics-surgical combination therapy for Class III skeletal malocclusion

PubMed Central

Ravi, M. S.; Shetty, Nillan K.; Prasad, Rajendra B.

2012-01-01

The correction of skeletal Class III malocclusion with severe mandibular prognathism in an adult individual requires surgical and Othodontic combination therapy. The inter disciplinary approach is the treatment of choice in most of the skeletal malocclusions. A case report of an adult individual with Class III malocclusion, having mandibular excess in sagittal and vertical plane and treated with orthodontics,, bilateral sagittal split osteotomy and Le – Forte I osteotomy for the correction of skeletal, dental and soft tissue discrepancies is herewith presented. The surgical–orthodontic combination therapy has resulted in near–normal skeletal, dental and soft tissue relationship, with marked improvement in the facial esthetics in turn, has helped the patient to improve the self-confidence level. PMID:22557903
Management of the Class III malocclusion treated with maxillary expansion, facemask therapy and corrective orthodontic. A 15-year follow-up

PubMed Central

de ALMEIDA, Renato Rodrigues; ALESSIO, Luiz Eduardo; de ALMEIDA-PEDRIN, Renata Rodrigues; de ALMEIDA, Marcio Rodrigues; PINZAN, Arnaldo; VIEIRA, Luiz Sérgio

2015-01-01

The facial growth of Class III malocclusion worsens with age, in this case, the early orthopedic treatment, providing facial balance, modifying the maxillofacial growth and development. A 7.6-year old boy presented with Class III malocclusion associated with anterior crossbite; the mandible was shifted to the right and the maxilla had a transversal deficiency. Rapid maxillary expansion followed by facemask therapy was performed, to correct the anteroposterior relationship and improve the facial profile. The patient was followed for a 15-year period, after completion of the treatment, and stability was observed. Growing patients should be monitored following their treatment, so as to prevent malocclusion relapse. PMID:25760273
Class effect of pharmacotherapy in bipolar disorder: fact or misbelief?

PubMed Central

2011-01-01

Background Anecdotal reports suggests that most clinicians treat medications as belonging to a class with regard to all therapeutic indications; this means that the whole 'class' of drugs is considered to possesses a specific therapeutic action. The present article explores the possible existence of a true 'class effect' for agents available for the treatment of bipolar disorder. Methods We reviewed the available treatment data from randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and explored 16 'agent class'/'treatment issue' cases for bipolar disorder. Four classes of agents were examined: first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs), second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs), antiepileptics and antidepressants, with respect to their efficacy on four treatment issues of bipolar disorder (BD) (acute mania, acute bipolar depression, maintenance against mania, maintenance against depression). Results From the 16 'agent class'/' treatment issue' cases, only 3 possible class effects were detected, and they all concerned acute mania and antipsychotics. Four effect cases have not been adequately studied (FGAs against acute bipolar depression and in maintenance protection from depression, and antidepressants against acute mania and protection from mania) and they all concern treatment cases with a high risk of switching to the opposite pole, thus research in these areas is poor. There is no 'class effect' at all concerning antiepileptics. Conclusions The available data suggest that a 'class effect' is the exception rather than the rule in the treatment of BD. However, the possible presence of a 'class effect' concept discourages clinicians from continued scientific training and reading. Focused educational intervention might be necessary to change this attitude. PMID:21435226
Topical antibiotics and neurosurgery: Have we forgotten to study it?

PubMed Central

Alves, Raphael Vicente; Godoy, Roberto

2010-01-01

Background: For neurosurgery, the last decades have been a time of incredible improvement in areas such as imaging, microscopy, endoscopy, stereotactic guidance, navigation, radiosurgery and endovascular techniques. However, the efficacy of topical antibiotic prophylaxis in neurological operations remains to be established by neurosurgeons. Methods: The authors did an historical review of the literature regarding the utilization of topical antibiotic prophylaxis in neurological operations. The Pub Med database of the U.S. National Library of Medicine / National Institutes of Health was utilized as the primary source of the literature. The authors performed the search by using the following Mesh terms: “neurosurgery” or “neurosurgical procedures” and “administration, topical” and “antibiotic prophylaxis”; “neurosurgery” or “neurosurgical procedures” and “administration, topical” and “antibacterial agents.” Results: In the last 70 years, we have poorly studied the use of topical antibiotics in neurosurgery. All the papers reported were Class III evidence. Conclusion: To the best of our knowledge, there is no publication that provided Class I or II evidence about topical antibiotic prophylaxis in neurosurgery. PMID:20882106
Selective Iron(III) ion uptake using CuO-TiO2 nanostructure by inductively coupled plasma-optical emission spectrometry

PubMed Central

2012-01-01

Background CuO-TiO2 nanosheets (NSs), a kind of nanomaterials is one of the most attracting class of transition doped semiconductor materials due to its interesting and important optical, electrical, and structural properties and has many technical applications, such as in metal ions detection, photocatalysis, Chemi-sensors, bio-sensors, solar cells and so on. In this paper the synthesis of CuO-TiO2 nanosheets by the wet-chemically technique is reported. Methods CuO-TiO2 NSs were prepared by a wet-chemical process using reducing agents in alkaline medium and characterized by UV/vis., FT-IR spectroscopy, X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), powder X-ray diffraction (XRD), and field-emission scanning electron microscopy (FE-SEM) etc. Results The structural and optical evaluation of synthesized NSs were measured by XRD pattern, Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR) and UV–vis spectroscopy, respectively which confirmed that the obtained NSs are well-crystalline CuO-TiO2 and possessing good optical properties. The morphological analysis of CuO-TiO2 NSs was executed by FE-SEM, which confirmed that the doped products were sheet-shaped and growth in large quantity. Here, the analytical efficiency of the NSs was applied for a selective adsorption of iron(III) ion prior to detection by inductively coupled plasma-optical emission spectrometry (ICP-OES). The selectivity of NSs towards various metal ions, including Au(III), Cd(II), Co(II), Cr(III), Fe(III), Pd(II), and Zn(II) was analyzed. Conclusions Based on the selectivity study, it was confirmed that the selectivity of doped NSs phase was the most towards Fe(III) ion. The static adsorption capacity for Fe(III) was calculated to be 110.06 mgg−1. Results from adsorption isotherm also verified that the adsorption process was mainly monolayer-adsorption onto a surface containing a finite number of CuO-TiO2 NSs adsorption sites. PMID:23244218
Environmental Protection for Hazardous Materials Incidents. Volume 1. Hazardous Materials Incident Management System

DTIC Science & Technology

1990-11-01

radioactive) - Determine class of HAZMAT (Class A Explosive, Class B Explosive, Class C Explosive, Blasting Agent , Flammable Gas , Non- flammable Gas ... agent . Specific health and safety plans related to IRP actions amy be obtained from the same source. 2. Interaction of Fire Departments with the...such as digging near a gas line, a fuel tank, or buried explo- sives, the fire department would be briefed before beginning the work, and, under
From old alkylating agents to new minor groove binders.

PubMed

Puyo, Stéphane; Montaudon, Danièle; Pourquier, Philippe

2014-01-01

Alkylating agents represent the oldest class of anticancer agents with the approval of mechloretamine by the FDA in 1949. Even though their clinical use is far beyond the use of new targeted therapies, they still occupy a major place in the treatment of specific malignancies, sometimes representing the unique option for the treatment of refractory tumors. Here, we are reviewing the major classes of alkylating agents, with a particular focus on the latest generations of compounds that specifically target the minor groove of the DNA. These naturally occurring derivatives have a unique mechanism of action that explains the recent regain of interest in developing new classes of alkylating agents that could be used in combination with other anticancer drugs to enhance tumor response in the clinic. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.
Transverse dental compensation in relation to sagittal and transverse skeletal discrepancies in skeletal Class III patients.

PubMed

Ahn, Jaechan; Kim, Sung-Jin; Lee, Ji-Yeon; Chung, Chooryung J; Kim, Kyung-Ho

2017-01-01

The purposes of this study were to compare the buccolingual inclinations of the posterior teeth in skeletal Class III patients with and without facial asymmetry with those of skeletal Class I patients and to investigate their relationships with sagittal and transverse skeletal discrepancies. Sixty-three skeletal Class III adult patients were divided into 2 groups according to the degree of menton deviation: a symmetry group with deviation less than 2 mm (n = 30), and an asymmetry group with deviation greater than 4 mm (n = 33). The control group comprised 25 skeletal Class I patients. The buccolingual inclinations of the posterior teeth measured on cone-beam computed tomography images were compared among the 3 groups, and regression analysis was performed to investigate the relationships between the inclinations and the sagittal and transverse skeletal discrepancies. The symmetry group showed greater buccal inclinations of the maxillary posterior teeth and lingual inclinations of the mandibular second molars than did the control, and this was correlated with the ANB angles. The deviated sides in the asymmetry group showed the greatest transverse dental compensation, which was correlated with menton deviation, whereas the nondeviated sides showed no significant transverse dental compensation. Transverse dental compensation is closely related to sagittal and transverse skeletal discrepancy in skeletal Class III patients. Copyright © 2017 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Skeletal Class lll severe openbite treatment using implant anchorage.

PubMed

Sakai, Yuichi; Kuroda, Shingo; Murshid, Sakhr A; Takano-Yamamoto, Teruko

2008-01-01

A female patient with a skeletal Class III severe anterior openbite was treated using miniplates as the anchorage. The patient was 15 years and 10 months of age when she reported to our university hospital with a chief complaint of anterior openbite and reversed occlusion. The patient had an anterior openbite with an overjet of -3.0 mm and overbite of -5.0 mm and a Class III molar relationship. The cephalometric analysis showed a skeletal Class III relationship (ANB 0 degrees ). After the extraction of the bilateral mandibular third molars, miniplates were placed in the mandibular external oblique line. The mandibular dentition was retracted using elastic chain and miniplates. After treatment, an Angle Class I molar relationship was achieved and overjet and overbite had become 2.0 mm and 1.5 mm. A good facial appearance and occlusal relationship were obtained. The total active orthodontic treatment period was 23 months. Wrap-around type retainers were placed on both jaws and a lingual bonded retainer was also attached in the mandibular incisors. After 1 year of retention, the occlusion was stable, and a good facial profile was also retained. The mandibular deviation to the left was improved and the strain in the circumoral musculature during lip closure disappeared. An appropriate interincisal relationship was achieved by the uprighting of mandibular dentition without changing the vertical intermaxillary relationship. A panoramic radiograph showed no marked root resorption. Our results suggest that implant anchorage is useful for correction of skeletal Class III severe anterior openbite cases.
The hierarchy of stability and predictability in orthognathic surgery with rigid fixation: an update and extension.

PubMed

Proffit, William R; Turvey, Timothy A; Phillips, Ceib

2007-04-30

A hierarchy of stability exists among the types of surgical movements that are possible with orthognathic surgery. This report updates the hierarchy, focusing on comparison of the stability of procedures when rigid fixation is used. Two procedures not previously placed in the hierarchy now are included: correction of asymmetry is stable with rigid fixation and repositioning of the chin also is very stable. During the first post-surgical year, surgical movements in patients treated for Class II/long face problems tend to be more stable than those treated for Class III problems. Clinically relevant changes (more than 2 mm) occur in a surprisingly large percentage of orthognathic surgery patients from one to five years post-treatment, after surgical healing is complete. During the first post-surgical year, patients treated for Class II/long face problems are more stable than those treated for Class III problems; from one to five years post-treatment, some patients in both groups experience skeletal change, but the Class III patients then are more stable than the Class II/long face patients. Fewer patients exhibit long-term changes in the dental occlusion than skeletal changes, because the dentition usually adapts to the skeletal change.
Hydroxypyridonate and hydroxypyrimidinone chelating agents

DOEpatents

Raymond, Kenneth N.; Doble, Daniel M.; Sunderland, Christopher J.; Thompson, Marlon

2005-01-25

The present invention provides hydroxypyridinone and hydroxypyrimidone chelating agents. Also provides are Gd(III) complexes of these agents, which are useful as contrast enhancing agents for magnetic resonance imaging. The invention also provides methods of preparing the compounds of the invention, as well as methods of using the compounds in magnetic resonance imaging applications.
Reach a nonlinear consensus for MAS via doubly stochastic quadratic operators

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Abdulghafor, Rawad; Turaev, Sherzod; Zeki, Akram; Al-Shaikhli, Imad

2018-06-01

This technical note addresses the new nonlinear protocol class of doubly stochastic quadratic operators (DSQOs) for coordination of consensus problem in multi-agent systems (MAS). We derive the conditions for ensuring that every agent reaches consensus on a desired rate of the group's decision where the group decision value in its agent's initial statuses varies. Besides that, we investigate a nonlinear protocol sub-class of extreme DSQO (EDSQO) to reach a consensus for MAS to a common value with nonlinear low-complexity rules and fast time convergence if the interactions for each agent are not selfish. In addition, to extend the results to reach a consensus and to avoid the selfish case we specify a general class of DSQO for reaching a consensus under any given case of initial states. The case that MAS reach a consensus by DSQO is if each member of the agent group has positive interactions of DSQO (PDSQO) with the others. The convergence of both EDSQO and PDSQO classes is found to be directed towards the centre point. Finally, experimental simulations are given to support the analysis from theoretical aspect.
78 FR 3497 - KM Railways, LLC-Acquisition and Operation Exemption-DTE Chicago Fuels Terminal, LLC and DTE Coal...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-01-16

... Southern Railway Company in Chicago, Cook County, Ill.\\3\\ \\1\\ KMR is indirectly owned by noncarrier Koch Industries, Inc. (Koch). In addition to KMR, Koch also controls directly or indirectly three other Class III... Augustine Railroad, LLC), and Koch has sought Board authority to control a fourth Class III rail carrier...
40 CFR 144.28 - Requirements for Class I, II, and III wells authorized by rule.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... proposed test or measurement to be made; (D) The amount, size, and location (by depth) of casing to be left..., internal pressure, and axial loading; (iv) Hole size; (v) Size and grade of all casing strings; and (vi... Class III wells the owner or operator shall provide to the Director a qualitative analysis and ranges in...
Long-term Stability of a Camouflage Retreatment of an Asymmetric Class III/Posterior Open Bite Using Sliding Jigs.

PubMed

Oliveira, Dauro Douglas; de Oliveira, Bruno Franco; Figueiredo, Daniel Santos Fonseca; Antunes, Alberto Nogueira da Gama; Seraidarian, Paulo Isaías

2017-10-01

This article reports the camouflage retreatment of an adult patient presenting an asymmetric Class III malocclusion and posterior open bite. Sliding jigs (SJs) associated with intermaxillary elastics were used. The long-term stability of the excellent results suggests that the use of SJs to correct asymmetric posterior occlusions may be effective.
Non-extraction treatment of a Class III skeletal case.

PubMed

Gonzalez, Bulmario

2009-01-01

Adult Class III Skeletal treatment options have generally included some form of surgery (Maxillary advancement in midface deficient cases and/or Mandibular set-back). This article discusses non-surgical treatment of an adult patient using the combined concepts of mandibular molar distalization enhanced with TADs and non-extraction camouflage dental correction through maxillary incisor protraction and mandibular incisor lingualization.
49 CFR 173.213 - Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials... Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 § 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III. (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a solid hazardous...
49 CFR 173.213 - Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials... Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 § 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III. (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a solid hazardous...
YOUNG STELLAR OBJECTS IN THE GOULD BELT

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Dunham, Michael M.; Allen, Lori E.; Evans II, Neal J.

2015-09-15

We present the full catalog of Young Stellar Objects (YSOs) identified in the 18 molecular clouds surveyed by the Spitzer Space Telescope “cores to disks” (c2d) and “Gould Belt” (GB) Legacy surveys. Using standard techniques developed by the c2d project, we identify 3239 candidate YSOs in the 18 clouds, 2966 of which survive visual inspection and form our final catalog of YSOs in the GB. We compile extinction corrected spectral energy distributions for all 2966 YSOs and calculate and tabulate the infrared spectral index, bolometric luminosity, and bolometric temperature for each object. We find that 326 (11%), 210 (7%), 1248more » (42%), and 1182 (40%) are classified as Class 0 + I, Flat-spectrum, Class II, and Class III, respectively, and show that the Class III sample suffers from an overall contamination rate by background Asymptotic Giant Branch stars between 25% and 90%. Adopting standard assumptions, we derive durations of 0.40–0.78 Myr for Class 0 + I YSOs and 0.26–0.50 Myr for Flat-spectrum YSOs, where the ranges encompass uncertainties in the adopted assumptions. Including information from (sub)millimeter wavelengths, one-third of the Class 0 + I sample is classified as Class 0, leading to durations of 0.13–0.26 Myr (Class 0) and 0.27–0.52 Myr (Class I). We revisit infrared color–color diagrams used in the literature to classify YSOs and propose minor revisions to classification boundaries in these diagrams. Finally, we show that the bolometric temperature is a poor discriminator between Class II and Class III YSOs.« less

Treatment in Borderline Class III Malocclusion: Orthodontic Camouflage (Extraction) Versus Orthognathic Surgery

PubMed Central

Rabie, A-Bakr M.; Wong, Ricky W.K.; Min, G.U.

2008-01-01

Aims: To investigate the differences in morphological characteristics of borderline class III patients who had undergone camouflage orthodontic treatment or orthognathic surgery, and to compare the treatment effects between these two modalities. Materials and Methods: Cephalograms of 25 patients (13 orthodontic, 12 surgical) with class III malocclusion were analyzed. All had a pretreatment ANB angle greater than -5º. Results: Using discriminant analysis, only Holdaway angle was selected to differentiate patients in the pretreatment stage. Seventy-two per cent patients were correctly classified. In the orthodontic group, reverse overjet was corrected by retraction of the lower incisors and downward and backward rotation of the mandible. The surgical group was corrected by setback of the lower anterior dentoalveolus and uprighting of the lower incisors. No difference was found in posttreatment soft tissue measurements between the two groups. Conclusions: Twelve degree for the Holdaway angle can be a guideline in determining the treatment modalities for borderline class III patients, but the preferences of operators and patients are also important. (2) Both therapeutic options should highlight changes in the lower dentoalveolus and lower incisors. (3) Both treatment modalities can achieve satisfactory improvements to the people. PMID:19088881
Modern trends in Class III orthognathic treatment: A time series analysis.

PubMed

Lee, Chang-Hoon; Park, Hyun-Hee; Seo, Byoung-Moo; Lee, Shin-Jae

2017-03-01

To examine the current trends in surgical-orthodontic treatment for patients with Class III malocclusion using time-series analysis. The records of 2994 consecutive patients who underwent orthognathic surgery from January 1, 2004, through December 31, 2015, at Seoul National University Dental Hospital, Seoul, Korea, were reviewed. Clinical data from each surgical and orthodontic treatment record included patient's sex, age at the time of surgery, malocclusion classification, type of orthognathic surgical procedure, place where the orthodontic treatment was performed, orthodontic treatment modality, and time elapsed for pre- and postoperative orthodontic treatment. Out of the orthognathic surgery patients, 86% had Class III malocclusion. Among them, two-jaw surgeries have become by far the most common orthognathic surgical treatment these days. The age at the time of surgery and the number of new patients had seasonal variations, which demonstrated opposing patterns. There was neither positive nor negative correlation between pre- and postoperative orthodontic treatment time. Elapsed orthodontic treatment time for both before and after Class III orthognathic surgeries has been decreasing over the years. Results of the time series analysis might provide clinicians with some insights into current surgical and orthodontic management.
Chlorophyll-a analogues conjugated with aminobenzyl-DTPA as potential bifunctional agents for magnetic resonance imaging and photodynamic therapy.

PubMed

Li, Guolin; Slansky, Adam; Dobhal, Mahabeer P; Goswami, Lalit N; Graham, Andrew; Chen, Yihui; Kanter, Peter; Alberico, Ronald A; Spernyak, Joseph; Morgan, Janet; Mazurchuk, Richard; Oseroff, Allan; Grossman, Zachary; Pandey, Ravindra K

2005-01-01

A clinically relevant photosensitizer, 3-devinyl-3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)pyropheophorbide-a (HPPH, a chlorophyll-a derivative), was conjugated with Gd(III)-aminobenzyl-diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), an experimental magnetic resonance (MR) imaging agent. In vivo reflectance spectroscopy confirmed tumor uptake of HPPH-aminobenzyl-Gd(III)-DTPA conjugate was higher than free HPPH administered intraveneously (iv) to C3H mice with subcutaneously (sc) implanted radiation-induced fibrosarcoma (RIF) tumor cells. In other experiments, Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats with sc implanted Ward Colon Carcinoma cells yielded markedly increased MR signal intensities from tumor regions-of-interest (ROIs) 24 h post-iv injection of HPPH-aminobenzyl-Gd(III)-DTPA conjugate as compared to unconjugated HPPH. In both in vitro (RIF tumor cells) and in vivo (mice bearing RIF tumors and rats bearing Ward Colon tumors) the conjugate produced significant increases in tumor conspicuity at 1.5 T and retained therapeutic efficacy following PDT. Also synthesized were a series of novel bifunctional agents containing two Gd(III) atoms per HPPH molecule that remained tumor-avid and PDT-active and yielded improved MR tumor conspicuity compared to their corresponding mono-Gd(III) analogues. Administered iv at a MR imaging dose of 10 micromol/kg, these conjugates produced severe skin phototoxicity. However, by replacing the hexyl group of the pyropheophorbide-a with a tri(ethylene glycol) monomethyl ether (PEG-methyl ether), these conjugates produced remarkable MR tumor enhancement at 8 h post-iv injection, significant tumoricidal activity (80% of mice were tumor-free on day 90), and reduced skin phototoxicity compared to their corresponding hexyl ether analogues. The poor water-solubility characteristic of these conjugates was resolved by incorporation into a liposomal formulation. This paper presents the synthesis of tumor-avid contrast enhancing agents for MR imaging and thus represents an important milestone toward improving cancer diagnosis and tumor characterization. More importantly, this paper describes a new family of bifunctional agents that combine two modalities into a single cost-effective "see and treat" approach, namely, a single agent that can be used for contrast agent-enhanced MR imaging followed by targeted photodynamic therapy.
Physical characteristics of lanthanide complexes that act as magnetization transfer (MT) contrast agents

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Shanrong; Sherry, A. Dean

2003-02-01

Rapid water exchange is normally considered a prerequisite for efficient Gd3+-based MRI contrast agents. Yet recent measures of exchange rates in some Gd3+ complexes have shown that water exchange can become limiting when such complexes are attached to larger macromolecular structures. A new class of lanthanide complexes that display unusually slow water exchange (bound water lifetimes (τM298) > 10 μs) has recently been reported. This apparent disadvantage may be taken advantage of by switching the metal ion from gadolinium(III) to a lanthanide that shifts the bound water resonance substantially away from bulk water. Given appropriate water exchange kinetics, one can then alter the intensity of the bulk water signal by selective presaturation of this highly shifted, Ln3+-bound water resonance. This provides the basis of a new method to alter MR image contrast in tissue. We have synthesized a variety of DOTA-tetra(amide) ligands to evaluate as potential magnetization transfer (MT) contrast agents and found that the bound water lifetimes in these complexes are sensitive to both ligand structure (a series of Eu3+ complexes have τM298 values that range from 1 to 1300 μs) and the identity of the paramagnetic Ln3+ cation (from 3 to 800 μs for a single ligand). This demonstrates that it may be possible either to fine-tune the ligand structure or to select proper lanthanide cation to create an optimal MT agent for any clinical imaging field.
The role of JAK1/2 inhibitors in the treatment of chronic myeloproliferative neoplasms.

PubMed

Keohane, Clodagh; Mesa, Ruben; Harrison, Claire

2013-01-01

In 2005, the description of the JAK2V617F mutation for the first time provided a molecular key to enable more rapid diagnosis and target for novel therapeutics in the myeloproliferative neoplasms. In 2007, the first-in-class agent INC18424, ruxolitinib, JAKafi, or JAKAVI was first tested in patients with intermediate-risk 2 or high-risk myelofibrosis regardless of whether they possessed the JAK2V617F mutation. Patients treated with this agent had major reduction in splenomegaly as well as impressive reduction, and in some cases resolution, of symptoms. This study was followed by the two Controlled Myelofibrosis Study with Oral JAK Inhibitor Therapy (COMFORT) trials (the first-ever phase III trials in myelofibrosis), which confirmed results in these aspects were superior to either placebo or standard care, and updated results show a survival advantage with this therapy. This paper discusses these results and data from other JAK inhibitors while speculating on the future of these therapies. It also reflects on the fact that the true targets and agents' mode of action are uncertain. Unlike targeted therapy for chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), these agents do not deliver molecular remission, and it is not clear whether their predominant benefit is mediated via JAK2, JAK1, or both. Nonetheless, the advent of the JAK inhibitor is a welcome advance and has made a dramatic improvement to the therapeutic landscape of these conditions.
Removal of gallium (III) ions from acidic aqueous solution by supercritical carbon dioxide extraction in the green separation process.

PubMed

Chou, Wei-Lung; Wang, Chih-Ta; Yang, Kai-Chiang; Huang, Yen-Hsiang

2008-12-15

Supercritical carbon dioxide extraction, which is a feasible "green" alternative, was applied in this study as a sample pretreatment step for the removal of gallium (III) ions from acidic aqueous solution. The effect of various process parameters, including various chelating agents, extraction pressure and temperature, dimensionless CO(2) volume, the concentration of the chelating agent, and the pH of the solution, governing the efficiency and throughput of the procedure were systematically investigated. The performance of the various chelating agents from different studies indicated that the extraction efficiency of supercritical CO(2) was in the order: thiopyridine (PySH)>thenoyltrifluoroacetone (TTAH)>acetylacetone (AcAcH). The optimal extraction pressure and temperature for the supercritical CO(2) extraction of gallium (III) with chelating agent PySH were found to be 70 degrees C and 3000psi, respectively. The optimum concentration of the chelating agent was found to be 50ppm. A value of 7.5 was selected as the optimum dimensionless CO(2) volume. The optimum pH of the solution for supercritical CO(2) extraction should fall in the range of 2.0-3.0.
Therapeutic improvements expected in the near future for schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder: an appraisal of phase III clinical trials of schizophrenia-targeted therapies as found in US and EU clinical trial registries.

PubMed

Garay, Ricardo P; Citrome, Leslie; Samalin, Ludovic; Liu, Chen-Chung; Thomsen, Morten S; Correll, Christoph U; Hameg, Ahcène; Llorca, Pierre-Michel

2016-01-01

In this review, the authors describe medications in phase III of clinical development for schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder, and provide an opinion on how current treatment can be improved in the near future. Recent (post 2013) phase III clinical trials of schizophrenia-targeted therapies were found in US and EU clinical trial registries. Two hundred fifty-three trials were identified, that included 16 investigational compounds. The antipsychotics brexpiprazole and cariprazine have been approved in the US, and although both are dopamine D2 receptor partial agonists, they differ markedly in their pharmacodynamic profiles. Encenicline and valbenazine are first-in-class candidates for treatment of cognitive impairment associated with schizophrenia (CIAS) and tardive dyskinesia, respectively. Eleven add-on compounds were previously approved for other therapeutic indications and are for the most part being studied at academic medical centers and smaller pharmaceutical companies for negative symptoms and CIAS or for specific populations (comorbidities, antipsychotic-induced obesity). Promising new agents are emerging for schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder. In addition to better-tolerated antipsychotics that treat positive symptoms, we could see the arrival of the first effective drug for negative symptoms and CIAS, which would strongly facilitate the ultimate goal of recovery in persons with schizophrenia.
Methodology of clinical trials evaluating the incorporation of new drugs in the first-line treatment of patients with diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL): a critical review.

PubMed

Iacoboni, G; Zucca, E; Ghielmini, M; Stathis, A

2018-05-01

The first-line treatment of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) is the combination of rituximab with CHOP (cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, prednisone) chemotherapy, curing approximately 60% of patients. Many clinical trials have been carried out over the last 10 years trying to improve the results of this treatment, but the appropriateness of their planning strategies could be rediscussed. Reports of phase III trials evaluating the addition of molecularly targeted agents or new monoclonal antibodies to the classic R-CHOP backbone in first-line induction or maintenance treatment were reviewed. The trial design, primary end point, number of patients enrolled, patient selection criteria, treatment schedule and results were registered for each one. In addition, the phases I and II trials which preceded these phase III trials were also reviewed. Among six phase III trials with results, only one trial evaluating lenalidomide maintenance after response to R-CHOP induction was positive and reached its primary end point. The other five trials did not show an improved outcome with the addition of the new agent. The preceding phases I and II trials were very heterogeneous in their end points and design. Even though most of these trials were considered positive, thus encouraging further investigation, so far they failed to predict the results of the subsequent phase III trials. The standard of care for DLBCL is still R-CHOP. Phase I/II trials failed to predict the results of subsequent phase III trials evaluating non-chemotherapeutic agents added to R-CHOP. The methodology of phase II trials evaluating new agents in DLBCL needs to be better defined in the future.
NMR structural studies of the supramolecular adducts between a liver cytosolic bile acid binding protein and gadolinium(III)-chelates bearing bile acids residues: molecular determinants of the binding of a hepatospecific magnetic resonance imaging contrast agent.

PubMed

Assfalg, Michael; Gianolio, Eliana; Zanzoni, Serena; Tomaselli, Simona; Russo, Vito Lo; Cabella, Claudia; Ragona, Laura; Aime, Silvio; Molinari, Henriette

2007-11-01

The binding affinities of a selected series of Gd(III) chelates bearing bile acid residues, potential hepatospecific MRI contrast agents, to a liver cytosolic bile acid transporter, have been determined through relaxivity measurements. The Ln(III) complexes of compound 1 were selected for further NMR structural analysis aimed at assessing the molecular determinants of binding. A number of NMR experiments have been carried out on the bile acid-like adduct, using both diamagnetic Y(III) and paramagnetic Gd(III) complexes, bound to a liver bile acid binding protein. The identified protein "hot spots" defined a single binding site located at the protein portal region. The presented findings will serve in a medicinal chemistry approach for the design of hepatocytes-selective gadolinium chelates for liver malignancies detection.
WHO Class of Obesity Influences Functional Recovery Post-TKA.

PubMed

Maniar, Rajesh N; Maniar, Parul R; Singhi, Tushar; Gangaraju, Bharat Kumar

2018-03-01

No study in the literature has compared early functional recovery following total knee arthroplasty (TKA) in the obese with the nonobese using World Health Organization (WHO) classes of obesity. Our aim was to compare functional scores and flexion post-TKA in each class of obesity as per WHO classification against a matched control group of nonobese patients. Records of 885 consecutive primary TKA patients (919 knees) operated by a single surgeon were reviewed. The first 35 knees in each class I, class II and class III obesity group during the study period were then matched with a similar number of knees in nonobese TKA patients during the same period. Functional scores recorded pre- and postoperatively at 3 months and 1 year were Western Ontario and McMaster Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC), Short-Form Health Survey (SF-12) score, and Knee Society Score (KSS). There was no difference in any parameter between the class I obese and matched nonobese at any assessment point. In the class II obese, as compared to the nonobese, there was no difference in any parameter preoperatively and 3 months postoperatively. However, 1 year postoperatively, the SF-12 physical subscore was lower in the class II obese than the nonobese (44.7 vs. 48.6, p = 0.047) and the WOMAC score was significantly higher (15.8 vs. 9.7, p = 0.04). In the class III obese, the WOMAC score was significantly higher than the nonobese (58.1 vs. 44.3, p < 0.001 preoperatively; 15.7 vs. 8.1, p = 0.005 at 1 year) and KSS was significantly lower (83.5 vs. 96.5, p = 0.049 preoperatively; 172 vs. 185; p = 0.003 at 1 year). Knee flexion was significantly lower in the class III obese than the nonobese (95 vs. 113; p < 0.001 preoperatively; 120 vs. 127; p = 0.002 at 1 year). The class I obese can expect good early and late functional recovery as the nonobese. The class II obese can expect comparable early functional recovery as the nonobese but their late function may be lesser. The class III obese would have poorer functional scores and lesser knee flexion postoperatively compared to the nonobese. However, compared to their own preoperative status, there is definite improvement in function and knee flexion.
Control of Flagellar Gene Regulation in Legionella pneumophila and Its Relation to Growth Phase▿ †

PubMed Central

Albert-Weissenberger, Christiane; Sahr, Tobias; Sismeiro, Odile; Hacker, Jörg; Heuner, Klaus; Buchrieser, Carmen

2010-01-01

The bacterial pathogen Legionella pneumophila responds to environmental changes by differentiation. At least two forms are well described: replicative bacteria are avirulent; in contrast, transmissive bacteria express virulence traits and flagella. Phenotypic analysis, Western blotting, and electron microscopy of mutants of the regulatory genes encoding RpoN, FleQ, FleR, and FliA demonstrated that flagellin expression is strongly repressed and that the mutants are nonflagellated in the transmissive phase. Transcriptome analyses elucidated that RpoN, together with FleQ, enhances transcription of 14 out of 31 flagellar class II genes, which code for the basal body, hook, and regulatory proteins. Unexpectedly, FleQ independent of RpoN enhances the transcription of fliA encoding sigma 28. Expression analysis of a fliA mutant showed that FliA activates three out of the five remaining flagellar class III genes and the flagellar class IV genes. Surprisingly, FleR does not induce but inhibits expression of at least 14 flagellar class III genes on the transcriptional level. Thus, we propose that flagellar class II genes are controlled by FleQ and RpoN, whereas the transcription of the class III gene fliA is controlled in a FleQ-dependent but RpoN-independent manner. However, RpoN and FleR might influence flagellin synthesis on a posttranscriptional level. In contrast to the commonly accepted view that enhancer-binding proteins such as FleQ always interact with RpoN to fullfill their regulatory functions, our results strongly indicate that FleQ regulates gene expression that is RpoN dependent and RpoN independent. Finally, FliA induces expression of flagellar class III and IV genes leading to the complete synthesis of the flagellum. PMID:19915024
Intravenous Vancomycin Associated With the Development of Nephrotoxicity in Patients With Class III Obesity.

PubMed

Choi, Yookyung Christy; Saw, Stephen; Soliman, Daniel; Bingham, Angela L; Pontiggia, Laura; Hunter, Krystal; Chuang, Linda; Siemianowski, Laura A; Ereshefsky, Benjamin; Hollands, James M

2017-11-01

A consensus statement recommends initial intravenous (IV) vancomycin dosing of 15-20 mg/kg every 8- 24 hours, with an optional 25- to 30-mg/kg loading dose. Although some studies have shown an association between weight and the development of vancomycin-associated nephrotoxicity, results have been inconsistent. To evaluate the correlation between incidence of nephrotoxicity associated with weight-based IV vancomycin dosing strategies in nonobese and obese patients. This retrospective cohort study evaluated hospitalized adult patients admitted who received IV vancomycin. Patients were stratified into nonobese (body mass index [BMI] <25 kg/m 2 ), obesity class I and II (BMI 30-39.9kg/m 2 ), and obesity class III (BMI≥40 kg/m 2 ) groups; patients who were overweight but not obese were excluded. Incidence of nephrotoxicity and serum vancomycin trough concentrations were evaluated. Of a total of 62 documented cases of nephrotoxicity (15.1%), 13 (8.7%), 23 (14.3%), and 26 (26.3%) cases were observed in nonobese, obesity class I and II, and obesity class III groups, respectively ( P=0.002). Longer durations of therapy ( P<0.0001), higher initial maintenance doses in both total milligrams/day ( P=0.0137) and milligrams/kilogram ( P=0.0307), and any trough level >20 mg/L ( P<0.0001) were identified as predictors of development of nephrotoxicity. Concomitant administration of piperacillin/tazobactam, diuretics, and IV contrast were associated with development of nephrotoxicity ( P<0.005, all). Patients with class III obesity were 3-times as likely to develop nephrotoxicity when compared with nonobese patients (odds ratio [OR]=2.99; CI=1.12-7.94) and obesity class I and II patients (OR=3.14; CI=1.27-7.75). Obesity and other factors are associated with a higher risk of vancomycin-associated nephrotoxicity.
Multiple Gingival Recession Coverage Treated with Vestibular Incision Subperiosteal Tunnel Access Approach with or without Platelet-Rich Fibrin - A Case Series

PubMed Central

Garg, Surbhi; Arora, Sachit Anand; Chhina, Shivjot; Singh, Padam

2017-01-01

Background: Gingival recession involves both soft tissue and hard tissue loss. In this evolutionary era of dentistry, newer techniques have evolved for complete coverage of isolated recession defects. Since 2012, vestibular incision subperiosteal tunnel access (VISTA) technique was used with various regenerative membranes to treat multiple recession defects (MRDs). Platelet-rich fibrin (PRF) membrane, a pool of growth factors but have any added advantage to recession coverage techniques is controversial. Thus, in this case series, we compare the effect of VISTA with or without PRF-membrane for the treatment of Classes I and III MRDs. Subjects and Methods: Four patients between of age 30 and 40 years (two patients having bilateral Class I and another two having bilateral Class III MRDs) were selected from the Department of Periodontics, ITS Dental College, Greater Noida and designated as Case I–IV simultaneously. Recession defects at antagonist sites in each patient were corrected by VISTA approach with or without PRF-membrane. Recorded clinical parameters included recession depth, recession width, pocket probing depth, and clinical attachment level (CAL) at baseline and 6 months postoperatively. Results: Patients having Class I recession defects showed almost complete root coverage with VISTA technique alone and reflected no added advantage of PRF-membrane. However, patients with Class III recession defects treated with VISTA + PRF-membrane showed more reduction in recession depth and gain in CAL as compared to sites treated with VISTA only. Conclusion: VISTA alone is a convenient technique for treatment of Class I MRDs. Addition of PRF-membrane for Class III recession defects give better outcome in term of reduction of recession depth and gain in CAL 6 month postoperatively. PMID:29042736
A new prognostic model for chemotherapy-induced febrile neutropenia.

PubMed

Ahn, Shin; Lee, Yoon-Seon; Lee, Jae-Lyun; Lim, Kyung Soo; Yoon, Sung-Cheol

2016-02-01

The objective of this study was to develop and validate a new prognostic model for febrile neutropenia (FN). This study comprised 1001 episodes of FN: 718 for the derivation set and 283 for the validation set. Multivariate logistic regression analysis was performed with unfavorable outcome as the primary endpoint and bacteremia as the secondary endpoint. In the derivation set, risk factors for adverse outcomes comprised age ≥ 60 years (2 points), procalcitonin ≥ 0.5 ng/mL (5 points), ECOG performance score ≥ 2 (2 points), oral mucositis grade ≥ 3 (3 points), systolic blood pressure <90 mmHg (3 points), and respiratory rate ≥ 24 breaths/min (3 points). The model stratified patients into three severity classes, with adverse event rates of 6.0 % in class I (score ≤ 2), 27.3 % in class II (score 3-8), and 67.9 % in class III (score ≥ 9). Bacteremia was present in 1.1, 11.5, and 29.8 % of patients in class I, II, and III, respectively. The outcomes of the validation set were similar in each risk class. When the derivation and validation sets were integrated, unfavorable outcomes occurred in 5.9 % of the low-risk group classified by the new prognostic model and in 12.2 % classified by the Multinational Association for Supportive Care in Cancer (MASCC) risk index. With the new prognostic model, we can classify patients with FN into three classes of increasing adverse outcomes and bacteremia. Early discharge would be possible for class I patients, short-term observation could safely manage class II patients, and inpatient admission is warranted for class III patients.
Proceedings 3rd NASA/IEEE Workshop on Formal Approaches to Agent-Based Systems (FAABS-III)

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hinchey, Michael (Editor); Rash, James (Editor); Truszkowski, Walt (Editor); Rouff, Christopher (Editor)

2004-01-01

These preceedings contain 18 papers and 4 poster presentation, covering topics such as: multi-agent systems, agent-based control, formalism, norms, as well as physical and biological models of agent-based systems. Some applications presented in the proceedings include systems analysis, software engineering, computer networks and robot control.
7 CFR 4290.1620 - Functions of agents, including Central Registration Agent, Selling Agent and Fiscal Agent.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... Debentures and/or TCs. (iv) Arranging for the production of Offering Circulars, certificates, and such other... to determine those factors that will minimize or reduce the cost of funding Debentures. (iii) Monitor... the Secretary; (vii) Remain custodian of such other documentation as the Secretary shall direct by...
A targeted nanoglobular contrast agent from host-guest self-assembly for MR cancer molecular imaging

PubMed Central

Zhou, Zhuxian; Han, Zhen; Lu, Zheng-Rong

2016-01-01

The clinical application of nanoparticular Gd(III) based contrast agents for tumor molecular MRI has been hindered by safety concerns associated with prolonged tissue retention, although they can produce strong tumor enhancement. In this study, a targeted well-defined cyclodextrin-based nanoglobular contrast agent was developed through self-assembly driven by host-guest interactions for safe and effective cancer molecular MRI. Multiple β-cyclodextrins attached POSS (polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane) nanoglobule was used as host molecule. Adamantane–modified macrocyclic Gd(III) contrast agent, cRGD (cyclic RGDfK peptide) targeting ligand and fluorescent probe was used as guest molecules. The targeted host-guest nanoglobular contrast agent cRGD-POSS-βCD-(DOTA-Gd) specifically bond to αvβ3 integrin in malignant 4T1 breast tumor and provided greater contrast enhancement than the corresponding non-targeted agent. The agent also provided significant fluorescence signal in tumor tissue. The histological analysis of the tumor tissue confirmed its specific and effective targeting to αvβ3 integrin. The targeted imaging agent has a potential for specific cancer molecular MR and fluorescent imaging. PMID:26874280
Organization and variation analysis of 5S rDNA in different ploidy-level hybrids of red crucian carp × topmouth culter.

PubMed

He, Weiguo; Qin, Qinbo; Liu, Shaojun; Li, Tangluo; Wang, Jing; Xiao, Jun; Xie, Lihua; Zhang, Chun; Liu, Yun

2012-01-01

Through distant crossing, diploid, triploid and tetraploid hybrids of red crucian carp (Carassius auratus red var., RCC♀, Cyprininae, 2n = 100) × topmouth culter (Erythroculter ilishaeformis Bleeker, TC♂, Cultrinae, 2n = 48) were successfully produced. Diploid hybrids possessed 74 chromosomes with one set from RCC and one set from TC; triploid hybrids harbored 124 chromosomes with two sets from RCC and one set from TC; tetraploid hybrids had 148 chromosomes with two sets from RCC and two sets from TC. The 5S rDNA of the three different ploidy-level hybrids and their parents were sequenced and analyzed. There were three monomeric 5S rDNA classes (designated class I: 203 bp; class II: 340 bp; and class III: 477 bp) in RCC and two monomeric 5S rDNA classes (designated class IV: 188 bp, and class V: 286 bp) in TC. In the hybrid offspring, diploid hybrids inherited three 5S rDNA classes from their female parent (RCC) and only class IV from their male parent (TC). Triploid hybrids inherited class II and class III from their female parent (RCC) and class IV from their male parent (TC). Tetraploid hybrids gained class II and class III from their female parent (RCC), and generated a new 5S rDNA sequence (designated class I-N). The specific paternal 5S rDNA sequence of class V was not found in the hybrid offspring. Sequence analysis of 5S rDNA revealed the influence of hybridization and polyploidization on the organization and variation of 5S rDNA in fish. This is the first report on the coexistence in vertebrates of viable diploid, triploid and tetraploid hybrids produced by crossing parents with different chromosome numbers, and these new hybrids are novel specimens for studying the genomic variation in the first generation of interspecific hybrids, which has significance for evolution and fish genetics.
Verbal Inflectional Morphology in L1 and L2 Spanish: A Frequency Effects Study Examining Storage versus Composition

PubMed Central

Bowden, Harriet Wood; Gelfand, Matthew P.; Sanz, Cristina; Ullman, Michael T.

2009-01-01

This study examines the storage vs. composition of Spanish inflected verbal forms in L1 and L2 speakers of Spanish. L2 participants were selected to have mid-to-advanced proficiency, high classroom experience, and low immersion experience, typical of medium-to-advanced foreign language learners. Participants were shown the infinitival forms of verbs from either Class I (the default class, which takes new verbs) or Classes II and III (non-default classes), and were asked to produce either first-person singular present-tense or imperfect forms, in separate tasks. In the present tense, the L1 speakers showed inflected-form frequency effects (i.e., higher frequency forms were produced faster, which is taken as a reflection of storage) for stem-changing (irregular) verb-forms from both Class I (e.g., pensar-pienso) and Classes II and III (e.g., perder-pierdo), as well as for non-stem-changing (regular) forms in Classes II/III (e.g., vender-vendo), in which the regular transformation does not appear to constitute a default. In contrast, Class I regulars (e.g., pescar-pesco), whose non-stem-changing transformation constitutes a default (e.g., it is applied to new verbs), showed no frequency effects. L2 speakers showed frequency effects for all four conditions (Classes I and II/III, regulars and irregulars). In the imperfect tense, the L1 speakers showed frequency effects for Class II/III (-ía-suffixed) but not Class I (-aba-suffixed) forms, even though both involve non-stem-change (regular) default transformations. The L2 speakers showed frequency effects for both types of forms. The pattern of results was not explained by a wide range of potentially confounding experimental and statistical factors, and does not appear to be compatible with single-mechanism models, which argue that all linguistic forms are learned and processed in associative memory. The findings are consistent with a dual-system view in which both verb class and regularity influence the storage vs. composition of inflected forms. Specifically, the data suggest that in L1, inflected verbal forms are stored (as evidenced by frequency effects) unless they are both from Class I and undergo non-stem-changing default transformations. In contrast the findings suggest that at least these L2 participants may store all inflected verb-forms. Taken together, the results support dual-system models of L1 and L2 processing in which, at least at mid-to-advanced L2 proficiency and lower levels of immersion experience, the processing of rule-governed forms may depend not on L1 combinatorial processes, but instead on memorized representations. PMID:20419083
The Populus Class III HD ZIP, popREVOLUTA, influences cambium initiation and patterning of woody stems

Treesearch

Marcel Robischon; Juan Du; Eriko Miura; Andrew Groover

2011-01-01

The secondary growth of a woody stem requires the formation of a vascular cambium at an appropriate position and proper patterning of the vascular tissues derived from the cambium. Class III homeodomain-leucine zipper (HD ZIP) transcription factors have been implicated in polarity determination and patterning in lateral organs and primary vascular tissues and in the...

78 FR 24425 - Assay Migration Studies for In Vitro Diagnostic Devices; Guidance for Industry and Food and Drug...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-04-25

... approach to gain FDA approval of Class III or certain licensed in vitro diagnostic devices in cases when a... approach to gain FDA approval of Class III or certain licensed in vitro diagnostic devices in cases when a... fulfilled in order for a sponsor to utilize the migration study approach in support of the change. The FDA...
77 FR 43146 - Twin Cities & Western Railroad Company, the Estate of Douglas M. Head, and the DMH Trust fbo...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-07-23

... & Western Railroad Company, the Estate of Douglas M. Head, and the DMH Trust fbo Martha M. Head--Continuance... Class III rail carrier, and the Estate of Douglas M. Head (the Estate), a noncarrier, to continue in control of Sisseton Milbank Railroad Company (SMRC) upon SMRC's becoming a Class III rail carrier in a...
76 FR 50663 - Effective Date of Requirement for Premarket Approval for Three Class III Preamendments Devices

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2011-08-16

... completion of a PDP is not filed by the latter of the two dates, and no IDE is in effect, the device is... availability of a preamendments class III devices strategy document. The strategy document set forth FDA's... approved PMA or a declared completed PDP is required to be in effect for any such devices on or before 180...
49 CFR 173.154 - Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive materials).

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or are offered... waste, or a marine pollutant, a material classed as a Class 8, Packing Group III, material solely...
37 CFR 2.6 - Trademark fees.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... filing an application on paper, per class $375.00 (ii) For filing an application through TEAS, per class $325.00 (iii) For filing a TEAS Plus application under § 2.22, per class $275.00 (iv) Additional...
Obesity Cardiometabolic Comorbidity Prevalence in Children in a Rural Weight-Management Program.

PubMed

O'Hara, Valerie; Browne, Nancy; Fathima, Samreen; Sorondo, Barbara; Bayleran, Janet; Johnston, Starr; Hastey, Kathrin

2017-01-01

This descriptive study examines the prevalence of obesity-related cardiometabolic (CM) risk factors using CM laboratory metrics, in 3 to 19 year olds presenting to a rural American Academy of Pediatrics stage 3 multidisciplinary weight management clinic based on gender, age ranges, and obesity classes. From 2009 to 2016, 382 children (body mass index ≥85th percentile) enrolled. Multiple logistic regression determined the effects of age, gender, or obesity class on CM risk factors. Odds of elevated insulin were more significant in 15 to 19 year olds than in 3 to 5 year olds, or in 6 to 11 year olds. Obesity class III had higher odds than class II, class I, and overweight in having elevated insulin; twice likely than class II for having low high-density lipoprotein; and twice as likely than class I for high triglycerides. Adolescents and obesity class III categories have significant CM risk but the burden in younger and less severe obesity cohorts cannot be underestimated.
Heterologous Prime-Boost Immunisation Regimens Against Infectious Diseases

DTIC Science & Technology

2006-08-01

of these cells by boosting. DNA vaccines are good priming agents since they are internalised by antigen presenting cells and can induce antigen...presentation via both MHC class I and class II, thereby inducing both cytotoxic T lymphocytes and type 1-helper T lymphocytes. Successful boosting agents ...assessing prime-boost vaccine combinations for protection against infectious agents . • In a number of prime - boost studies, the inclusion of growth
Precursors to radiopharmaceutical agents for tissue imaging

DOEpatents

Srivastava, Prem C.; Knapp, Jr., Furn F.

1988-01-01

A class of radiolabeled compounds to be used in tissue imaging that exhibits rapid brain uptake, good brain:blood radioactivity ratios, and long retention times. The imaging agents are more specifically radioiodinated aromatic amines attached to dihydropyridine carriers, that exhibit heart as well as brain specificity. In addition to the radiolabeled compounds, classes of compounds are also described that are used as precursors and intermediates in the preparation of the imaging agents.
Establishment of norms of the beta angle to assess the sagittal discrepancy for Nellore district population

PubMed Central

Prasad, Mandava; Reddy, Karnati Praveen Kumar; Talapaneni, Ashok Kumar; Chaitanya, Nellore; Bhaskar Reddy, Myla Vijay; Patil, Rajendra

2013-01-01

Background and Objectives: In orthodontic diagnosis and treatment planning, assessment of anteroposterior discrepancy is of importance to the orthodontist. Both angular and linear measurements have been incorporated into various cephalometric analyses to help the clinician diagnose anteroposterior discrepancies and establish the most appropriate treatment plan. Hence the present study is designed to establish the norms of Beta angle to assess the sagittal discrepancy for Nellore district population. Materials and Methods: The sample was screened from the old records of the Orthodontic department of Narayana Dental College and Hospital. One hundred and fifty pretreatment cephalometric radiographs (50 each of Class I, II, and III) were subdivided based on ANB, Wits appraisal, and Beta angle into skeletal Class I, II, III. The same cephalograms were again classified into skeletal Class I, II, and III based purely on Beta angle. Each group was again divided into 2 subgroups consisting of 25 male and 25 female subjects with a mean age limit between 15 and 45 years old. Results: The Newman-keuls post hoc test and ANOVA showed that the 3 groups were significantly different (P ≤ 0.001). The Newman-keuls post hoc test also found the groups to be significantly different. Conclusions: There was statistically significant difference for, the mean values and the standard deviation for Beta angle within the three skeletal patterns (Class I, Class II and Class III skeletal patterns). There was no statistically significant difference among the mean values of beta angle between Nellore district population and Caucasian norms and between male and female sex groups. PMID:24082742
Rheological and molecular weight comparisons of approved hyaluronic acid products - preliminary standards for establishing class III medical device equivalence.

PubMed

Braithwaite, Gavin J C; Daley, Michael J; Toledo-Velasquez, David

2016-01-01

Hyaluronic acid of various molecular weights has been in use for the treatment of osteoarthritis knee pain for decades. Worldwide, these products are regulated as either as drugs or devices and in some countries as both. In the US, this class of products is regulated as Class III medical devices, which places specific regulatory requirements on developers of these materials under a Pre-Market Approval process, typically requiring data from prospective randomized controlled clinical studies. In 1984 pharmaceutical manufacturers became able to file an Abbreviated New Drug Application for approval of a generic drug, thus establishing standards for demonstrating equivalence to an existing chemical entity. Recently, the first biosimilar, or 'generic biologic', was approved. Biosimilars are biological products that are approved by the FDA because they are 'highly similar' to a reference product, and have been shown to have no clinically meaningful differences from the reference product. For devices, Class II medical devices have a pathway for declaring equivalence to an existing product by filing a 510 k application for FDA clearance. However, until recently no equivalent regulatory pathway was available to Class III devices. In this paper, we consider the critical mechanical performance parameters for intra-articular hyaluronic products to demonstrate indistinguishable characteristics. Analogous to the aforementioned pathways that allow for a demonstration of equivalence, we examine these parameters for an existing, marketed device and compare molecular weight and rheological properties of multiple batches of a similar product. We propose that this establishes a scientific rationale for establishing Class III medical device equivalence.
Design, synthesis, and biological evaluation of combretabenzodiazepines: a novel class of anti-tubulin agents.

PubMed

Galli, Ubaldina; Travelli, Cristina; Aprile, Silvio; Arrigoni, Elena; Torretta, Simone; Grosa, Giorgio; Massarotti, Alberto; Sorba, Giovanni; Canonico, Pier Luigi; Genazzani, Armando A; Tron, Gian Cesare

2015-02-12

In the present manuscript, starting from the 1,4-benzodiazepin-2-one nucleus, a privileged structure in medicinal chemistry, we have synthesized a novel class of cis-locked combretastatins named combreatabenzodiazepines. They show similar cytotoxic and antitubulin activity compared to combretastatin A-4 in neuroblastoma cells, showing a better pharmacokinetic profile. This class of compounds has therefore the potential for further development as antitubulin agents.
Does intravenous induction dosing among patients undergoing gastrointestinal surgical procedures follow current recommendations: a study of contemporary practice.

PubMed

Akhtar, Shamsuddin; Liu, Jia; Heng, Joseph; Dai, Feng; Schonberger, Robert B; Burg, Matthew M

2016-09-01

It is recommended to correct intravenous induction doses by up to 50% for patients older than 65 years. The objectives were to determine (a) the degree to which anesthesia providers correct induction doses for age and (b) additionally adjust for American Society of Anesthesiologists physical status (ASA-PS) class (severity of illness) and (c) whether postinduction hypotension is more common among patients aged >65. Retrospective chart review. Academic medical center. A total of 1869 adult patients receiving general anesthesia for GI surgical procedures from February 2013 to January 2014. Patients were divided into 3 age groups (age <65, 65-79, ≥80 years) and then further stratified into ASA-PS class (I/II vs III/IV). Multiple pairwise comparisons were conducted using Welch t tests for continuous variables to determine whether dosing was different for the older groups vs the younger group; separate analyses were performed within and across ASA-PS class. This approach was also used to determine differences in mean arterial pressure change in the older groups vs the younger group, whereas the rates of hypotension among different age groups were compared by Cochran-Armitage trend test. No significant decrease in dosing between age groups was observed for fentanyl and midazolam. For propofol, there was a significantly lower dosing for older patients: 17% for patients aged 65-79 and 29% for those aged >80, which was still in less than the recommendations. An inverse relationship was observed between propofol dosing and ASA-PS class, but no consistent relationship was noted for fentanyl and midazolam. There were a significantly larger drop in mean arterial pressure and a greater likelihood of hypotension following induction in patients aged 65-79 years and >80 years as compared with those aged <65 years. This study shows that the administered dose of anesthetic induction agents is significantly higher than that recommended for patients older than 65 years. This failure to age-adjust dose may contribute to hypotensive episodes. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Transition-Independent Decentralized Markov Decision Processes

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Becker, Raphen; Silberstein, Shlomo; Lesser, Victor; Goldman, Claudia V.; Morris, Robert (Technical Monitor)

2003-01-01

There has been substantial progress with formal models for sequential decision making by individual agents using the Markov decision process (MDP). However, similar treatment of multi-agent systems is lacking. A recent complexity result, showing that solving decentralized MDPs is NEXP-hard, provides a partial explanation. To overcome this complexity barrier, we identify a general class of transition-independent decentralized MDPs that is widely applicable. The class consists of independent collaborating agents that are tied up by a global reward function that depends on both of their histories. We present a novel algorithm for solving this class of problems and examine its properties. The result is the first effective technique to solve optimally a class of decentralized MDPs. This lays the foundation for further work in this area on both exact and approximate solutions.
Comparison of incisor inclination in patients with Class III malocclusion treated with orthognathic surgery or orthodontic camouflage.

PubMed

Troy, Beth A; Shanker, Shiva; Fields, Henry W; Vig, Katherine; Johnston, William

2009-02-01

Reports comparing Class III patients treated by camouflage and those treated by orthognathic surgery are not numerous. The purpose of this study was to compare the dental and skeletal values of Class III patients treated with these methods against normative data and over the course of treatment. Thirty-three surgical and 39 camouflage Class III patients were selected from a graduate orthodontic clinic and regional private practices, and lateral cephalograms were digitized. Skeletal and dental values were obtained, and mean and efficacy evaluations referenced to ethnic norms were calculated. At pretreatment, the surgery patients had more severe skeletal discrepancies and more compensated incisors. During presurgical orthodontic treatment, most of the surgery group's mandibular incisors were significantly decompensated, although half of the maxillary incisors remained compensated. The surgical move improved 90% of these patients but to only 60% to 65% of the norm. The camouflage group was compensated at pretreatment, and they became more compensated in the end. After treatment, there were no differences between the incisor positions of the 2 groups. There was no statistical difference in incisor inclination and position between the Class III surgical and camouflage groups after treatment; there was a significant difference in the pretreatment and posttreatment incisor inclination and position compared with normative values for both the surgical and the camouflage groups; the maxillary and mandibular incisors were not adequately decompensated in the surgical group, but significant improvement in mandibular incisor position and axial inclination was achieved presurgically. The outcome of the surgical correction was limited by the inadequate presurgical orthodontic incisor decompensation, and orthodontic compensation of incisors occurred postsurgically to achieve an optimal occlusal result.
Is alternate rapid maxillary expansion and constriction an effective protocol in the treatment of Class III malocclusion? A systematic review

PubMed Central

Pithon, Matheus Melo; Santos, Nathalia de Lima; dos Santos, Camila Rangel Barreto; Baião, Felipe Carvalho Souza; Pinheiro, Murilo Costa Rangel; Matos, Manoel; Souza, Ianderlei Andrade; de Paula, Rafael Pereira

2016-01-01

ABSTRACT Introduction: the treatment of Class III malocclusion in early age is one of the greatest challenges for orthodontists, and the establishment of more effective treatment method is a constant concern for these professionals. Thus, the objective of this systematic review is to verify the effectiveness of the therapy protocol for alternate rapid maxillary expansion and constriction (Alt-RAMEC) in the early treatment of Class III malocclusion. Methods: searches were performed in the following electronic databases: Cochrane Library, Medline (EBSCO and PubMed), SciELO, LILACS and Scopus. The following inclusion criteria were used: in vivo studies conducted with early intervention (patient in craniofacial development phase) with the use of the Alt-RAMEC protocol. Reviews, case reports, editorials, and studies with syndromic patients or under use of systemic drug were excluded. Duplicates were also excluded. The studies were assessed for methodological quality using the Cochrane tool for assessment of risk of bias, and classified as high or low risk of bias. Results: 53 articles were found. Duplicates exclusion was thus performed and 35 articles remained. After inclusion analysis, only 5 matched the criteria. Two articles were classified as low risk of bias and three as high risk of bias. It was observed that the Alt-RAMEC enable protraction in less time and with better results, promoting greater effectiveness in the protraction treatment of Class III malocclusion. Conclusions: Although there is positive evidence of the effectiveness of early treatment with the Alt-RAMEC protocol in patients with Class III malocclusion, further studies are needed to confirm its effectiveness using long-term methodology. PMID:28125138
Using Networks To Understand Medical Data: The Case of Class III Malocclusions

PubMed Central

Scala, Antonio; Auconi, Pietro; Scazzocchio, Marco; Caldarelli, Guido; McNamara, James A.; Franchi, Lorenzo

2012-01-01

A system of elements that interact or regulate each other can be represented by a mathematical object called a network. While network analysis has been successfully applied to high-throughput biological systems, less has been done regarding their application in more applied fields of medicine; here we show an application based on standard medical diagnostic data. We apply network analysis to Class III malocclusion, one of the most difficult to understand and treat orofacial anomaly. We hypothesize that different interactions of the skeletal components can contribute to pathological disequilibrium; in order to test this hypothesis, we apply network analysis to 532 Class III young female patients. The topology of the Class III malocclusion obtained by network analysis shows a strong co-occurrence of abnormal skeletal features. The pattern of these occurrences influences the vertical and horizontal balance of disharmony in skeletal form and position. Patients with more unbalanced orthodontic phenotypes show preponderance of the pathological skeletal nodes and minor relevance of adaptive dentoalveolar equilibrating nodes. Furthermore, by applying Power Graphs analysis we identify some functional modules among orthodontic nodes. These modules correspond to groups of tightly inter-related features and presumably constitute the key regulators of plasticity and the sites of unbalance of the growing dentofacial Class III system. The data of the present study show that, in their most basic abstraction level, the orofacial characteristics can be represented as graphs using nodes to represent orthodontic characteristics, and edges to represent their various types of interactions. The applications of this mathematical model could improve the interpretation of the quantitative, patient-specific information, and help to better targeting therapy. Last but not least, the methodology we have applied in analyzing orthodontic features can be applied easily to other fields of the medical science. PMID:23028552
The Cytophaga hutchinsonii ChTPSP: First characterized bifunctional TPS-TPP protein as putative ancestor of all eukaryotic trehalose biosynthesis proteins.

PubMed

Avonce, Nelson; Wuyts, Jan; Verschooten, Katrien; Vandesteene, Lies; Van Dijck, Patrick

2010-02-01

The most widely distributed pathway to synthesize trehalose in nature consists of two consecutive enzymatic reactions with a trehalose-6-P (T6P)-synthase (TPS) enzyme, producing the intermediate T6P, and a T6P-phosphatase (TPP) enzyme, which dephosphorylates T6P to produce trehalose and inorganic phosphate. In plants, these enzymes are called Class I and Class II proteins, respectively, with some Class I proteins being active enzymes. The Class II proteins possess both TPS and TPP consensus regions but appear to have lost enzymatic activity during evolution. Plants also contain an extra group of enzymes of small protein size, of which some members have been characterized as functional TPPs. These Class III proteins have less sequence similarity with the Class I and Class II proteins. Here, we characterize for the first time, by using biochemical analysis and yeast growth complementation assays, the existence of a natural TPS-TPP bifunctional enzyme found in the bacterial species Cytophaga hutchinsonii. Through phylogenetic analysis, we show that prokaryotic genes such as ChTPSP might be the ancestor of the eukaryotic trehalose biosynthesis genes. Second, we show that plants have recruited during evolution, possibly by horizontal transfer from bacteria such as Rhodoferax ferrireducens, a new type of small protein, encoding TPP activity, which have been named Class III proteins. RfTPP has very high TPP activity upon expression in yeast. Finally, we demonstrate that TPS gene duplication, the recruitment of the Class III enzymes, and recruitment of an N-terminal regulatory element, which regulates the Class I enzyme activity in higher plants, were initiated very early in eukaryan evolution as the three classes of trehalose biosynthesis genes are already present in the alga Ostreococcus tauri.
Association of obesity with healthcare utilization and costs in a Medicare population.

PubMed

Suehs, Brandon T; Kamble, Pravin; Huang, Joanna; Hammer, Mette; Bouchard, Jonathan; Costantino, Mary E; Renda, Andrew

2017-12-01

To examine the association of obesity with healthcare resource utilization and costs in a Medicare population. This study was a retrospective cohort study using Humana Medicare Advantage (MA) claims data. Body mass index (BMI) was assessed using ICD-9-CM status codes (V85 hierarchy) that have been validated in the data source to classify patients into BMI categories: normal (N), overweight (Ow), obese class I (ObI), obese class II (ObII), and obese class III (ObIII). Healthcare resource utilization (HRU) and costs were determined based on claims data. Descriptive statistics were used to examine baseline characteristics and HRU across BMI classes. Multivariable analysis was used to examine the association between BMI class and outcome measures. Among the 172,866 patients aged ≥65 years that were identified, BMI distribution was: N, 21%; Ow 37%; ObI, 24%, ObII, 10%; and ObIII, 9%. Inpatient, emergency department and outpatient utilization increased with greater BMI level, and greater BMI level was associated with higher total healthcare, medical and pharmacy costs. Greater prevalence of several cardiometabolic conditions, total medication use, and use of specific medication classes was observed with increasing BMI class. Greater BMI was associated with greater HRU and costs and observed increase in prevalence of cardiometabolic conditions. These results reflect an urgent need to address the epidemic of obesity and the resulting excessive clinical and economic burden on the healthcare system.
Interobserver agreement on histopathological lesions in class III or IV lupus nephritis.

PubMed

Wilhelmus, Suzanne; Cook, H Terence; Noël, Laure-Hélène; Ferrario, Franco; Wolterbeek, Ron; Bruijn, Jan A; Bajema, Ingeborg M

2015-01-07

To treat lupus nephritis effectively, proper identification of the histologic class is essential. Although the classification system for lupus nephritis is nearly 40 years old, remarkably few studies have investigated interobserver agreement. Interobserver agreement among nephropathologists was studied, particularly with respect to the recognition of class III/IV lupus nephritis lesions, and possible causes of disagreement were determined. A link to a survey containing pictures of 30 glomeruli was provided to all 360 members of the Renal Pathology Society; 34 responses were received from 12 countries (a response rate of 9.4%). The nephropathologist was asked whether glomerular lesions were present that would categorize the biopsy as class III/IV. If so, additional parameters were scored. To determine the interobserver agreement among the participants, κ or intraclass correlation values were calculated. The intraclass correlation or κ-value was also calculated for two separate levels of experience (specifically, nephropathologists who were new to the field or moderately experienced [less experienced] and nephropathologists who were highly experienced). Intraclass correlation for the presence of a class III/IV lesion was 0.39 (poor). The κ/intraclass correlation values for the additional parameters were as follows: active, chronic, or both: 0.36; segmental versus global: 0.39; endocapillary proliferation: 0.46; influx of inflammatory cells: 0.32; swelling of endothelial cells: 0.46; extracapillary proliferation: 0.57; type of crescent: 0.46; and wire loops: 0.35. The highly experienced nephropathologists had significantly less interobserver variability compared with the less experienced nephropathologists (P=0.004). There is generally poor agreement in terms of recognizing class III/IV lesions. Because experience clearly increases interobserver agreement, this agreement may be improved by training nephropathologists. These results also underscore the importance of a central review by experienced nephropathologists in clinical trials. Copyright © 2015 by the American Society of Nephrology.
40 CFR Appendix I to Part 1054 - Summary of Previous Emission Standards

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... Engines (g/kW-hr) a Engine displacement class HC NOX CO Class III 295 5.36 805 Class IV 241 5.36 805 Class...—Phase 2 Emission Standards for Handheld Engines (g/kW-hr) a Engine displacement class HC+NOX CO Class...-hr) a Engine displacement class HC+NOX CO Class I 16.1 519 Class II 13.4 519 a Phase 1 standards are...

40 CFR Appendix I to Part 1054 - Summary of Previous Emission Standards

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... Engines (g/kW-hr) a Engine displacement class HC NOX CO Class III 295 5.36 805 Class IV 241 5.36 805 Class...—Phase 2 Emission Standards for Handheld Engines (g/kW-hr) a Engine displacement class HC+NOX CO Class...-hr) a Engine displacement class HC+NOX CO Class I 16.1 519 Class II 13.4 519 a Phase 1 standards are...
40 CFR Appendix I to Part 1054 - Summary of Previous Emission Standards

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... Engines (g/kW-hr) a Engine displacement class HC NOX CO Class III 295 5.36 805 Class IV 241 5.36 805 Class...—Phase 2 Emission Standards for Handheld Engines (g/kW-hr) a Engine displacement class HC+NOX CO Class...-hr) a Engine displacement class HC+NOX CO Class I 16.1 519 Class II 13.4 519 a Phase 1 standards are...
40 CFR Appendix I to Part 1054 - Summary of Previous Emission Standards

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... Engines (g/kW-hr) a Engine displacement class HC NOX CO Class III 295 5.36 805 Class IV 241 5.36 805 Class...—Phase 2 Emission Standards for Handheld Engines (g/kW-hr) a Engine displacement class HC+NOX CO Class...-hr) a Engine displacement class HC+NOX CO Class I 16.1 519 Class II 13.4 519 a Phase 1 standards are...
40 CFR Appendix I to Part 1054 - Summary of Previous Emission Standards

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... Engines (g/kW-hr) a Engine displacement class HC NOX CO Class III 295 5.36 805 Class IV 241 5.36 805 Class...—Phase 2 Emission Standards for Handheld Engines (g/kW-hr) a Engine displacement class HC+NOX CO Class...-hr) a Engine displacement class HC+NOX CO Class I 16.1 519 Class II 13.4 519 a Phase 1 standards are...
21 CFR 7.41 - Health hazard evaluation and recall classification.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... exposed to the product being considered, with particular attention paid to the hazard to those individuals....e., Class I, Class II, or Class III, to indicate the relative degree of health hazard of the product...
The hierarchy of stability and predictability in orthognathic surgery with rigid fixation: an update and extension

PubMed Central

Proffit, William R; Turvey, Timothy A; Phillips, Ceib

2007-01-01

A hierarchy of stability exists among the types of surgical movements that are possible with orthognathic surgery. This report updates the hierarchy, focusing on comparison of the stability of procedures when rigid fixation is used. Two procedures not previously placed in the hierarchy now are included: correction of asymmetry is stable with rigid fixation and repositioning of the chin also is very stable. During the first post-surgical year, surgical movements in patients treated for Class II/long face problems tend to be more stable than those treated for Class III problems. Clinically relevant changes (more than 2 mm) occur in a surprisingly large percentage of orthognathic surgery patients from one to five years post-treatment, after surgical healing is complete. During the first post-surgical year, patients treated for Class II/long face problems are more stable than those treated for Class III problems; from one to five years post-treatment, some patients in both groups experience skeletal change, but the Class III patients then are more stable than the Class II/long face patients. Fewer patients exhibit long-term changes in the dental occlusion than skeletal changes, because the dentition usually adapts to the skeletal change. PMID:17470277
Synthesis and in vitro activity of dicationic bis-benzimidazoles as a new class of anti-MRSA and anti-VRE agents.

PubMed

Hu, Laixing; Kully, Maureen L; Boykin, David W; Abood, Norman

2009-03-01

A new class of novel bis-benzimidazole diamidine compounds have been synthesized and evaluated for in vitro antibacterial activities, including drug-resistant bacterial strains. Anti-MRSA and anti-VRE activities of the most potent compound 1 were more active than Vancomycin. The mechanism of action for this class of compounds appears to be different from existing antibiotics. Bis-benzimidazole diamidine compounds have potential for further investigation as a new class of potent anti-MRSA and anti-VRE agents.
Camouflage of moderate Class III malocclusions with extraction of lower second molars and mandibular cervical headgear.

PubMed

Mora, Diego Rey; Oberti, Giovanni; Ealo, Martha; Baccetti, Tiziano

2007-01-01

Orthodontic camouflage in patients with slight or moderate skeletal Class III malocclusions, can be obtained through different treatment alternatives. The purpose of this paper is to present a treatment that has not been described in the literature and which consists of the extraction of lower second molars and distal movement of the posterior segments by means of mandibular cervical headgear (MCH) and fixed appliances as a camouflage alternative. The force applied by the MCH was 250 gr per side (14hr/day). The total treatment time was 1 1/2 years. the extraction of lower second molars along with the use of mandibular cervical headgear is a good treatment alternative for camouflage in moderate Class III patients in order to obtain good occlusal relationships without affecting facial esthetics or producing marked dental compensations.
Thin-plate spline analysis of treatment effects of rapid maxillary expansion and face mask therapy in early Class III malocclusions.

PubMed

Baccetti, T; Franchi, L; McNamara, J A

1999-06-01

An effective morphometric method (thin-plate spline analysis) was applied to evaluate shape changes in the craniofacial configuration of a sample of 23 children with Class III malocclusions in the early mixed dentition treated with rapid maxillary expansion and face mask therapy, and compared with a sample of 17 children with untreated Class III malocclusions. Significant treatment-induced changes involved both the maxilla and the mandible. Major deformations consisted of forward displacement of the maxillary complex from the pterygoid region and of anterior morphogenetic rotation of the mandible, due to a significant upward and forward direction of growth of the mandibular condyle. Significant differences in size changes due to reduced increments in mandibular dimensions were associated with significant shape changes in the treated group.
Prognostic significance of electrical alternans versus signal averaged electrocardiography in predicting the outcome of electrophysiological testing and arrhythmia-free survival

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Armoundas, A. A.; Rosenbaum, D. S.; Ruskin, J. N.; Garan, H.; Cohen, R. J.

1998-01-01

OBJECTIVE: To investigate the accuracy of signal averaged electrocardiography (SAECG) and measurement of microvolt level T wave alternans as predictors of susceptibility to ventricular arrhythmias. DESIGN: Analysis of new data from a previously published prospective investigation. SETTING: Electrophysiology laboratory of a major referral hospital. PATIENTS AND INTERVENTIONS: 43 patients, not on class I or class III antiarrhythmic drug treatment, undergoing invasive electrophysiological testing had SAECG and T wave alternans measurements. The SAECG was considered positive in the presence of one (SAECG-I) or two (SAECG-II) of three standard criteria. T wave alternans was considered positive if the alternans ratio exceeded 3.0. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Inducibility of sustained ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation during electrophysiological testing, and 20 month arrhythmia-free survival. RESULTS: The accuracy of T wave alternans in predicting the outcome of electrophysiological testing was 84% (p < 0.0001). Neither SAECG-I (accuracy 60%; p < 0.29) nor SAECG-II (accuracy 71%; p < 0.10) was a statistically significant predictor of electrophysiological testing. SAECG, T wave alternans, electrophysiological testing, and follow up data were available in 36 patients while not on class I or III antiarrhythmic agents. The accuracy of T wave alternans in predicting the outcome of arrhythmia-free survival was 86% (p < 0.030). Neither SAECG-I (accuracy 65%; p < 0.21) nor SAECG-II (accuracy 71%; p < 0.48) was a statistically significant predictor of arrhythmia-free survival. CONCLUSIONS: T wave alternans was a highly significant predictor of the outcome of electrophysiological testing and arrhythmia-free survival, while SAECG was not a statistically significant predictor. Although these results need to be confirmed in prospective clinical studies, they suggest that T wave alternans may serve as a non-invasive probe for screening high risk populations for malignant ventricular arrhythmias.
Reliability of Beta angle in assessing true anteroposterior apical base discrepancy in different growth patterns

PubMed Central

Sundareswaran, Shobha; Kumar, Vinay

2015-01-01

Introduction: Beta angle as a skeletal anteroposterior dysplasia indicator is known to be useful in evaluating normodivergent growth patterns. Hence, we compared and verified the accuracy of Beta angle in predicting sagittal jaw discrepancy among subjects with hyperdivergent, hypodivergent and normodivergent growth patterns. Materials and Methods: Lateral cephalometric radiographs of 179 patients belonging to skeletal Classes I, II, and III were further divided into normodivergent, hyperdivergent, and hypodivergent groups based on their vertical growth patterns. Sagittal dysplasia indicators - angle ANB, Wits appraisal, and Beta angle values were measured and tabulated. The perpendicular point of intersection on line CB (Condylion-Point B) in Beta angle was designated as ‘X’ and linear dimension XB was evaluated. Results: Statistically significant increase was observed in the mean values of Beta angle and XB distance in the vertical growth pattern groups of both skeletal Class I and Class II patients thus pushing them toward Class III and Class I, respectively. Conclusions: Beta angle is a reliable indicator of sagittal dysplasia in normal and horizontal patterns of growth. However, vertical growth patterns significantly increased Beta angle values, thus affecting their reliability as a sagittal discrepancy assessment tool. Hence, Beta angle may not be a valid tool for assessment of sagittal jaw discrepancy in patients exhibiting vertical growth patterns with skeletal Class I and Class II malocclusions. Nevertheless, Class III malocclusions having the highest Beta angle values were unaffected. PMID:25810649
Synthesis and characterization of dihexyldithiocarbamate as a chelating agent in extraction of gold(III)

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Fatimah, Soja Siti, E-mail: soja-sf@upi.edu; Department of Chemistry, Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences, Padjadjaran University, Jl. Raya Bandung-Sumedang, Km. 21, Jatinangor; Bahti, Husein H.

2016-02-08

The use of dialkyldithiocarbamates as chelating agents of transition metals have been developing for decades. Many chelating agents have been synthesized and used in the extraction of the metals. Studies on particular aspects of extraction of the metals, such as the effect of increasing hydrophobicity of chelating agents on the effectiveness of the extraction, have been done. However, despite the many studies on the synthesis and applications of this type of chelating agents, interests in the aspect of molecular structure of the synthesized ligands and of their complexes, have been limited. This study aimed at synthesizing and characterizing dihexylthiocarbamate, andmore » using the ligand for the extraction of gold III). Characterization of the ligand and of its metal complex were done by using elemental analysis, DTG, and spectroscopic methods to include NMR, ({sup 1}H, and {sup 13}C), FTIR, and MS-ESI. Data on the synthesis, characterization, and the application of the ligand as a chelating agent are presented.« less
Synthesis and characterization of dihexyldithiocarbamate as a chelating agent in extraction of gold(III)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fatimah, Soja Siti; Bahti, Husein H.; Hastiawan, Iwan; Permanasari, Anna

2016-02-01

The use of dialkyldithiocarbamates as chelating agents of transition metals have been developing for decades. Many chelating agents have been synthesized and used in the extraction of the metals. Studies on particular aspects of extraction of the metals, such as the effect of increasing hydrophobicity of chelating agents on the effectiveness of the extraction, have been done. However, despite the many studies on the synthesis and applications of this type of chelating agents, interests in the aspect of molecular structure of the synthesized ligands and of their complexes, have been limited. This study aimed at synthesizing and characterizing dihexylthiocarbamate, and using the ligand for the extraction of gold III). Characterization of the ligand and of its metal complex were done by using elemental analysis, DTG, and spectroscopic methods to include NMR, (1H, and 13C), FTIR, and MS-ESI. Data on the synthesis, characterization, and the application of the ligand as a chelating agent are presented.
Quality of Life and Self-Esteem of Female Orthognathic Surgery Patients.

PubMed

Jung, Min-Ho

2016-06-01

To evaluate the effect of severe malocclusion requiring orthognathic surgery on the self-esteem (SE) and quality of life (QOL) of female adult patients undergoing orthognathic surgery compared with a group with minor malocclusions seeking only orthodontic treatment. Female patients, aged 18 to 30 years, who had presented for an orthodontic consultation for correction of a malocclusion were enrolled during an 18-month period. In group 1, all the patients required 2-jaw surgery, and they were subdivided into those with a Class II or Class III malocclusion. This group was further subdivided into those with and without clinically significant asymmetry. A second comparison group was selected. These patients had minor malocclusion. Group 2 (the minor malocclusion group; MMG) included patients with a Class I molar relationship with less than 5 mm on the irregularity index in the upper anterior teeth. Each participant completed the Rosenberg's self-esteem scale (RSE) and the Orthognathic Quality of Life Questionnaire (OQLQ) before starting treatment. The RSE and OQLQ measurements were compared using 1-way analysis of variance and Scheffe's multiple comparison. The level of statistical significance was set at P < .05. The MMG group (n = 52) showed significantly better RSE and OQOL values compared with those with Class II (n = 37) and Class III (n = 47) malocclusion (P < .01). In the OQLQ measurements, the social aspects, aesthetics, and oral function scores were also better in the MMG group (P < .01). Only the awareness component did not reveal a significant difference. No significant differences were found in QOL or SE between those with Class II and Class III malocclusion. The influence of asymmetry on the RSE and OQLQ results was not significant in the Class II and III patients. Female adult orthognathic patients showed significant impairments in QOL and SE compared with those with mild malocclusion. Copyright © 2016 The American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Elagolix, a novel, orally bioavailable GnRH antagonist under investigation for the treatment of endometriosis-related pain.

PubMed

Ezzati, Mohammad; Carr, Bruce R

2015-01-01

Suppression of estrogen production and reduction of menstrual blood flow are the mainstays of medical treatment of endometriosis-related pain and have been traditionally achieved by methods such as combined hormonal contraception, progestins and GnRH analogs, all with comparable efficacies, though different side-effect profiles. Elagolix is the frontrunner among an emerging class of GnRH antagonists, which unlike their peptide predecessors has a nonpeptide structure resulting in its oral bioavailability. Phase I and II clinical trials have demonstrated safety of elagolix and its efficacy in partial and reversible suppression of ovarian estrogen production resulting in improvements in endometriosis-related pain. Phase III clinical trials are currently underway and elagolix may become a valuable addition to the armamentarium of pharmacological agents to treat endometriosis-related pain.
25 CFR 291.9 - What must the Secretary do at the end of the 60-day comment period if the State offers an...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... comment period if the State offers an alternative proposal for Class III gaming procedures? 291.9 Section... GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.9 What must the Secretary do at the end of the 60-day comment period if the State offers an alternative proposal for Class III gaming procedures? Within 30 days of receiving the State's...
[Size of lower jaw as an early indicator of skeletal class III development].

PubMed

Stojanović, Zdenka; Nikodijević, Angelina; Udovicić, Bozidar; Milić, Jasmina; Nikolić, Predrag

2008-08-01

Malocclusion of skeletal class III is a complex abnormality, with a characteristic sagital position of the lower jaw in front of the upper one. A higher level of prognatism of the lower jaw in relation to the upper one can be the consequence of its excessive length. The aim of this study was to find the differences in the length of the lower jaw in the children with skeletal class III and the children with normal sagital interjaw relation (skeletal class I) in the period of mixed dentition. After clinical and x-ray diagnostics, profile tele-x-rays of the head were analyzed in 60 examinees with mixed dentition, aged from 6 to 12 years. The examinees were divided into two groups: group 1--the children with skeletal class III and group 2--the children with skeletal class I. The length of the lower jaw, upper jaw and cranial base were measured. The proportional relations between the lengths measured within each group were established and the level of difference in the lengths measured and their proportions between the groups were estimated. No significant difference between the groups was found in the body length, ramus and the total length of the lower jaw. Proportional relation between the body length and the length of the lower jaw ramus and proportional relation between the forward cranial base and the lower jaw body were not significantly different. A significant difference was found in proportional relations of the total length of the lower jaw with the total lengths of cranial base and the upper jaw and proportional relation of the length of the lower and upper jaw body. Of all the analyzed parameters, the following were selected as the early indicators of the development of skeletal class III on the lower jaw: greater total length of the lower jaw, proportional to the total lengths of cranial base and theupper jaw, as well as greater length of the lower jaw body, proportional to the length of the upper jaw body.
The prevalence of abnormal metabolic parameters in obese and overweight children.

PubMed

Salvatore, Deborah; Satnick, Ava; Abell, Rebecca; Messina, Catherine R; Chawla, Anupama

2014-09-01

This retrospective study aimed to determine the prevalence of abnormal metabolic parameters in obese children and its correlation to the degree of obesity determined by body mass index (BMI). In total, 101 children seen at the Pediatric Gastroenterology Obesity Clinic at Stony Brook Children's University Hospital were enrolled in the study. The degree of obesity was characterized according to the following formula: (patient's BMI/BMI at 95th percentile) × 100%, with class I obesity >100%-120%, class II obesity >120%-140%, and class III obesity >140%. A set of metabolic parameters was evaluated in these patients. Frequency distributions of all study variables were examined using the χ(2) test of independence. Mean differences among the obesity classes and continuous measures were examined using 1-way analysis of variance. Within our study population, we found that 80% of our obese children had a low high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol level, 58% had elevated fasting insulin levels, and 32% had an elevated alanine aminotransferase (ALT) level. Class II obese children had a 2-fold higher ALT value when compared with class I children (P = .036). Fasting insulin, ALT, HDL cholesterol, and triglyceride levels trended with class of obesity. Obese children in classes II and III are at higher risk for developing abnormal laboratory values. We recommend obese children be further classified to reflect the severity of the obesity since this has predictive significance for comorbidities. Obesity classes I, II, and III could help serve as a screening tool to help communicate risk assessment. © 2013 American Society for Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition.
14 CFR 61.5 - Certificates and ratings issued under this part.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

...-control aircraft. (2) Airplane class ratings— (i) Single-engine land. (ii) Multiengine land. (iii) Single-engine sea. (iv) Multiengine sea. (3) Rotorcraft class ratings— (i) Helicopter. (ii) Gyroplane. (4) Lighter-than-air class ratings— (i) Airship. (ii) Balloon. (5) Weight-shift-control aircraft class ratings...
14 CFR 61.5 - Certificates and ratings issued under this part.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

...-control aircraft. (2) Airplane class ratings— (i) Single-engine land. (ii) Multiengine land. (iii) Single-engine sea. (iv) Multiengine sea. (3) Rotorcraft class ratings— (i) Helicopter. (ii) Gyroplane. (4) Lighter-than-air class ratings— (i) Airship. (ii) Balloon. (5) Weight-shift-control aircraft class ratings...

14 CFR 61.5 - Certificates and ratings issued under this part.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

...-control aircraft. (2) Airplane class ratings— (i) Single-engine land. (ii) Multiengine land. (iii) Single-engine sea. (iv) Multiengine sea. (3) Rotorcraft class ratings— (i) Helicopter. (ii) Gyroplane. (4) Lighter-than-air class ratings— (i) Airship. (ii) Balloon. (5) Weight-shift-control aircraft class ratings...
78 FR 5327 - Medical Devices; Ophthalmic Devices; Classification of the Scleral Plug

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-01-25

... Agency) is proposing to classify the scleral plug into class II (special controls), and proposing to... controls needed to provide reasonable assurance of their safety and effectiveness. The three categories of devices are class I (general controls), class II (special controls), and class III (premarket approval...
Targeting interferons in systemic lupus erythematosus: current and future prospects.

PubMed

Mathian, Alexis; Hie, Miguel; Cohen-Aubart, Fleur; Amoura, Zahir

2015-05-01

Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) is a chronic autoimmune disease of unknown aetiology that can be debilitating and life threatening. As new insights are gained into the underlying pathology of SLE, there have been an unprecedented number of new agents under development to treat the disease via a diverse range of targets. One such class of emerging agents target interferon (IFN) signalling. In this article, we review the preclinical evidence that the inhibition of the secretion and downstream effectors of both IFN-α and IFN-γ may be effective for the treatment of SLE. The primary agents that are currently in clinical development to treat SLE via the targeting of interferon pathways are monoclonal neutralising antibodies (Mab) that bind to and neutralise IFN-γ (AMG 811), IFN-α (sifalimumab, rontalizumab and AGS-009) or its receptor (anifrolumab), and IFN-α kinoid, which is a drug composed of inactivated IFN-α molecules coupled to the keyhole limpet haemocyanin protein. Phase I and II trials have demonstrated acceptable short-term safety with no increase in severe viral infections or reactivation, favourable pharmacokinetic profiles and an inhibition of IFN-associated gene overexpression; however, the impact of these drugs on disease activity must still be assessed in phase III clinical trials. This review concludes with a summary of the challenges that are inherent to this approach to managing SLE.
7 CFR 1000.76 - Payments by a handler operating a partially regulated distributing plant.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

..., compute a Class I differential price by subtracting Class III price from the current month's Class I price... by which the Class I differential price exceeds the producer price differential, both prices to be... Class I differential price nor the adjusted producer price differential shall be less than zero; (3) For...
25 CFR 522.5 - Disapproval of a class II ordinance.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Disapproval of a class II ordinance. 522.5 Section 522.5 Indians NATIONAL INDIAN GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.5 Disapproval of a class II...
Temporomandibular disorders in growing patients after treatment of class II and III malocclusion with orthopaedic appliances: a systematic review.

PubMed

Jiménez-Silva, Antonio; Carnevali-Arellano, Romano; Venegas-Aguilera, Matías; Tobar-Reyes, Julio; Palomino-Montenegro, Hernán

2018-05-01

To determine if the use of orthopaedic appliances in growing patients applied to correct Class II and III malocclusion is related to the development of temporomandibular disorders (TMD). A systematic review was conducted between 1960 and July 2017, based on electronic databases: PubMed, Cochrane Library, Embase, Medline, Scopus, EBSCOhost, Scielo, Lilacs and Bireme. Controlled clinical trials (CCTs) and randomized controlled trials (RCTs) were identified. The articles were selected and analyzed by two authors independently. The quality of the evidence was determined according to the guidelines of the Cochrane Risk Bias Assessment Tool and the Cochrane Quality Study Guide. Seven articles were included, four CCTs and three RCTs. The studies were grouped according to malocclusion treatment in (a) class II appliances (n = 4) and (b) class III appliances (n = 3). The quality of evidence was low due to the high risk of bias, independent of the association reported. All studies concluded that the use of orthopaedic appliances would not contribute to the development of TMD. The quality of evidence available is insufficient to establish definitive conclusions, since the studies were very heterogeneous and presented a high risk of bias. However, it is suggested that the use of orthopaedic appliances to correct class II and III malocclusion in growing patients would not be considered as a risk factor for the development of TMD. High-quality RCTs are required to draw any definitive conclusions.
Applying definitions for multidrug resistance, extensive drug resistance and pandrug resistance to clinically significant livestock and companion animal bacterial pathogens.

PubMed

Sweeney, Michael T; Lubbers, Brian V; Schwarz, Stefan; Watts, Jeffrey L

2018-06-01

Standardized definitions for MDR are currently not available in veterinary medicine despite numerous reports indicating that antimicrobial resistance may be increasing among clinically significant bacteria in livestock and companion animals. As such, assessments of MDR presented in veterinary scientific reports are inconsistent. Herein, we apply previously standardized definitions for MDR, XDR and pandrug resistance (PDR) used in human medicine to animal pathogens and veterinary antimicrobial agents in which MDR is defined as an isolate that is not susceptible to at least one agent in at least three antimicrobial classes, XDR is defined as an isolate that is not susceptible to at least one agent in all but one or two available classes and PDR is defined as an isolate that is not susceptible to all agents in all available classes. These definitions may be applied to antimicrobial agents used to treat bovine respiratory disease (BRD) caused by Mannheimia haemolytica, Pasteurella multocida and Histophilus somni and swine respiratory disease (SRD) caused by Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae, P. multocida and Streptococcus suis, as well as antimicrobial agents used to treat canine skin and soft tissue infections (SSTIs) caused by Staphylococcus and Streptococcus species. Application of these definitions in veterinary medicine should be considered static, whereas the classification of a particular resistance phenotype as MDR, XDR or PDR could change over time as more veterinary-specific clinical breakpoints or antimicrobial classes and/or agents become available in the future.
SGLT2-inhibitors: a novel class for the treatment of type 2 diabetes introduction of SGLT2-inhibitors in clinical practice.

PubMed

Cuypers, J; Mathieu, C; Benhalima, K

2013-01-01

Treatment of type 2 diabetes (T2DM) continues to present challenges, with significant proportion of patients failing to achieve and maintain glycemic targets. Despite the availability of many oral antidiabetic agents, therapeutic efficacy is offset by side effects such as weight gain and hypoglycemia. Therefore, the search for novel therapeutic agents with an improved benefit-risk profile continues. Recent research has focused on the kidney as a potential therapeutic target, especially because maximal renal glucose reabsorption is increased in T2DM. Under normal physiological conditions, nearly all filtered glucose is reabsorbed in the proximal tubule of the nephron, principally via the sodium-glucose cotransporter 2 (SGLT2). SGLT2-inhibitors are a new class of oral antidiabetics, which reduce hyperglycemia by increasing urinary glucose excretion independently of insulin secretion or action. Clinical results are promising with significant lowering of HbA1c without increased risk of hypoglycemia, reduction of body weight and reduction of systolic blood pressure. Dapagliflozin is the first highly selective SGLT2-inhibitor approved by the European Medecine Agency. Canagliflozin and empagliflozin are undergoing phase III trials. Actual safety issues are an increased risk for genital- and urinary tract infections and a possible increased risk for bladder and breast cancer. This led to refusal of dapagliflozin by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). A large randomized control trial is therefore warranted by the FDA. This review provides an overview of the current evidence available so far on the therapeutic potential of the SGLT2-inhibitors for the treatment of T2DM.
Whole-cell luminescence biosensor-based lab-on-chip integrated system for water toxicity analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rabner, Arthur; Belkin, Shimshon; Rozen, Rachel; Shacham, Yosi

2006-01-01

A novel water chemical toxin sensor has been successfully developed and evaluated as a working portable laboratory prototype. This sensor relies on a disposable plastic biochip prepared with a 4x4 micro-laboratory (μLab) chambers array of Escherichia coli reporter cells and micro-fluidic channels for liquids translocation. Each bacterial strain has been genetically modified into a bioluminescent reporter that responds to a pre-determined class of chemical agents. When challenged with a water sample containing a toxic chemical, the sensor responds with an increased bioluminescent signal from the biochip that is monitored over time. The signal is received by a motorized photomultiplier-based analyzer and interpreted by signal processing software. We have performed several levels of analysis: (i) the change in the bioluminescent signal from the sensor bacteria serves as a rapid indication for the presence of toxic chemicals in the water sample; (ii) the intensity of the change indicates the toxin concentration level; and (iii) the pattern of the responses for the different members of the bacterial panel on the biochip characterizes the biological origin of the toxin. The analyzer contains housing mechanics, electro-optics for signal acquisition, motorized readout calibration accessories, hydro-pneumatics modules for water sample translocation into biochip micro laboratories, electronics for overall control and communication with the host computer. This prototype has a demonstrated sensitivity for broad classes of water-borne toxic chemicals including naladixic acid (a model genotoxic agent), botulinum and acetylcholine esterase inhibitors. This work has initiated an investigation of a novel handheld field-deployable Water Toxicity Analysis (WTA) device.
Evaluation of cervical posture of children in skeletal class I, II, and III.

PubMed

D'Attilio, Michele; Caputi, Sergio; Epifania, Ettore; Festa, Felice; Tecco, Simona

2005-07-01

Previous studies on the relationship between morphological structure of the face and cervical posture have predominantly focused on vertical dimensions of the face. The aim of this study was to investigate whether there are significant differences in cervical posture in subjects with a different sagittal morphology of the face, i.e., a different skeletal class. One hundred twenty (120) children (60 males and 60 females, average age 9.5 yrs., SD+/-0.5) were admitted for orthodontic treatment. Selection criteria was: European ethnic origin, date of birth, considerable skeletal growth potential remaining and an absence of temporomandibular joint dysfunction (TMD). Lateral skull radiographs were taken in mirror position. Subjects were divided into three groups based on their skeletal class. The cephalometric tracings included postural variables. The most interesting findings were: 1. children in skeletal class III showed a significantly lower cervical lordosis angle (p<0.001) than the children in skeletal class I and skeletal class II; 2. children in skeletal class II showed a significantly higher extension of the head upon the spinal column compared to children in skeletal class I and skeletal class III (p<0.001 and p<0.01, respectively). This is probably because the lower part of their spinal column was straighter than those of subjects in skeletal class I and II (p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively). Significant differences among the three groups were also observed in the inclination of maxillary and mandibular bases to the spinal column. The posture of the neck seems to be strongly associated with the sagittal as well as the vertical structure of the face.
Hemodynamic-GUIDEd Management of Heart Failure

ClinicalTrials.gov

2018-03-29

Heart Failure; Heart Failure, Systolic; Heart Failure, Diastolic; Heart Failure NYHA Class II; Heart Failure NYHA Class III; Heart Failure NYHA Class IV; Heart Failure，Congestive; Heart Failure With Reduced Ejection Fraction; Heart Failure With Normal Ejection Fraction; Heart Failure; With Decompensation
Evaluation of Bone Thickness and Density in the Lower Incisors' Region in Adults with Different Types of Skeletal Malocclusion using Cone-beam Computed Tomography.

PubMed

Al-Masri, Maram M N; Ajaj, Mowaffak A; Hajeer, Mohammad Y; Al-Eed, Muataz S

2015-08-01

To evaluate the bone thickness and density in the lower incisors' region in orthodontically untreated adults, and to examine any possible relationship between thickness and density in different skeletal patterns using cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT). The CBCT records of 48 patients were obtained from the archive of orthodontic department comprising three groups of malocclusion (class I, II and III) with 16 patients in each group. Using OnDemand 3D software, sagittal sections were made for each lower incisor. Thicknesses and densities were measured at three levels of the root (cervical, middle and apical regions) from the labial and lingual sides. Accuracy and reliability tests were undertaken to assess the intraobserver reliability and to detect systematic error. Pearson correlation coefficients were calculated and one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was employed to detect significant differences among the three groups of skeletal malocclusion. Apical buccal thickness (ABT) in the four incisors was higher in class II and I patients than in class III patients (p < 0.05). There were significant differences between buccal and lingual surfaces at the apical and middle regions only in class II and III patients. Statistical differences were found between class I and II patients for the cervical buccal density (CBD) and between class II and III patients for apical buccal density (ABD). Relationship between bone thickness and density values ranged from strong at the cervical regions to weak at the apical regions. Sagittal skeletal patterns affect apical bone thickness and density at buccal surfaces of the four lower incisors' roots. Alveolar bone thickness and density increased from the cervical to the apical regions.
Small Scaffolds, Big Potential: Developing Miniature Proteins as Therapeutic Agents.

PubMed

Holub, Justin M

2017-09-01

Preclinical Research Miniature proteins are a class of oligopeptide characterized by their short sequence lengths and ability to adopt well-folded, three-dimensional structures. Because of their biomimetic nature and synthetic tractability, miniature proteins have been used to study a range of biochemical processes including fast protein folding, signal transduction, catalysis and molecular transport. Recently, miniature proteins have been gaining traction as potential therapeutic agents because their small size and ability to fold into defined tertiary structures facilitates their development as protein-based drugs. This research overview discusses emerging developments involving the use of miniature proteins as scaffolds to design novel therapeutics for the treatment and study of human disease. Specifically, this review will explore strategies to: (i) stabilize miniature protein tertiary structure; (ii) optimize biomolecular recognition by grafting functional epitopes onto miniature protein scaffolds; and (iii) enhance cytosolic delivery of miniature proteins through the use of cationic motifs that facilitate endosomal escape. These objectives are discussed not only to address challenges in developing effective miniature protein-based drugs, but also to highlight the tremendous potential miniature proteins hold for combating and understanding human disease. Drug Dev Res 78 : 268-282, 2017. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Solubilizing properties of new surface-active agents, products of catalytic oxyethylation of cholic acid.

PubMed

Kołodziejczyk, Michał Krzysztof; Nachajski, Michal Jakub; Lukosek, Marek; Zgoda, Marian Mikołaj

2013-01-01

Solubilizing properties of aqueous solutions of a series of surface-active agents, products of oxyethylation of cholic acid, were examined in the present study. The content of oxyethylated segments determined by means of the 1H NMR method enabled the verification of the molecular mass of surfactants along with the calculation of the structural hydrophilic-lipophilic balance (HLB), the solubility parameter delta1/2, and the required solubility level of balance HLB(R). Viscosimetric measurements enabled the calculation of the limiting viscosity number, the content-average molecular mass, the effective volume, the hydrodynamic radius of the surfactant micelle and their equilibrium adducts with rutin, diclofenac and loratadine (BCS Class II and III). By means of the spectrophotometric method (UV) the amount of the solubilized diclofenac, loratadine and rutin (rutoside) was determined in the equilibrium system (saturated solution) in the environment of aqueous solutions of cholic acid derivatives of n(TE) = 20-70. The obtained results serve as a basis for determining the solubilization mechanism of lipophilic therapeutic products and indirectly for estimating the influence of the above process on pharmaceutical as well as biological availability of a micellar adduct from model drug forms (Lindbladt lithogenolitic index).
Synthesis of Tumor-avid Photosensitizer-Gd(III)DTPA conjugates: impact of the number of gadolinium units in T1/T2 relaxivity, intracellular localization, and photosensitizing efficacy.

PubMed

Goswami, Lalit N; White, William H; Spernyak, Joseph A; Ethirajan, Manivannan; Chen, Yihui; Missert, Joseph R; Morgan, Janet; Mazurchuk, Richard; Pandey, Ravindra K

2010-05-19

To develop novel bifunctional agents for tumor imaging (MR) and photodynamic therapy (PDT), certain tumor-avid photosensitizers derived from chlorophyll-a were conjugated with variable number of Gd(III)aminobenzyl DTPA moieties. All the conjugates containing three or six gadolinium units showed significant T(1) and T(2) relaxivities. However, as a bifunctional agent, the 3-(1'-hexyloxyethyl)pyropheophorbide-a (HPPH) containing 3Gd(III) aminophenyl DTPA was most promising with possible applications in tumor-imaging and PDT. Compared to HPPH, the corresponding 3- and 6Gd(III)aminobenzyl DTPA conjugates exhibited similar electronic absorption characteristics with a slightly decreased intensity of the absorption band at 660 nm. However, compared to HPPH, the excitation of the broad "Soret" band (near 400 nm) of the corresponding 3Gd(III)aminobenzyl-DTPA analogues showed a significant decrease in the fluorescence intensity at 667 nm.
Surgical-orthodontic correction of a Class III dentofacial deformity.

PubMed

Devanna, Raghu; Kakkirala, Neelima

2010-04-01

This case report describes the surgical-orthodontic treatment of a 26-year-old post-pubertal male patient with a Class III dentofacial deformity. In the pre-surgical orthodontic phase of treatment, a reverse overjet of 5.5 mm was created and arch compatibility was obtained. A mandibualr set back with BSSO was performed during surgery to restore ideal overjet, overbite, occlusion and optimal esthetics. After 1 year of treatment, the results remained stable.
[Orthodontic treatment of Class III patients with mandibular asymmetry].

PubMed

Duan, Yin-Zhong; Huo, Na; Chen, Lei; Chen, Xue-Peng; Lin, Yang

2008-12-01

To investigate the treatment outcome of Class III patients with dental, functional and mild skeletal mandibular asymmetry. Thirty-five patients (14 males and 21 females) with dental, functional and mild skeletal mandibular asymmetry were selected. The age range of the patients was 7 - 22 years with a mean age of 16.5 years. Dental mandibular asymmetry was treated with expansion of maxillary arch to help the mandible returning to normal position. Functional mandibular asymmetry was treated with activator or asymmetrical protraction and Class III elastics. Mild skeletal mandibular asymmetry was treated with camouflage treatment. Good occlusal relationships were achieved and facial esthetics was greatly improved after orthodontic treatment in patients with dental and functional mandibular asymmetry. However, patients with skeletal mandibular asymmetry should be treated with both extraction and genioplasty. Orthodontic treatment was suitable for patients with dental and functional mandibular asymmetry, while combined orthodontics and surgery could get good results in patients with skeletal mandibular asymmetry.
Corticotomy-assisted orthodontic camouflage in a class III adult patient with a severe transverse discrepancy.

PubMed

Gracco, Antonio; Finotti, Marco; Bruno, Giovanni; de Stefani, Alberto

2018-04-06

A 25-year-old man presented with a maxillary transverse discrepancy, posterior cross bite, anterior open bite, molar and canine class III. Treatment included a corticotomy in the upper lateral and posterior teeth, a palatal expansor and a sectional archwire to assist the expansion. The following treatment phase included bonding with Incognito System lingual appliance, interproximal reduction to solve the crowding and bite blocks to control the verticality. Two months after the bonding intermaxillary class III elastics were used to solve the sagittal discrepancy and eight months after the bonding vertical elastics were used in order to solve the anterior open bite until the end of the treatment. A Boston splint was applied for the upper arch, an essix splint was applied for the lower arch. The patient compliance was an essential aspect in the success of the orthodontic treatment. Copyright © 2018. Published by Elsevier Masson SAS.
A new modified tandem appliance for management of developing Class III malocclusion.

PubMed

Sukh, Ram; Singh, Gyan P; Tandon, Pradeep

2013-10-01

Most developing Class III patients display a retruded maxilla. Early intervention in mixed dentition is associated with better patient compliance and possibly a better orthopedic response, which can produce favorable results. The aim of this article is to present the fabrication of the new modified tandem appliance and its use in management of developing Class III malocclusion. The therapeutic results of a new modified tandem appliance are presented in an 8 year-old male patient with anterior cross bite and retrognathic maxilla at the mixed dentition stage. Anterior cross bite was corrected in 3 months and the positive overjet of 4 mm after continued use of the appliance for 1 year. There was a significant improvement in profile of the patient. The use of this appliance in this type of malocclusion enabled the correction of malocclusion in a few months and encouraging favorable skeletal growth in the future.
Management of high risk metastatic prostate cancer: the case for novel therapies.

PubMed

Brand, Timothy C; Tolcher, Anthony W

2006-12-01

We reviewed the results of preliminary studies of select novel agents for metastatic prostate cancer and discuss the potential benefit of these agents for earlier stage disease, eg biochemically recurrent prostate cancer with high risk features. Available data on select investigational immunotherapies as well as endothelin-A receptor antagonists and survivin inhibitors were obtained and reviewed through PubMed searches, conference proceedings and unpublished proprietary information, when available. A large number of promising agents are in varying stages of development. Phase III results have been reported for the endothelin-A receptor antagonist atrasentan. Several immunotherapies are currently in phase II/III trials, namely the GM-CSF transduced tumor cell vaccine GVAX, the prostatic acid phosphatase loaded dendritic cell vaccine Provenge and the prostate specific antigen expressing poxvirus vaccine PROSTVAC-VF. Another immunotherapy, the prostate specific membrane antigen immunoconjugate MLN2704 (Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Cambridge, Massachusetts), is in phase I/II study. The first clinical inhibitors of survivin are in early phase I studies. Several of these agents, including atrasentan, have shown statistically significant but modest effects in the advanced disease setting in which they have been studied. Clinical trial design with these novel therapies presents particular challenges since most of these agents may induce disease stabilization rather than disease regression. There is a risk of false-negative results and failure to recognize a potentially efficacious agent if these cytostatic agents are studied only in men with advanced, heavily pretreated disease in whom life expectancy is measured in months. We advocate the early referral and enrollment of men with high risk prostate cancer in clinical trials.

A study of Class III treatment: orthodontic camouflage vs orthognathic surgery.

PubMed

Georgalis, Katherine; Woods, Michael G

2015-11-01

To evaluate the differences in pretreatment and post-treatment characteristics of Class III patients treated with orthodontic camouflage or orthognathic surgery, and to compare the range of skeletal, dental and soft tissue changes that are likely to occur with treatment, with particular reference to the influence of extractions on the resultant incisor angulations. Pretreatment and post-treatment cephalograms of 31 Class III orthodontically-camouflaged patients and 36 Class III surgical patients (without genioplasty) were obtained from one specialist practice. From the surgical group, 26 pre-surgical lateral cephalograms were also obtained. Inclusion criteria for the two groups were at least three of the following: (1) an ANB angle of 1 degree or less, (2) a Wits appraisal less than -4 mm, (3) an incisal overjet ≤ 0 mm, and (14) a Class III molar relationship. All lateral cephalograms were traced and digitised and a number of skeletal, dental and soft tissue variables were measured. The camouflage and surgical groups were also divided into premolar extraction and non-extraction subgroups to allow for a specific analysis of extraction effects. Before treatment, the surgical group demonstrated, on average, a more severe skeletal discrepancy and increased dental compensations, compared with the orthodontically camouflaged group. After treatment, the mean SNA angle was greater, the ANB angle was more positive, the Wits appraisal was closer to ideal and the lower incisors were less retroclined in the surgery group. There was a small mean reduction in horizontal chin projection in the surgery group compared with a small increase in the camouflage group. The mentolabial fold and the lower lip curve were deeper, on average, and the lips less retrusive after surgery. There was a mean increase in upper incisor proclination during treatment in both the surgical and camouflage groups with a greater increase in the camouflage group. There was a significant reduction in upper incisor proclination and a subsequent greater increase in the ANB angle associated with upper premolar extractions in the surgical group compared with the non-extraction group. Lower premolar extractions in the camouflage group resulted only in a deeper mentolabial fold compared with those treated without lower extractions. Class III patients selected for surgical treatment are likely to have more severe pretreatment dental and skeletal discrepancies than those selected for camouflage treatment. Surgical treatment is associated with significant decompensation of the lower incisors but, ultimately, not the upper incisors. Class III patients treated with either camouflage or surgery treatment are likely to finish with slightly proclined upper incisors. Generally, surgical treatment results in greater skeletal change, involving normalisation of the skeletal base relationship, a reduction in chin prominence, fuller lips, and a more favourable lip and chin contour.
49 CFR Appendix B to Subchapter B... - Special Agents

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 49 Transportation 5 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Special Agents B Appendix B to Subchapter B of Chapter III Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER..., Subch. B, App. B Appendix B to Subchapter B of Chapter III—Special Agents Cautionary note: This appendix...
49 CFR Appendix B to Subchapter B... - Special Agents

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 49 Transportation 5 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Special Agents B Appendix B to Subchapter B of Chapter III Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER..., Subch. B, App. B Appendix B to Subchapter B of Chapter III—Special Agents Cautionary note: This appendix...
49 CFR Appendix B to Subchapter B... - Special Agents

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 49 Transportation 5 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Special Agents B Appendix B to Subchapter B of Chapter III Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER..., Subch. B, App. B Appendix B to Subchapter B of Chapter III—Special Agents Cautionary note: This appendix...
Optimizing the relaxivity of GdIII complexes appended to InP/ZnS quantum dots by linker tuning.

PubMed

Stasiuk, Graeme J; Tamang, Sudarsan; Imbert, Daniel; Gateau, Christelle; Reiss, Peter; Fries, Pascal; Mazzanti, Marinella

2013-06-21

Three bimodal MRI/optical nanosized contrast agents with high per-nanoparticle relaxivity (up to 2523 mM(-1) s(-1) at 35 MHz and 932 mM(-1) s(-1) at 200 MHz) have been prepared connecting up to 115 tris-aqua Gd(III) complexes to fluorescent non-toxic InP/ZnS quantum dots. The structure of the linker has an important effect on the relaxivity of the final multimeric contrast agent.
A targeted nanoglobular contrast agent from host-guest self-assembly for MR cancer molecular imaging.

PubMed

Zhou, Zhuxian; Han, Zhen; Lu, Zheng-Rong

2016-04-01

The clinical application of nanoparticular Gd(III) based contrast agents for tumor molecular MRI has been hindered by safety concerns associated with prolonged tissue retention, although they can produce strong tumor enhancement. In this study, a targeted well-defined cyclodextrin-based nanoglobular contrast agent was developed through self-assembly driven by host-guest interactions for safe and effective cancer molecular MRI. Multiple β-cyclodextrins attached POSS (polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane) nanoglobule was used as host molecule. Adamantane-modified macrocyclic Gd(III) contrast agent, cRGD (cyclic RGDfK peptide) targeting ligand and fluorescent probe was used as guest molecules. The targeted host-guest nanoglobular contrast agent cRGD-POSS-βCD-(DOTA-Gd) specifically bond to αvβ3 integrin in malignant 4T1 breast tumor and provided greater contrast enhancement than the corresponding non-targeted agent. The agent also provided significant fluorescence signal in tumor tissue. The histological analysis of the tumor tissue confirmed its specific and effective targeting to αvβ3 integrin. The targeted imaging agent has a potential for specific cancer molecular MR and fluorescent imaging. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Studies on potassium chlorate as a primary oxidimetric reagent.

PubMed

Murty, C R; Rao, G G

1972-01-01

Conditions have been established for the use of potassium chlorate as a primary oxidizing agent in the direct titration of vanadium(III), tin(II) and titanium(III) with visual or potentiometric end-points.
Independent Review of the Defense Logistics Agencys Roles and Missions

DTIC Science & Technology

2014-12-01

remaining wholesale consumables missions of tires, packaged petroleum, oils , and lubricants, and gases and cylinders were transferred from the...housekeeping supplies and equipment. Class III: Petroleum, oils , and lubricants. Class IV: Construction materials. Class V: Ammunition. Class VI...own appropriated funds that are deposited 9 The Construction and Equipment program within DLA Troop Support provides some Class VII non- weapons
25 CFR 522.11 - Individually owned class II gaming operations operating on September 1, 1986.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 25 Indians 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Individually owned class II gaming operations operating on September 1, 1986. 522.11 Section 522.11 Indians NATIONAL INDIAN GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING...
A smart T(1)-weighted MRI contrast agent for uranyl cations based on a DNAzyme-gadolinium conjugate.

PubMed

Xu, Weichen; Xing, Hang; Lu, Yi

2013-11-07

Rational design of smart MRI contrast agents with high specificity for metal ions remains a challenge. Here, we report a general strategy for the design of smart MRI contrast agents for detecting metal ions based on conjugation of a DNAzyme with a gadolinium complex. The 39E DNAzyme, which has high selectivity for UO2(2+), was conjugated to Gd(III)-DOTA and streptavidin. The binding of UO2(2+) to its 39E DNAzyme resulted in the dissociation of Gd(III)-DOTA from the large streptavidin, leading to a decrease of the T1 correlation time, and a change in the MRI signal.
14 CFR 61.5 - Certificates and ratings issued under this part.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

.... (iii) Glider. (iv) Lighter-than-air. (v) Powered-lift. (vi) Powered parachute. (vii) Weight-shift...—Airplane. (ii) Instrument—Helicopter. (iii) Instrument—Powered-lift. (c) The following ratings are placed.... (iii) Glider. (iv) Powered-lift. (2) Airplane class ratings— (i) Single-engine. (ii) Multiengine. (3...
14 CFR 61.5 - Certificates and ratings issued under this part.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

.... (iii) Glider. (iv) Lighter-than-air. (v) Powered-lift. (vi) Powered parachute. (vii) Weight-shift...—Airplane. (ii) Instrument—Helicopter. (iii) Instrument—Powered-lift. (c) The following ratings are placed.... (iii) Glider. (iv) Powered-lift. (2) Airplane class ratings— (i) Single-engine. (ii) Multiengine. (3...
14 CFR 61.107 - Flight proficiency.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

...-engine class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight procedures; (iii) Airport and seaplane... lighter-than-air category rating with an airship class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight...
14 CFR 61.107 - Flight proficiency.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

...-engine class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight procedures; (iii) Airport and seaplane... lighter-than-air category rating with an airship class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight...
14 CFR 61.107 - Flight proficiency.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

...-engine class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight procedures; (iii) Airport and seaplane... lighter-than-air category rating with an airship class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight...
14 CFR 61.107 - Flight proficiency.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

...-engine class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight procedures; (iii) Airport and seaplane... lighter-than-air category rating with an airship class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight...
14 CFR 61.107 - Flight proficiency.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

...-engine class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight procedures; (iii) Airport and seaplane... lighter-than-air category rating with an airship class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight...
Dronedarone.

PubMed

Hoy, Sheridan M; Keam, Susan J

2009-08-20

Oral dronedarone is a non-iodinated benzofurane derivative structurally related to amiodarone. Although it is considered a class III antiarrhythmic agent like amiodarone, it demonstrates multi-class electrophysiological activity. Data from the ATHENA study demonstrated that patients receiving oral dronedarone 400 mg twice daily for 12-30 months had a significantly lower risk of experiencing first hospitalization due to a cardiovascular event or death from any cause than those receiving placebo. Dronedarone exhibited rate- and rhythm-controlling properties in patients with atrial fibrilation (AF) or atrial flutter, significantly reducing the risk of a first recurrence of AF versus placebo following 12 months' therapy in the ADONIS and EURIDIS studies. In the ERATO study, dronedarone was also significantly more effective than placebo in terms of ventricular rate control. Furthermore, the beneficial effects of oral dronedarone on ventricular rate control were maintained during exercise and sustained with continued therapy. Oral dronedarone was generally well tolerated in the treatment of adult patients with AF and/or atrial flutter in clinical studies. The incidence of diarrhoea, nausea, bradycardia, rash and QT-interval prolongation was significantly higher with oral dronedarone than placebo in the large ATHENA study; however, serious cardiac-related adverse events were observed in <1% of oral dronedarone recipients.
Histone deacetylase inhibitors: can we consider potent anti-neoplastic agents for the treatment of asthma?

PubMed

Royce, Simon G; Ververis, Katherine; Karagiannis, Tom C

2012-01-01

Histone deacetylase inhibitors have emerged as a new class of anti-cancer therapeutics due to their potent anti-proliferative and apoptotic effects in malignant cells. Accumulating evidence is indicating that histone deacetylase inhibitors may also have potential clinical utility in non-oncological applications, including asthma. However, the potential of histone deacetylase inhibitors in asthma remains controversial. For example, the mechanisms of action of the broad-spectrum histone deacetylase inhibitor, Trichostatin A, in animal models of allergic airways disease are conflicting. Further, there is evidence suggesting potential problems associated with histone deacetylase 2 inhibition and conventional glucocorticosteroid therapy. Similarly, disparate findings are emerging following modulation of the class III, sirtuin 1 enzyme. Indeed, it is becoming apparent that the mechanism of action may not be related to histone deacetylase inhibition activity per se. Further, there is only limited evidence that these compounds possess anti-inflammatory effects in models of asthma. In this review, we provide an overview of the biology of the metal-dependent and sirtuin deacetylases in the context of asthma. The controversies surrounding the potential use of histone deacetylase inhibitors in asthma are discussed and future directions involving the investigation of more specific analogues are explored.
Statewide land cover derived from multiseasonal Landsat TM data: A retrospective of the WISCLAND project

USGS Publications Warehouse

Reese, H.M.; Lillesand, T.M.; Nagel, D.E.; Stewart, J.S.; Goldmann, R.A.; Simmons, T.E.; Chipman, J.W.; Tessar, P.A.

2002-01-01

Landsat Thematic Mapper (TM) data were the basis in production of a statewide land cover data set for Wisconsin, undertaken in partnership with U.S. Geological Survey's (USGS) Gap Analysis Program (GAP). The data set contained seven classes comparable to Anderson Level I and 24 classes comparable to Anderson Level II/III. Twelve scenes of dual-date TM data were processed with methods that included principal components analysis, stratification into spectrally consistent units, separate classification of upland, wetland, and urban areas, and a hybrid supervised/unsupervised classification called "guided clustering." The final data had overall accuracies of 94% for Anderson Level I upland classes, 77% for Level II/III upland classes, and 84% for Level II/III wetland classes. Classification accuracies for deciduous and coniferous forest were 95% and 93%, respectively, and forest species' overall accuracies ranged from 70% to 84%. Limited availability of acceptable imagery necessitated use of an early May date in a majority of scene pairs, perhaps contributing to lower accuracy for upland deciduous forest species. The mixed deciduous/coniferous forest class had the lowest accuracy, most likely due to distinctly classifying a purely mixed class. Mixed forest signatures containing oak were often confused with pure oak. Guided clustering was seen as an efficient classification method, especially at the tree species level, although its success relied in part on image dates, accurate ground troth, and some analyst intervention. ?? 2002 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.

Changes in the pattern of patients receiving surgical-orthodontic treatment

PubMed Central

Proffit, William R.; Jackson, Tate H.; Turvey, Timothy A.

2014-01-01

Introduction The characteristics of patients who seek and accept orthognathic surgery appear to be changing over time but have not been well documented in the 21st century. Methods Records for patients who had orthognathic surgery at the University of North Carolina from 1996 to 2000 and from 2006 to 2010 were reviewed to collect data for changes in the prevalence of patients with mandibular deficiency (Class II), maxillary deficiency or mandibular prognathism (Class III), long face, and asymmetry problems. The changes were compared with those in previous time periods and at other locations. Results Between 1996 and 2000 and between 2006 and 2010, the percentage of Class III patients increased from 35% to 54%, and the percentage of Class II patients decreased from 59% to 41%, while the percentages for long face and asymmetry showed little change. The decrease in Class II patients was accentuation of a long-term trend; the increase in Class III patients occurred only after the turn of the century. Conclusions A similar but less-marked change has been noted at some but not all other locations in the United States. It appears to be related primarily to an increase in the numbers of African Americans, Native Americans, Hispanics, and Asians who now are seeking surgical treatment, but it also has been affected by changes in where orthognathic surgery is performed, decisions by third-party payers (insurance and Medicaid) about coverage for treatment, and the availability of nonsurgical orthodontic treatment options for Class II patients. PMID:23726329
New Brown Dwarf Discs in Upper Scorpius Observed with WISE

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Dawson, P.; Scholz, A.; Ray, T. P.; Natta, A.; Marsh, K. A.; Padgett, D.; Ressler, M. E.

2013-01-01

We present a census of the disc population for UKIDSS selected brown dwarfs in the 5-10 Myr old Upper Scorpius OB association. For 116 objects originally identified in UKIDSS, the majority of them not studied in previous publications, we obtain photometry from the Wide-Field Infrared Survey Explorer data base. The resulting colour magnitude and colour colour plots clearly show two separate populations of objects, interpreted as brown dwarfs with discs (class II) and without discs (class III). We identify 27 class II brown dwarfs, 14 of them not previously known. This disc fraction (27 out of 116, or 23%) among brown dwarfs was found to be similar to results for K/M stars in Upper Scorpius, suggesting that the lifetimes of discs are independent of the mass of the central object for low-mass stars and brown dwarfs. 5 out of 27 discs (19 per cent) lack excess at 3.4 and 4.6 microns and are potential transition discs (i.e. are in transition from class II to class III). The transition disc fraction is comparable to low-mass stars.We estimate that the time-scale for a typical transition from class II to class III is less than 0.4 Myr for brown dwarfs. These results suggest that the evolution of brown dwarf discs mirrors the behaviour of discs around low-mass stars, with disc lifetimes of the order of 5 10 Myr and a disc clearing time-scale significantly shorter than 1 Myr.
Soft tissue response in orthognathic surgery patients treated by bimaxillary osteotomy: cephalometry compared with 2-D photogrammetry.

PubMed

Rustemeyer, Jan; Martin, Alice

2013-03-01

Since improvement of facial aesthetics after orthognathic surgery moves increasingly into the focus of patients, prediction of soft tissue response to hard tissue movement becomes essential for planning. The aim of this study was to assess the facial soft tissue response in skeletal class II and III patients undergoing orthognathic surgery and to compare the potentials of cephalometry and two-dimensional (2-D) photogrammetry for predicting soft tissue changes. Twenty-eight patients with class II relationship and 33 with class III underwent bimaxillary surgery. All subjects had available both a traced lateral cephalogram and a traced lateral photogram taken pre- and postsurgery in natural head position (median follow-up, 9.4 ± 0.6 months). Facial convexity and lower lip length were highly correlated with hard tissue movements cephalometrically in class III patients and 2-D photogrammetrically in both classes. In comparison, cephalometric correlations for class II patients were weak. Correlations of hard and soft tissue movements between pre- and postoperative corresponding landmarks in horizontal and vertical planes were significant for cephalometry and 2-D photogrammetry. No significant difference was found between cephalometry and 2-D photogrammetry with respect to soft to hard tissue movement ratios. This study revealed that cephalometry is still a feasible standard for evaluating and predicting outcomes in routine orthognathic surgery cases. Accuracy could be enhanced with 2-D photogrammetry, especially in class II patients.
Practice guideline: Idiopathic normal pressure hydrocephalus: Response to shunting and predictors of response

PubMed Central

Halperin, John J.; Kurlan, Roger; Schwalb, Jason M.; Cusimano, Michael D.; Gronseth, Gary; Gloss, David

2015-01-01

Objective: We evaluated evidence for utility of shunting in idiopathic normal pressure hydrocephalus (iNPH) and for predictors of shunting effectiveness. Methods: We identified and classified relevant published studies according to 2004 and 2011 American Academy of Neurology methodology. Results: Of 21 articles, we identified 3 Class I articles. Conclusions: Shunting is possibly effective in iNPH (96% chance subjective improvement, 83% chance improvement on timed walk test at 6 months) (3 Class III). Serious adverse event risk was 11% (1 Class III). Predictors of success included elevated Ro (1 Class I, multiple Class II), impaired cerebral blood flow reactivity to acetazolamide (by SPECT) (1 Class I), and positive response to either external lumbar drainage (1 Class III) or repeated lumbar punctures. Age may not be a prognostic factor (1 Class II). Data are insufficient to judge efficacy of radionuclide cisternography or aqueductal flow measurement by MRI. Recommendations: Clinicians may choose to offer shunting for subjective iNPH symptoms and gait (Level C). Because of significant adverse event risk, risks and benefits should be carefully weighed (Level B). Clinicians should inform patients with iNPH with elevated Ro and their families that they have an increased chance of responding to shunting compared with those without such elevation (Level B). Clinicians may counsel patients with iNPH and their families that (1) positive response to external lumbar drainage or to repeated lumbar punctures increases the chance of response to shunting, and (2) increasing age does not decrease the chance of shunting being successful (both Level C). PMID:26644048
Trifluoromethyl-Substituted Iridium(III) Complexes: From Photophysics to Photooxidation of a Biological Target.

PubMed

Bevernaegie, Robin; Marcélis, Lionel; Laramée-Milette, Baptiste; De Winter, Julien; Robeyns, Koen; Gerbaux, Pascal; Hanan, Garry S; Elias, Benjamin

2018-02-05

Photodynamic therapeutic agents are of key interest in developing new strategies to develop more specific and efficient anticancer treatments. In comparison to classical chemotherapeutic agents, the activity of photodynamic therapeutic compounds can be finely controlled thanks to the light triggering of their photoreactivity. The development of type I photosensitizing agents, which do not rely on the production of ROS, is highly desirable. In this context, we developed new iridium(III) complexes which are able to photoreact with biomolecules; namely, our Ir(III) complexes can oxidize guanine residues under visible light irradiation. We report the synthesis and extensive photophysical characterization of four new Ir(III) complexes, [Ir(ppyCF 3 ) 2 (N^N)] + [ppyCF 3 = 2-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)pyridine) and N^N = 2,2'-dipyridyl (bpy); 2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrazine (pzpy); 2,2'-bipyrazine (bpz); 1,4,5,8-tetraazaphenanthrene (TAP)]. In addition to an extensive experimental and theoretical study of the photophysics of these complexes, we characterize their photoreactivity toward model redox-active targets and the relevant biological target, the guanine base. We demonstrate that photoinduced electron transfer takes place between the excited Ir(III) complex and guanine which leads to the formation of stable photoproducts, indicating that the targeted guanine is irreversibly damaged. These results pave the way to the elaboration of new type I photosensitizers for targeting cancerous cells.
Enhancement effects of chelating agents on the degradation of tetrachloroethene in Fe(III) catalyzed percarbonate system

PubMed Central

Miao, Zhouwei; Gu, Xiaogang; Lu, Shuguang; Brusseau, Mark L.; Zhang, Xiang; Fu, Xiaori; Danish, Muhammad; Qiu, Zhaofu; Sui, Qian

2015-01-01

The performance of Fe(III)-based catalyzed sodium percarbonate (SPC) for stimulating the oxidation of tetrachloroethene (PCE) for groundwater remediation applications was investigated. The chelating agents citric acid monohydrate (CIT), oxalic acid (OA), and Glutamic acid (Glu) significantly enhanced the degradation of PCE. Conversely, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) had a negative impact on PCE degradation, which may due to its strong Fe chelation and HO• scavenging abilities. However, excessive SPC or chelating agent will retard PCE degradation. In addition, investigations using free radical probe compounds and radical scavengers revealed that PCE was primarily degraded by HO• radical oxidation in both the chelated and non-chelated systems, while O2•− also participated in the non-chelated system and the OA and Glu modified systems. According to the electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) studies, the presence of HO• in the Fe(III)/SPC system was maintained much longer than that in the Fe(II)/SPC system. The results indicated that the addition of CIT, OA or Glu indeed enhanced the generation of HO• in the first 10 min and promoted degradation efficiency by increasing the amount of Fe(III) and maintaining the concentration of HO• radicals in solution. In conclusion, chelated Fe(III)-based catalyzed SPC oxidation is a promising method for the remediation of PCE-contaminated groundwater. PMID:26549979
Hydrophilic 2,9-bis-triazolyl-1,10-phenanthroline ligands enable selective Am(iii) separation: a step further towards sustainable nuclear energy.

PubMed

Edwards, Alyn C; Mocilac, Pavle; Geist, Andreas; Harwood, Laurence M; Sharrad, Clint A; Burton, Neil A; Whitehead, Roger C; Denecke, Melissa A

2017-05-02

The first hydrophilic, 1,10-phenanthroline derived ligands consisting of only C, H, O and N atoms for the selective extraction of Am(iii) from spent nuclear fuel are reported herein. One of these 2,9-bis-triazolyl-1,10-phenanthroline (BTrzPhen) ligands combined with a non-selective extracting agent, was found to exhibit process-suitable selectivity for Am(iii) over Eu(iii) and Cm(iii), providing a clear step forward.
14 CFR 61.127 - Flight proficiency.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... a single-engine class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight procedures; (iii) Airport...; and (xi) Postflight procedures. (7) For a lighter-than-air category rating with an airship class...
14 CFR 61.127 - Flight proficiency.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... a single-engine class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight procedures; (iii) Airport...; and (xi) Postflight procedures. (7) For a lighter-than-air category rating with an airship class...
14 CFR 61.127 - Flight proficiency.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... a single-engine class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight procedures; (iii) Airport...; and (xi) Postflight procedures. (7) For a lighter-than-air category rating with an airship class...
14 CFR 61.127 - Flight proficiency.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... a single-engine class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight procedures; (iii) Airport...; and (xi) Postflight procedures. (7) For a lighter-than-air category rating with an airship class...
14 CFR 61.127 - Flight proficiency.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... a single-engine class rating: (i) Preflight preparation; (ii) Preflight procedures; (iii) Airport...; and (xi) Postflight procedures. (7) For a lighter-than-air category rating with an airship class...
Study between anb angle and wits appraisal in cone beam computed tomography (cbct)

PubMed Central

Cibrián, Rosa; Gandia, Jose L.; Paredes, Vanessa

2013-01-01

Objectives: To analyse the ANB and Wits values and to study correlations between those two measurements and other measurements in diagnosing the anteroposterior maxilo-mandibular relationship with CBCT. Study Design: Ninety patients who had previously a CBCT (i-CAT®) as a diagnostic register were selected. A 3D cephalometry was designed using one software package, InVivo5®. This cephalometry included 3 planes of reference, 3 angle measurements and 1 linear measurement. The means and standard deviations of the mean of each measurement were assessed. After that, a Pearson´s correlation coefficient has been performed to analyse the significance of each relationship. Results: When classifying the sample according to the anteroposterior relationship, the values obtained of ANB (Class I: 53%; Class II: 37%; Class III: 10%) and Wits (Class I: 35%; Class II: 56%; Class III: 9%) did not coincide, except for the Class III group. However, of the patients classified differently (Class I and Class II patients) by ANB and Wits, a high percentage of individuals (n=22; 49%), had a mesofacial pattern with a mandibular plane angle within normal values. A correlation has been found between ANB and Wits (r=0,262), occlusal plane angle and ANB (r=0,426), and mandibular plane angle and Wits (r=0,242). No correlation was found between either Wits or ANB in relation with the age of the individuals. Conclusions: ANB and Wits must be included in 3D cephalometric analyses as both are necessary to undertake a more accurate diagnosis of the maxillo-mandibular relationship of the patients. Key words:Cone beam computed tomography, ANB, Wits, cephalometrics. PMID:23722136
Correlation of Beta Angle with Antero-Posterior Dysplasia Indicators and FMA: An Institution Based Cephalometric Study.

PubMed

Singh, Gurinder; Verma, Sanjeev; Singh, Devinder Preet; Yadav, Sumit Kumar; Yadav, Achla Bharti

2016-11-01

Beta angle utilizes three skeletal landmarks - point A, point B, and point C (the apparent axis of the condyle). It is formed between A-B line and point A perpendicular to C-B line. Further this angle indicates the severity and the type of skeletal dysplasia in the sagittal dimension and it changes with the growth pattern of the patient. Hence, it is important to study the dependence of beta angle on the growth pattern. The present study was designed to evaluate the correlation of Beta angle with point A-Nasion-point B (ANB) angle, points A and B to palatal plane (App-Bpp), Wit's appraisal and Maxillary-Mandibular plane angle Bisector (MMB) and Frankfort-Mandibular plane Angle (FMA) in Skeletal Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusion groups. Pre-treatment lateral head cephalo-grams of 120 subjects in age group of 15-25 years were obtained. Three skeletal Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusion groups (40 each) were assorted on the basis of ANB, MMB, App-Bpp, Wit's appraisal and FMA. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and mean differences were calculated to compare the study groups. Bivariate correlations among different parameters of these groups were obtained. Normal values of beta angle in skeletal Class I group, skeletal Class II group and skeletal Class III group was 31.33±3.25, 25.28±4.28 and 40.93±4.55 respectively. Overall beta angle showed a strong correlation with all parameters of anterio-posterior dysplasia indicators except FMA. Beta angle shows weak correlation with FMA and is not affected by growth pattern/jaw rotation. The normal values are in same range irrespective of the differences in craniofacial morphology.
Correlation of Beta Angle with Antero-Posterior Dysplasia Indicators and FMA: An Institution Based Cephalometric Study

PubMed Central

Singh, Gurinder; Verma, Sanjeev; Singh, Devinder Preet; Yadav, Achla Bharti

2016-01-01

Introduction Beta angle utilizes three skeletal landmarks – point A, point B, and point C (the apparent axis of the condyle). It is formed between A-B line and point A perpendicular to C-B line. Further this angle indicates the severity and the type of skeletal dysplasia in the sagittal dimension and it changes with the growth pattern of the patient. Hence, it is important to study the dependence of beta angle on the growth pattern. Aim The present study was designed to evaluate the correlation of Beta angle with point A–Nasion–point B (ANB) angle, points A and B to palatal plane (App-Bpp), Wit’s appraisal and Maxillary-Mandibular plane angle Bisector (MMB) and Frankfort-Mandibular plane Angle (FMA) in Skeletal Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusion groups. Materials and Methods Pre-treatment lateral head cephalo-grams of 120 subjects in age group of 15-25 years were obtained. Three skeletal Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusion groups (40 each) were assorted on the basis of ANB, MMB, App-Bpp, Wit’s appraisal and FMA. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and mean differences were calculated to compare the study groups. Bivariate correlations among different parameters of these groups were obtained. Results Normal values of beta angle in skeletal Class I group, skeletal Class II group and skeletal Class III group was 31.33±3.25, 25.28±4.28 and 40.93±4.55 respectively. Overall beta angle showed a strong correlation with all parameters of anterio-posterior dysplasia indicators except FMA. Conclusion Beta angle shows weak correlation with FMA and is not affected by growth pattern/jaw rotation. The normal values are in same range irrespective of the differences in craniofacial morphology. PMID:28050509
Enhanced risk management by an emerging multi-agent architecture

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lin, Sin-Jin; Hsu, Ming-Fu

2014-07-01

Classification in imbalanced datasets has attracted much attention from researchers in the field of machine learning. Most existing techniques tend not to perform well on minority class instances when the dataset is highly skewed because they focus on minimising the forecasting error without considering the relative distribution of each class. This investigation proposes an emerging multi-agent architecture, grounded on cooperative learning, to solve the class-imbalanced classification problem. Additionally, this study deals further with the obscure nature of the multi-agent architecture and expresses comprehensive rules for auditors. The results from this study indicate that the presented model performs satisfactorily in risk management and is able to tackle a highly class-imbalanced dataset comparatively well. Furthermore, the knowledge visualised process, supported by real examples, can assist both internal and external auditors who must allocate limited detecting resources; they can take the rules as roadmaps to modify the auditing programme.
The Impact of Body Mass Index on Abdominal Wall Reconstruction Outcomes: A Comparative Study

PubMed Central

Giordano, Salvatore A; Garvey, Patrick B; Baumann, Donald P; Liu, Jun; Butler, Charles E

2016-01-01

Background Obesity and higher body mass index (BMI) may be associated with higher rates of wound healing complications and hernia recurrence rates following complex abdominal wall reconstruction (AWR). We hypothesized that higher BMI’s result in higher rates of postoperative wound healing complications but similar rates of hernia recurrence in AWR patients. Methods We included 511 consecutive patients who underwent AWR with underlay mesh. Patients were divided into three groups on the basis of preoperative BMI: <30 kg/m2 (non-obese), 30–34.9 kg/m2 (class I obesity) and ≥35 kg/m2 (class II/III obesity). We compared postoperative outcomes among these three groups. Results Class I and class II/III obesity patients had higher surgical site occurrence rates than non-obese patients (26.4% vs. 14.9%; p=0.006 and 36.8% vs. 14.9%; p<0.001, respectively) and higher overall complication rates (37.9% vs. 24.7%; p=0.007 and 43.4% vs. 24.7%; p<0.001, respectively). Similarly, obese patients had significantly higher skin dehiscence (19.3% vs 7.2%; p<0.001 and 26.5% vs 7.2%; p<0.001, respectively) and fat necrosis rates (10.0% vs 2.1%; p=0.001 and 11.8% vs 2.1%; p<0.001, respectively) than non-obese patients. Obesity class II/III patients had higher infection and seroma rates than non-obese patients (9.6% vs 4.3%; p=0.041 and 8.1% vs 2.1%; p=0.006, respectively). However, class I and class II/III obesity patients experienced hernia recurrence rates (11.4% vs. 7.7%; p=0.204 and 10.3% vs. 7.7%; p=0.381, respectively) and freedom from hernia recurrence (overall log-rank p=0.41) similar to non-obese patients. Conclusions Hernia recurrence rates do not appear to be affected by obesity on long-term follow-up in AWR. PMID:28445378
Single-Dose Oritavancin Treatment of Acute Bacterial Skin and Skin Structure Infections: SOLO Trial Efficacy by Eron Severity and Management Setting.

PubMed

Deck, Daniel H; Jordan, Jennifer M; Holland, Thomas L; Fan, Weihong; Wikler, Matthew A; Sulham, Katherine A; Ralph Corey, G

2016-09-01

Introduction of new antibiotics enabling single-dose administration, such as oritavancin may significantly impact site of care decisions for patients with acute bacterial skin and skin structure infections (ABSSSI). This analysis compared the efficacy of single-dose oritavancin with multiple-dose vancomycin in patients categorized according to disease severity via modified Eron classification and management setting. SOLO I and II were phase 3 studies evaluating single-dose oritavancin versus 7-10 days of vancomycin for treatment of ABSSSI. Patient characteristics were collected at baseline and retrospectively analyzed. Study protocols were amended, allowing outpatient management at the discretion of investigators. In this post hoc analysis, patients were categorized according to a modified Eron severity classification and management setting (outpatient vs. inpatient) and the efficacy compared. Overall, 1910 patients in the SOLO trials were categorized into Class I (520, 26.5%), II (790, 40.3%), and III (600, 30.6%). Of the 767 patients (40%) in the SOLO trials who were managed entirely in the outpatient setting 40.3% were categorized as Class II and 30.6% were Class III. Clinical efficacy was similar between oritavancin and vancomycin treatment groups, regardless of severity classification and across inpatient and outpatient settings. Class III patients had lower response rates (oritavancin 73.3%, vancomycin 76.6%) at early clinical evaluation when compared to patients in Class I (82.6%) or II (86.1%); however, clinical cure rates at the post-therapy evaluation were similar for Class III patients (oritavancin 79.8%, vancomycin 79.9%) when compared to Class I and II patients (79.1-85.7%). Single-dose oritavancin therapy results in efficacy comparable to multiple-dose vancomycin in patients categorized according to modified Eron disease severity classification regardless of whether management occurred in the inpatient or outpatient setting. The Medicines Company, Parsippany, NJ, USA. ClinicalTrials.gov identifiers, NCT01252719 (SOLO I) and NCT01252732 (SOLO II).
Review of Portable, Manually Operated, and Non-Total Flooding Fire Extinguishing Technologies for Use on Naval Vessels

DTIC Science & Technology

2011-12-01

Corrosion problems arising from the use of perfluoro-or hydrofluorocarbon agents have been investigated and are of concern. The concern centers on the...which was formerly known as Powdered Aerosol B, can be used on Class A, Class B, and Class C fires. These agents are a blend of several halocarbons...Canada Review of Portable, Manually Operated, and Non-Total Flooding Fire Extinguishing Technologies for Use on Naval Vessels Contract Project Manager
49 CFR 173.167 - Consumer commodities.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

...-toxic aerosols only), Class 3 (Packing Group II and III only), Division 6.1 (Packing Group III only... packagings intended to contain liquids must be capable of meeting the pressure differential requirements (75...

Retrospective 25-year follow-up of treatment outcomes in angle Class III patients : Early versus late treatment.

PubMed

Wendl, B; Muchitsch, A P; Winsauer, H; Walter, A; Droschl, H; Jakse, N; Wendl, M; Wendl, T

2017-05-01

To assess early versus late treatment of Class III syndrome for skeletal and dental differences. Thirty-eight Class III patients treated with a chincup were retrospectively analyzed. Baseline data were obtained by reviewing pretreatment (T0) anamnestic records, cephalograms, and casts. The cases were assigned to an early or a late treatment group based on age at T0 (up to 9 years or older than 9 years but before the pubertal growth spurt). Both groups were further compared based on posttreatment data (T1) and long-term follow-up data collected approximately 25 years after treatment (T2). Early treatment was successful in 74% and late treatment in 67% of cases. More failures were noted among male patients. The late treatment group was characterized post therapeutically by significantly more pronounced skeletal parameters of jaw size relative to normal Class I values; in addition, a greater skeletal discrepancy between maxilla and mandible, higher values for mandibular length, Cond-Pog, ramus height, overjet, anterior posterior dysplasia indicator (APDI), lower anterior face height, and gonial angle were measured at T1. The angle between the AB line and mandibular plane was found to be larger at T0, T1, and T2, as well as more pronounced camouflage positions of the lower anterior teeth at T0. The early treatment group was found to exhibit greater amounts of negative overjet at T0 but more effective correction at T1. Early treatment of Class III syndrome resulted in greater skeletal changes with less dental compensation.
Lip line changes in Class III facial asymmetry patients after orthodontic camouflage treatment, one-jaw surgery, and two-jaw surgery: A preliminary study.

PubMed

Lee, Gung-Chol; Yoo, Jo-Kwang; Kim, Seong-Hun; Moon, Cheol-Hyun

2017-03-01

To evaluate the effects of orthodontic camouflage treatment (OCT), one-jaw surgery, and two-jaw surgery on the correction of lip line cant (LLC) and to examine factors affecting the correction of LLC in Class III craniofacial asymmetry patients. A sample of 30 Class III craniofacial asymmetry patients was divided into OCT (n = 10), one-jaw surgery (n = 10), and two-jaw surgery (n = 10) groups such that the pretreatment LLC was similar in each group. Pretreatment and posttreatment cone-beam computed tomography scans were used to measure dental and skeletal parameters and LLC. Pretreatment and posttreatment measurements were compared within groups and between groups. Pearson's correlation tests and multiple regression analyses were performed to investigate factors affecting the amount and rate of LLC correction. The average LLC correction was 1.00° in the one-jaw surgery group, and in the two-jaw surgery group, it was 1.71°. In the OCT group it was -0.04°, which differed statistically significantly from the LLC correction in the other two groups. The amount and rate of LLC correction could be explained by settling of skeletal discrepancies or LLC at pretreatment with goodness of fit percentages of approximately 82% and 41%, respectively. Orthognathic surgery resulted in significant correction of LLC in Class III craniofacial asymmetry patients, while OCT did not.
Control of lower incisor inclination with a completely customized lingual appliance for dentoalveolar compensation of class III malocclusion.

PubMed

Lossdörfer, Stefan; Schwestka-Polly, Rainer; Wiechmann, Dirk

2013-09-01

Bracket slots and orthodontic archwires offering high dimensional precision are needed for fully customized lingual appliances. We aimed to investigate whether high-precision appliances of this type enable dentoalveolar compensation of class III malocclusion so that lower incisor inclination at the end of treatment will closely match the anticipated situation as defined in a pretreatment setup. This retrospective study included a total of 34 consecutive patients who had worn a fully customized lingual appliance to achieve dentoalveolar compensation for class III malocclusion by intermaxillary elastics, or proximal enamel reduction, or extraction of teeth in one or both jaws. Casts fabricated at different points in time were three-dimensionally scanned to analyze how precisely the lower incisor inclinations envisioned in the setup were implemented in clinical practice. Aside from minor deviations of ±3.75°, the lower incisor inclinations were clinically implemented as planned even in patients with major sagittal discrepancies. Treatment goals predefined in a setup of dentoalveolar compensation for class III malocclusion can be very precisely achieved via a customized lingual appliance. Correct planning can prevent undesirable lingual tipping of the lower incisors. This finding should not encourage a more liberal use of dentoalveolar compensation, but it should heighten clinicians' awareness of how essential it is to sufficiently consider the individual anatomy of the dentoalveolar complex during treatment planning.
Genes of the class II and class III major histocompatibility complex are associated with typhoid fever in Vietnam.

PubMed

Dunstan, S J; Stephens, H A; Blackwell, J M; Duc, C M; Lanh, M N; Dudbridge, F; Phuong, C X; Luxemburger, C; Wain, J; Ho, V A; Hien, T T; Farrar, J; Dougan, G

2001-01-15

The influence of genes of the major histocompatibility complex (MHC) class II and class III loci on typhoid fever susceptibility was investigated. Individuals with blood culture-confirmed typhoid fever and control subjects from 2 distinct geographic locations in southern Vietnam were genotyped for HLA-DRB1 and HLA-DQB1 alleles, the gene that encodes tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-alpha (TNFA [-238] and TNFA [-308]), the gene that encodes lymphotoxin-alpha, and alleles of the TNF-alpha microsatellite. HLA-DRB1*0301/6/8, HLA-DQB1*0201-3, and TNFA*2 (-308) were associated with susceptibility to typhoid fever, whereas HLA-DRB1*04, HLA-DQB1*0401/2, and TNFA*1 (-308) were associated with disease resistance. The frequency of all possible haplotypes of the 3 individually associated loci were estimated and were found to be significantly different in typhoid case patients and control subjects (chi2=55.56, 32 df; P=.006). Haplotypes that were either protective (TNFA*1 [-308].DRB1*04) or predisposed individuals to typhoid fever (TNFA*2 [-308].DRB1*0301) were determined. This report identifies a genetic association in humans between typhoid fever and MHC class II and III genes.
Federal Programs Supporting Educational Change, Vol. 2: Factors Affecting Change Agent Projects.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Berman, Paul; Pauly, Edward W.

This second volume in the change-agent series reports the interim results of an exploratory statistical analysis of a survey of a nationwide sample of 293 change-agent projects funded by four federal demonstration programs--Elementary Secondary Education Act (ESEA) Title III, Innovative Projects; ESEA Title VII, Bilingual Projects; Vocational…
[Affinity between CrIII and purified DNA, studied by competition with an intercalating agent: ethidium bromide].

PubMed

Vecchio, D; Balbi, C; Russo, P; Parodi, S; Santi, L

1981-05-30

The affinity between CrIII and purified calf- thymus DNA was studied at neutral pH by competition with ethidium bromide. Competition results indicated an affinity between CrIII and DNA of the order of 10(5) 1/mole. These results are in good agreement with previous results CrIII - DNA affinity was studied by the independent method of equilibrium dialysis and chromium dosage by atomic spectrometry.
Bioactive Natural Product and Superacid Chemistry for Lead Compound Identification: A Case Study of Selective hCA III and L-Type Ca2+ Current Inhibitors for Hypotensive Agent Discovery.

PubMed

Carreyre, Hélène; Carré, Grégoire; Ouedraogo, Maurice; Vandebrouck, Clarisse; Bescond, Jocelyn; Supuran, Claudiu T; Thibaudeau, Sébastien

2017-05-31

Dodoneine (Ddn) is one of the active compounds identified from Agelanthus dodoneifolius , which is a medicinal plant used in African pharmacopeia and traditional medicine for the treatment of hypertension. In the context of a scientific program aiming at discovering new hypotensive agents through the original combination of natural product discovery and superacid chemistry diversification, and after evidencing dodoneine's vasorelaxant effect on rat aorta, superacid modifications allowed us to generate original analogues which showed selective human carbonic anhydrase III (hCA III) and L-type Ca 2+ current inhibition. These derivatives can now be considered as new lead compounds for vasorelaxant therapeutics targeting these two proteins.
A phase II evaluation of ixabepilone in the treatment of recurrent/persistent carcinosarcoma of the uterus, an NRG Oncology/Gynecologic Oncology Group study.

PubMed

McCourt, Carolyn K; Deng, Wei; Dizon, Don S; Lankes, Heather A; Birrer, Michael J; Lomme, Michele M; Powell, Matthew A; Kendrick, James E; Saltzman, Joel N; Warshal, David; Tenney, Meaghan E; Kushner, David M; Aghajanian, Carol

2017-01-01

The primary objectives were to determine the objective response rate (ORR) and safety profile of ixabepilone in women with recurrent or persistent uterine carcinosarcoma (UCS). Secondary objectives included progression-free survival (PFS) and overall survival (OS). Exploratory translational objectives included characterization of class III beta tubulin expression and its association with response, PFS, and OS. Patients had measurable disease; up to two prior chemotherapeutic regimens were allowed, but must have included a taxane. Women received ixabepilone 40mg/m 2 as a 3hour IV infusion on day 1 of a 21daycycle. Treatment was continued until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity occurred. Forty-two women were enrolled, with 34 eligible and evaluable. Median age was 68years. ECOG performance status was 0 in 56% of women, 38% had received radiation, and 15% had received 2 lines of chemotherapy. Overall ORR was 11.8% (4/34, 90% CI 4.2-25.1%); all were partial responses. Stable disease for at least 8weeks was achieved in 8 patients (23.5%). Median PFS and OS were 1.7mo and 7.7mo, respectively, with a median follow-up of 37mo. Six month PFS was 20.6%. Major grade≥3 toxicities were neutropenia (47%), fatigue (15%), dehydration (15%), hypertension (15%), and hyponatremia (15%); grade 2 peripheral neuropathy was reported in 18%. In this small sample size, class III beta tubulin expression in the primary tumor was not associated with the response to ixabepilone, PFS, or OS. In this cohort of women, single agent ixabepilone showed modest but insufficient clinical activity. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier Inc.
A phase II evaluation of ixabepilone in the treatment of recurrent/persistent carcinosarcom a of the uterus, an NRG Oncology/Gynecologic Oncology Group study☆

PubMed Central

McCourt, Carolyn K.; Deng, Wei; Dizon, Don S.; Lankes, Heather A.; Birrer, Michael J.; Lomme, Michele M.; Powell, Matthew A.; Kendrick, James E.; Saltzman, Joel N.; Warshal, David; Tenney, Meaghan E.; Kushner, David M.; Aghajanian, Carol

2017-01-01

Background The primary objectives were to determine the objective response rate (ORR) and safety profile of ixabepilone in women with recurrent or persistent uterine carcinosarcoma (UCS). Secondary objectives included progression-free survival (PFS) and overall survival (OS). Exploratory translational objectives included characterization of class III beta tubulin expression and its association with response, PFS, and OS. Methods Patients had measurable disease; up to two prior chemotherapeutic regimens were allowed, but must have included a taxane. Women received ixabepilone 40 mg/m2 as a 3 hour IV infusion on day 1 of a 21 day cycle. Treatment was continued until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity occurred. Results Forty-two women were enrolled, with 34 eligible and evaluable. Median age was 68 years. ECOGperformance status was 0 in 56% of women, 38% had received radiation, and 15% had received 2 lines of chemotherapy. Overall ORR was 11.8%(4/34, 90%CI 4.2–25.1%); all were partial responses. Stable disease for at least 8 weeks was achieved in 8 patients (23.5%). Median PFS and OS were 1.7 mo and 7.7 mo, respectively, with a median follow-up of 37 mo. Six month PFS was 20.6%. Major grade ≥ 3 toxicities were neutropenia (47%), fatigue (15%), dehydration (15%), hypertension (15%), and hyponatremia (15%); grade 2 peripheral neuropathy was reported in 18%. In this small sample size, class III beta tubulin expression in the primary tumor was not associated with the response to ixabepilone, PFS, or OS. Conclusion In this cohort of women, single agent ixabepilone showed modest but insufficient clinical activity. PMID:28029447
Early orthodontic treatment for Class III malocclusion: A systematic review and meta-analysis.

PubMed

Woon, See Choong; Thiruvenkatachari, Badri

2017-01-01

Class III malocclusion affects between 5% and 15% of our population. The 2 most common dilemmas surrounding Class III treatment are the timing of treatment and the type of appliance. A number of appliances have been used to correct a Class III skeletal discrepancy, but there is little evidence available on their effectiveness in the long term. Similarly, early treatment of Class III malocclusion has been practiced with increasing interest. However, there has been no solid evidence on the benefits in the long term. The aim of this systematic review was to evaluate the effectiveness of orthodontic/orthopedic methods used in the early treatment of Class III malocclusion in the short and long terms. Several sources were used to identify all relevant studies independently of language. The Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, Embase (Ovid), and MEDLINE (Ovid) were searched to June 2016. The selection criteria included randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and prospective controlled clinical trials (CCTs) of children between the ages of 7 and 12 years on early treatment with any type of orthodontic/orthopedic appliance compared with another appliance to correct Class III malocclusion or with an untreated control group. The primary outcome measure was correction of reverse overjet, and the secondary outcomes included skeletal changes, soft tissue changes, quality of life, patient compliance, adverse effect, Peer Assessment Rating score, and treatment time. The search results were screened for inclusion, and the data extracted by 2 independent authors. The data were analyzed using software (version 5.1, Review Manager; The Nordic Cochrane Centre, The Cochrane Collaboration; Copenhagen, Denmark). The mean differences with 95% confidence intervals were expressed for the continuous data. Random effects were carried out with high levels of clinical or statistical heterogeneity and fixed affects when the heterogeneity was low. Fifteen studies, 9 RCTs and 6 CCTs, were included in this review. In the RCT group, only 3 of 9 studies were assessed at low risk of bias, and the others were at high or unclear risk of bias. All 6 CCT studies were classified as high risk of bias. Three RCTs involving 141 participants looked at the comparison between protraction facemask and untreated control. The results for reverse overjet (mean difference, 2.5 mm; 95% CI, 1.21-3.79; P = 0.0001) and ANB angle (mean difference, 3.90°; 95% CI, 3.54-4.25; P <0.0001) were statistically significant favoring the facemask group. All CCTs demonstrated a statistically significant benefit in favor of the use of each appliance. However, the studies had high risk of bias. There is a moderate amount of evidence to show that early treatment with a facemask results in positive improvement for both skeletal and dental effects in the short term. However, there was lack of evidence on long-term benefits. There is some evidence with regard to the chincup, tandem traction bow appliance, and removable mandibular retractor, but the studies had a high risk of bias. Further high-quality, long-term studies are required to evaluate the early treatment effects for Class III malocclusion patients. PROSPERO CRD42015024252. Copyright © 2017 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Axonal transport of class II and III beta-tubulin: evidence that the slow component wave represents the movement of only a small fraction of the tubulin in mature motor axons

PubMed Central

1992-01-01

Pulse-labeling studies demonstrate that tubulin synthesized in the neuron cell body (soma) moves somatofugally within the axon (at a rate of several millimeters per day) as a well-defined wave corresponding to the slow component of axonal transport. A major goal of the present study was to determine what proportion of the tubulin in mature motor axons is transported in this wave. Lumbar motor neurons in 9-wk-old rats were labeled by injecting [35S]methionine into the spinal cord 2 wk after motor axons were injured (axotomized) by crushing the sciatic nerve. Immunoprecipitation with mAbs which recognize either class II or III beta-tubulin were used to analyze the distributions of radioactivity in these isotypes in intact and axotomized motor fibers 5 d after labeling. We found that both isotypes were associated with the slow component wave, and that the leading edge of this wave was enriched in the class III isotype. Axotomy resulted in significant increases in the labeling and transport rates of both isotypes. Immunohistochemical examination of peripheral nerve fibers demonstrated that nearly all of the class II and III beta-tubulin in nerve fibers is located within axons. Although the amounts of radioactivity per millimeter of nerve in class II and III beta-tubulin were significantly greater in axotomized than in control nerves (with increases of +160% and +58%, respectively), immunoassay revealed no differences in the amounts of these isotypes in axotomized and control motor fibers. We consider several explanations for this paradox; these include the possibility that the total tubulin content is relatively insensitive to changes in the amount of tubulin transported in the slow component wave because this wave represents the movement of only a small fraction of the tubulin in these motor fibers. PMID:1383234
The efficacy of maxillary protraction protocols with the micro-implant-assisted rapid palatal expander (MARPE) and the novel N2 mini-implant-a finite element study.

PubMed

Moon, Won; Wu, Kimberley W; MacGinnis, Matthew; Sung, Jay; Chu, Howard; Youssef, George; Machado, Andre

2015-01-01

Maxillary protraction with the novel N2 mini-implant- and micro-implant-assisted rapid palatal expander (MARPE) can potentially provide significant skeletal effects without surgery, even in older patients where conventional facemask therapy has limited skeletal effects. However, the skeletal effects of altering the location and direction of force from mini-implant-assisted maxillary protraction have not been extensively analyzed. In this study, the application of the novel N2 mini-implant as an orthopedic anchorage device is explored in its ability to treat patients with class III malocclusions. A 3D cranial mesh model with associated sutures was developed from CT images and Mimics modeling software. Utilizing ANSYS simulation software, protraction forces were applied at different locations and directions to simulate conventional facemask therapy and seven maxillary protraction protocols utilizing the novel N2 mini-implant. Stress distribution and displacement were analyzed. Video animations and superimpositions were created. By changing the vector of force and location of N2 mini-implant, the maxilla was displaced differentially. Varying degrees of forward, downward, and rotational movements were observed in each case. For brachyfacial patients, anterior micro-implant-supported protraction at -45° or intermaxillary class III elastics at -45° are recommended. For dolicofacial patients, either anterior micro-implants at -15° or an intermaxillary spring at +30° is recommended. For mesofacial patients with favorable vertical maxillary position, palatal micro-implants at -30° are recommended; anterior micro-implants at -30° are preferred for shallow bites. For patients with a severe mid-facial deficiency, intermaxillary class III elastics at -30° are most effective in promoting anterior growth of the maxilla. By varying the location of N2 mini-implants and vector of class III mechanics, clinicians can differentially alter the magnitude of forward, downward, and rotational movement of the maxilla. As a result, treatment protocol can be customized for each unique class III patient.
Dental compensation for moderate Class III with vertical growth pattern by extraction of the lower second molars.

PubMed

Jacobs, Collin; Jacobs-Müller, Claudia; Hoffmann, Viviana; Meila, Dan; Erbe, Christina; Krieger, Elena; Wehrbein, Heiner

2012-01-01

Analysis of the effects and side effects of treatment of patients with moderate skeletal Class III and vertical growth pattern by means of extraction of the second molars in the lower jaw. A total of 20 patients with a mean age of 12.9 years were examined retrospectively. Inclusion criteria consisted of a Wits value of 0 to -5, a posterior growth pattern of the mandible (Hasund analysis), an overjet of -2 to 1 mm, and an overbite of 0 to -3 mm. Treatment was performed using a straight-wire appliance. As part of the treatment, the lower second molars were extracted and Class III elastics attached. Cephalograms and orthopantomograms taken before and after treatment were used for evaluation. Treatment resulted in a significant change in the mean overjet from 0.5 mm to 2.1 mm and the attainment of a positive mean overbite of -1.0 mm to 0.9 mm. The occlusal plane rotated anteriorly from 18.8° to 13.7°. The skeletal parameters showed a change in the Wits value from -3.3 mm to -1.4 mm and an anterior mandibular rotation (ML-NSL 35.5° vs. 32.0°). The soft tissues revealed an increase in the distance between the lower lip and the "esthetic line" to the posterior (-2.0 mm vs. -3.9 mm). Dental compensation of moderate skeletal Class III with a tendency to an anterior open bite with vertical growth pattern by extracting the lower second molars, combined with Class III elastics, resulted in an anterior rotation of the occlusal plane and mandible. Eighteen of 20 patients achieved a physiological overjet and positive overbite. A prerequisite for this therapy is the presence of lower wisdom teeth; a potential side effect is elongation of the upper second molars.
Neratinib in HER-2-positive breast cancer: results to date and clinical usefulness.

PubMed

Chan, Arlene

2016-09-01

The management of HER-2-positive breast cancer has improved significantly with the use of targeted agents to the HER-2 signaling pathway. Despite the improved survival achieved with the use of trastuzumab and chemotherapy in both the adjuvant and metastatic setting, patients may still recur or progress; whilst preclinical data demonstrate that these cancer cells remain addicted to the HER-2 oncogene. Neratinib, an oral small molecule tyrosine-kinase inhibitor has efficacy in the metastatic and adjuvant setting of patients who have previously received trastuzumab-based treatment. Diarrhea, being a class effect of tyrosine-kinase inhibitor, is the most common side effect seen following neratinib administration, but recent data suggests that a prophylactic loperamide regimen can reduce the incidence of grade 3 diarrhea. Phase I through to III clinical trials of neratinib will be reviewed, with discussion of the postulated mechanism underlying diarrheal events and its management.
Neratinib in HER-2-positive breast cancer: results to date and clinical usefulness

PubMed Central

Chan, Arlene

2016-01-01

The management of HER-2-positive breast cancer has improved significantly with the use of targeted agents to the HER-2 signaling pathway. Despite the improved survival achieved with the use of trastuzumab and chemotherapy in both the adjuvant and metastatic setting, patients may still recur or progress; whilst preclinical data demonstrate that these cancer cells remain addicted to the HER-2 oncogene. Neratinib, an oral small molecule tyrosine-kinase inhibitor has efficacy in the metastatic and adjuvant setting of patients who have previously received trastuzumab-based treatment. Diarrhea, being a class effect of tyrosine-kinase inhibitor, is the most common side effect seen following neratinib administration, but recent data suggests that a prophylactic loperamide regimen can reduce the incidence of grade 3 diarrhea. Phase I through to III clinical trials of neratinib will be reviewed, with discussion of the postulated mechanism underlying diarrheal events and its management. PMID:27583026
Converting drugs into gelators: supramolecular hydrogels from N-acetyl-L-cysteine and coinage-metal salts.

PubMed

Casuso, Pablo; Carrasco, Pedro; Loinaz, Iraida; Grande, Hans J; Odriozola, Ibon

2010-12-07

Here we present the concept of metallophilic hydrogels, supramolecular systems in which the gelator species are metal-thiolates that self-assemble through metallophilic attractions. The principle is applied for a small drug, the mucolytic agent N-acetyl-l-cysteine (NAC), which readily forms hydrogels in the presence of Au(iii), Ag(i) and Cu(ii) salts. The resulting transparent hydrogels present pH induced sol/gel transition. Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) measurements reveal a microporous structure in form of flakes for the three of them. The low pH at which these hydrogels are formed (pH < 4) limits their direct use as drug-delivery systems, but still this system constitutes a novel method for easy and fast conversion of small drugs into potent hydrogelators. Future developments will help to fully develop the idea in order to create a new class of supramolecular drug-delivery systems.
32 CFR 538.4 - Convertibility of military payment certificates.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... areas where finance and accounting officers, Class “B” Agent Officers, including military attache agent... section will not be construed as authorizing finance and accounting officers or their agents in areas...
Stationary average consensus protocol for a class of heterogeneous high-order multi-agent systems with application for aircraft

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rezaei, Mohammad Hadi; Menhaj, Mohammad Bagher

2018-01-01

This paper investigates the stationary average consensus problem for a class of heterogeneous-order multi-agent systems. The goal is to bring the positions of agents to the average of their initial positions while letting the other states converge to zero. To this end, three different consensus protocols are proposed. First, based on the auxiliary variables information among the agents under switching directed networks and state-feedback control, a protocol is proposed whereby all the agents achieve stationary average consensus. In the second and third protocols, by resorting to only measurements of relative positions of neighbouring agents under fixed balanced directed networks, two control frameworks are presented with two strategies based on state-feedback and output-feedback control. Finally, simulation results are given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed protocols.
Comparison of Maxilla Mandibular Transverse Ratios With Class II Anteroposterior Discrepancies

DTIC Science & Technology

2014-03-20

the structure points has shown to be at best unreliable (Jacobson 1995). “2D landmarks may be hindered by rotational, geometric , and head positioning...deficiency in Class II and Class III malocclusions: a cephalometric and morphometric study on postero‐ anterior films. Orthodontics & Craniofacial
Multi-functional bis(alkynyl)gold(iii) N⁁C complexes with distinct mechanochromic luminescence and electroluminescence properties† †Electronic supplementary information (ESI) available: CCDC 1552808. For ESI and crystallographic data in CIF or other electronic format see DOI: 10.1039/c7sc02410j

PubMed Central

Wong, Ben Yiu-Wing; Wong, Hok-Lai; Wong, Yi-Chun; Au, Vonika Ka-Man

2017-01-01

A new class of donor–acceptor type luminescent bis(alkynyl)gold(iii) N⁁C complexes has been synthesized and characterized. These gold(iii) complexes not only exhibit high photoluminescence quantum yields of up to 0.81, but also interesting mechanochromic luminescence behaviors that are reversible. Upon grinding, a dramatic luminescence color change from green to red can be observed in solid samples of the gold(iii) complexes, and the mechanochromic luminescence can be readily tuned via a judicious selection of substituents on the pyridine ring. In addition, solution-processable OLEDs based on this class of complexes with EQE values of up to 4.0% have been realized, representing the first demonstration of bis(alkynyl)gold(iii) N⁁C complexes as emissive materials in solution-processable OLEDs. PMID:29147519

Some links on this page may take you to non-federal websites. Their policies may differ from this site.